_bt_check_unique() failed to invalidate binary search bounds in the
event of a live conflict following commit e5adcb78. This resulted in
problems after waiting for the conflicting xact to commit or abort. The
subsequent call to _bt_check_unique() would restore the initial binary
search bounds, rather than starting a new search. Fix by explicitly
invalidating bounds when it becomes clear that there is a live conflict
that insertion will have to wait to resolve.
Ashutosh Sharma, with a few additional tweaks by me.
Author: Ashutosh Sharma
Reported-By: Ashutosh Sharma
Diagnosed-By: Ashutosh Sharma
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE9k0PnQp-qr-UYKMSCzdC2FBzdE4wKP41hZrZvvP26dKLonLg@mail.gmail.com
Previously, md.c and checkpointer.c were tightly integrated so that
fsync calls could be handed off and processed in the background.
Introduce a system of callbacks and file tags, so that other modules
can hand off fsync work in the same way.
For now only md.c uses the new interface, but other users are being
proposed. Since there may be use cases that are not strictly SMGR
implementations, use a new function table for sync handlers rather
than extending the traditional SMGR one.
Instead of using a bitmapset of segment numbers for each RelFileNode
in the checkpointer's hash table, make the segment number part of the
key. This requires sending explicit "forget" requests for every
segment individually when relations are dropped, but suits the file
layout schemes of proposed future users better (ie sparse or high
segment numbers).
Author: Shawn Debnath and Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2gTANm=e3ARnJT=n0h8hf88wqmaZxk0JYkxw+b21fNrw@mail.gmail.com
This is useful to obtain a view of the different transaction types in an
application, regardless of the durations of the statements each runs.
Author: Adrien Nayrat
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Hayato Kuroda, Andres Freund
Instead of WAL-logging every modification during the build separately,
first build the index without any WAL-logging, and make a separate pass
through the index at the end, to write all pages to the WAL. This
significantly reduces the amount of WAL generated, and is usually also
faster, despite the extra I/O needed for the extra scan through the index.
WAL generated this way is also faster to replay.
For GiST, the LSN-NSN interlock makes this a little tricky. All pages must
be marked with a valid (i.e. non-zero) LSN, so that the parent-child
LSN-NSN interlock works correctly. We now use magic value 1 for that during
index build. Change the fake LSN counter to begin from 1000, so that 1 is
safely smaller than any real or fake LSN. 2 would've been enough for our
purposes, but let's reserve a bigger range, in case we need more special
values in the future.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Andrey V. Lepikhov
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas, Dmitry Dolgov
Valgrind was rightly complaining that IndexVacuumInfo->report_progress
(added by commit ab0dfc961b) was not being initialized in some code
paths. Repair.
Per buildfarm member lousyjack.
This uses the progress reporting infrastructure added by c16dc1aca5,
adding support for CREATE INDEX and CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY.
There are two pieces to this: one is index-AM-agnostic, and the other is
AM-specific. The latter is fairly elaborate for btrees, including
reportage for parallel index builds and the separate phases that btree
index creation uses; other index AMs, which are much simpler in their
building procedures, have simplistic reporting only, but that seems
sufficient, at least for non-concurrent builds.
The index-AM-agnostic part is fairly complete, providing insight into
the CONCURRENTLY wait phases as well as block-based progress during the
index validation table scan. (The index validation index scan requires
patching each AM, which has not been included here.)
Reviewers: Rahila Syed, Pavan Deolasee, Tatsuro Yamada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181220220022.mg63bhk26zdpvmcj@alvherre.pgsql
When asked for a slice of a TOAST entry, decompress enough to return the
slice instead of decompressing the entire object.
For use cases where the slice is at, or near, the beginning of the entry,
this avoids a lot of unnecessary decompression work.
This changes the signature of pglz_decompress() by adding a boolean to
indicate if it's ok for the call to finish before consuming all of the
source or destination buffers.
Author: Paul Ramsey
Reviewed-By: Rafia Sabih, Darafei Praliaskouski, Regina Obe
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACowWR07EDm7Y4m2kbhN_jnys%3DBBf9A6768RyQdKm_%3DNpkcaWg%40mail.gmail.com
On at least ZFS, it can be beneficial to create new WAL files every
time and not to bother zero-filling them. Since it's not clear which
other filesystems might benefit from one or both of those things,
add individual GUCs to control those two behaviors independently and
make only very general statements in the docs.
Author: Jerry Jelinek, with some adjustments by Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Andres Freund, Tomas Vondra, Robert Haas and others
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPQ5Fo00QR7LNAcd1ZjgoBi4y97%2BK760YABs0vQHH5dLdkkMA%40mail.gmail.com
This replaces the previous calls of heap_sync() in places using
bulk-insert. By passing in the flags used for bulk-insert the AM can
decide (first at insert time and then during the finish call) which of
the optimizations apply to it, and what operations are necessary to
finish a bulk insert operation.
Also change HEAP_INSERT_* flags to TABLE_INSERT, and rename hi_options
to ti_options.
These changes are made even in copy.c, which hasn't yet been converted
to tableam. There's no harm in doing so.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
This unifies the various ad hoc logging (message printing, error
printing) systems used throughout the command-line programs.
Features:
- Program name is automatically prefixed.
- Message string does not end with newline. This removes a common
source of inconsistencies and omissions.
- Additionally, a final newline is automatically stripped, simplifying
use of PQerrorMessage() etc., another common source of mistakes.
- I converted error message strings to use %m where possible.
- As a result of the above several points, more translatable message
strings can be shared between different components and between
frontends and backend, without gratuitous punctuation or whitespace
differences.
- There is support for setting a "log level". This is not meant to be
user-facing, but can be used internally to implement debug or
verbose modes.
- Lazy argument evaluation, so no significant overhead if logging at
some level is disabled.
- Some color in the messages, similar to gcc and clang. Set
PG_COLOR=auto to try it out. Some colors are predefined, but can be
customized by setting PG_COLORS.
- Common files (common/, fe_utils/, etc.) can handle logging much more
simply by just using one API without worrying too much about the
context of the calling program, requiring callbacks, or having to
pass "progname" around everywhere.
- Some programs called setvbuf() to make sure that stderr is
unbuffered, even on Windows. But not all programs did that. This
is now done centrally.
Soft goals:
- Reduces vertical space use and visual complexity of error reporting
in the source code.
- Encourages more deliberate classification of messages. For example,
in some cases it wasn't clear without analyzing the surrounding code
whether a message was meant as an error or just an info.
- Concepts and terms are vaguely aligned with popular logging
frameworks such as log4j and Python logging.
This is all just about printing stuff out. Nothing affects program
flow (e.g., fatal exits). The uses are just too varied to do that.
Some existing code had wrappers that do some kind of print-and-exit,
and I adapted those.
I tried to keep the output mostly the same, but there is a lot of
historical baggage to unwind and special cases to consider, and I
might not always have succeeded. One significant change is that
pg_rewind used to write all error messages to stdout. That is now
changed to stderr.
Reviewed-by: Donald Dong <xdong@csumb.edu>
Reviewed-by: Arthur Zakirov <a.zakirov@postgrespro.ru>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6a609b43-4f57-7348-6480-bd022f924310@2ndquadrant.com
This moves bitmap heap scan support to below an optional tableam
callback. It's optional as the whole concept of bitmap heapscans is
fairly block specific.
This basically moves the work previously done in bitgetpage() into the
new scan_bitmap_next_block callback, and the direct poking into the
buffer done in BitmapHeapNext() into the new scan_bitmap_next_tuple()
callback.
The abstraction is currently somewhat leaky because
nodeBitmapHeapscan.c's prefetching and visibilitymap based logic
remains - it's likely that we'll later have to move more into the
AM. But it's not trivial to do so without introducing a significant
amount of code duplication between the AMs, so that's a project for
later.
Note that now nodeBitmapHeapscan.c and the associated node types are a
bit misnamed. But it's not clear whether renaming wouldn't be a cure
worse than the disease. Either way, that'd be best done in a separate
commit.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas (in an older version)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
This moves sample scan support to below tableam. It's not optional as
there is, in contrast to e.g. bitmap heap scans, no alternative way to
perform tablesample queries. If an AM can't deal with the block based
API, it will have to throw an ERROR.
The tableam callbacks for this are block based, but given the current
TsmRoutine interface, that seems to be required.
The new interface doesn't require TsmRoutines to perform visibility
checks anymore - that requires the TsmRoutine to know details about
the AM, which we want to avoid. To continue to allow taking the
returned number of tuples account SampleScanState now has a donetuples
field (which previously e.g. existed in SystemRowsSamplerData), which
is only incremented after the visibility check succeeds.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
Commit 29b64d1d mishandled skipping over truncated high key attributes
during row comparisons. The row comparison key matching loop would loop
forever when a truncated attribute was encountered for a row compare
subkey. Fix by following the example of other code in the loop: advance
the current subkey, or break out of the loop when the last subkey is
reached.
Add test coverage for the relevant _bt_check_rowcompare() code path.
The new test case is somewhat tied to nbtree implementation details,
which isn't ideal, but seems unavoidable.
An anti-wraparound vacuum has to be by definition aggressive as it needs
to work on all the pages of a relation. However it can happen that due
to some concurrent activity an anti-wraparound vacuum is marked as
non-aggressive, which makes it redundant with a previous run, and
it is actually useless as an anti-wraparound vacuum should process all
the pages of a relation. This commit makes such vacuums to be skipped.
An anti-wraparound vacuum not aggressive can be found easily by mixing
low values of autovacuum_freeze_max_age (to control anti-wraparound) and
autovacuum_freeze_table_age (to control the aggressiveness).
28a8fa9 has added some extra logging printing all the possible
combinations of anti-wraparound and aggressive vacuums, which now gets
simplified as an anti-wraparound vacuum also non-aggressive gets
skipped.
Per discussion mainly between Andrew Dunstan, Robert Haas, Álvaro
Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Masahiko Sawada, and myself.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180914153554.562muwr3uwujno75@alvherre.pgsql
This just moves the table/matview[/toast] determination of relation
size to a callback, and uses a copy of the existing logic to implement
that callback for heap.
It probably would make sense to also move the index specific logic
into a callback, so the metapage handling (and probably more) can be
index specific. But that's a separate task.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
This is a relatively straightforward move of the current
implementation to sit below tableam. As the current analyze sampling
implementation is pretty inherently block based, the tableam analyze
interface is as well. It might make sense to generalize that at some
point, but that seems like a larger project that shouldn't be
undertaken at the same time as the introduction of tableam.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
This is an SQL-standard feature that allows creating columns that are
computed from expressions rather than assigned, similar to a view or
materialized view but on a column basis.
This implements one kind of generated column: stored (computed on
write). Another kind, virtual (computed on read), is planned for the
future, and some room is left for it.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b151f851-4019-bdb1-699e-ebab07d2f40a@2ndquadrant.com
Especially, warn about the hazards of mishandling the backup_label
file. Adjust a couple of server messages to be more clear about
the hazards associated with removing backup_label files, too.
David Steele and Robert Haas, reviewed by Laurenz Albe, Martín
Marqués, Peter Eisentraut, and Magnus Hagander.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/7d85c387-000e-16f0-e00b-50bf83c22127@pgmasters.net
This moves the responsibility for:
- creating the storage necessary for a relation, including creating a
new relfilenode for a relation with existing storage
- non-transactional truncation of a relation
- VACUUM FULL / CLUSTER's rewrite of a table
below tableam.
This is fairly straight forward, with a bit of complexity smattered in
to move the computation of xid / multixid horizons below the AM, as
they don't make sense for every table AM.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
Provide GetTopFullTransactionId() and GetCurrentFullTransactionId().
The intended users of these interfaces are access methods that use
xids for visibility checks but don't want to have to go back and
"freeze" existing references some time later before the 32 bit xid
counter wraps around.
Use a new struct to serialize the transaction state for parallel
query, because FullTransactionId doesn't fit into the previous
serialization scheme very well.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1%2BMv%2Bmb0HFfWM9Srtc6MVe160WFurXV68iAFMcagRZ0dQ%40mail.gmail.com
Instead of inferring epoch progress from xids and checkpoints,
introduce a 64 bit FullTransactionId type and use it to track xid
generation. This fixes an unlikely bug where the epoch is reported
incorrectly if the range of active xids wraps around more than once
between checkpoints.
The only user-visible effect of this commit is to correct the epoch
used by txid_current() and txid_status(), also visible with
pg_controldata, in those rare circumstances. It also creates some
basic infrastructure so that later patches can use 64 bit
transaction IDs in more places.
The new type is a struct that we pass by value, as a form of strong
typedef. This prevents the sort of accidental confusion between
TransactionId and FullTransactionId that would be possible if we
were to use a plain old uint64.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reported-by: Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Tom Lane, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1%2BMv%2Bmb0HFfWM9Srtc6MVe160WFurXV68iAFMcagRZ0dQ%40mail.gmail.com
To support building indexes over tables of different AMs, the scans to
do so need to be routed through the table AM. While moving a fair
amount of code, nearly all the changes are just moving code to below a
callback.
Currently the range based interface wouldn't make much sense for non
block based table AMs. But that seems aceptable for now.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously the xid horizon was only computed during WAL replay. That
had two major problems:
1) It relied on knowing what the table pointed to looks like. That was
easy enough before the introducing of tableam (we knew it had to be
heap, although some trickery around logging the heap relfilenodes
was required). But to properly handle table AMs we need
per-database catalog access to look up the AM handler, which
recovery doesn't allow.
2) Not knowing the xid horizon also makes it hard to support logical
decoding on standbys. When on a catalog table, we need to be able
to conflict with slots that have an xid horizon that's too old. But
computing the horizon by visiting the heap only works once
consistency is reached, but we always need to be able to detect
conflicts.
There's also a secondary problem, in that the current method performs
redundant work on every standby. But that's counterbalanced by
potentially computing the value when not necessary (either because
there's no standby, or because there's no connected backends).
Solve 1) and 2) by moving computation of the xid horizon to the
primary and by involving tableam in the computation of the horizon.
To address the potentially increased overhead, increase the efficiency
of the xid horizon computation for heap by sorting the tids, and
eliminating redundant buffer accesses. When prefetching is available,
additionally perform prefetching of buffers. As this is more of a
maintenance task, rather than something routinely done in every read
only query, we add an arbitrary 10 to the effective concurrency -
thereby using IO concurrency, when not globally enabled. That's
possibly not the perfect formula, but seems good enough for now.
Bumps WAL format, as latestRemovedXid is now part of the records, and
the heap's relfilenode isn't anymore.
Author: Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar, Robert Haas
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20181212204154.nsxf3gzqv3gesl32@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20181214014235.dal5ogljs3bmlq44@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
Commit caf626b2c missed that the relevant reloptions entry needs
to be moved from the intRelOpts[] array to realRelOpts[].
Somewhat surprisingly, it seems to work anyway, perhaps because
the desired default and limit values are all integers. We ought
to have either a simpler data structure or better cross-checking
here, but that's for another patch.
Nikolay Shaplov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4861742.12LTaSB3sv@x200m
After 71bdc99d0d, "tableam: Add helper for indexes to check if a
corresponding table tuples exist." there's no in-core user left. As
there's unlikely to be an external user, and such an external user
could easily be adjusted to use table_index_fetch_tuple_check(),
remove heap_hot_search().
Per complaint from Peter Geoghegan
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzn0Oq4ftJrTqRAsWy2WGjv0QrJcwoZ+yqWsF_Z5vjUBFw@mail.gmail.com
This primarily is to allow WHERE CURRENT OF to continue to work as it
currently does. It's not clear to me that these semantics make sense
for every AM, but it works for the in-core heap, and the out of core
zheap. We can refine it further at a later point if necessary.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
Add additional heuristics to the algorithm for locating an optimal split
location. New logic identifies localized monotonically increasing
values in indexes with multiple columns. When this insertion pattern is
detected, page splits split just after the new item that provoked a page
split (or apply leaf fillfactor in the style of a rightmost page split).
This optimization is a variation of the long established leaf fillfactor
optimization used during rightmost page splits.
50/50 page splits are only appropriate with a pattern of truly random
insertions, where the average space utilization ends up at 65% - 70%.
Without this patch, affected cases have leaf pages that are no more than
about 50% full on average. Future insertions can never make use of the
free space left behind. With this patch, affected cases have leaf pages
that are about 90% full on average (assuming a fillfactor of 90).
Localized monotonically increasing insertion patterns are presumed to be
fairly common in real-world applications. There is a fair amount of
anecdotal evidence for this. Both pg_depend system catalog indexes
(pg_depend_depender_index and pg_depend_reference_index) are at least
20% smaller after the regression tests are run when the optimization is
available. Furthermore, many of the indexes created by a fair use
implementation of TPC-C for Postgres are consistently about 40% smaller
when the optimization is available.
Note that even pg_upgrade'd v3 indexes make use of this optimization.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkpKeZJrXvR_p7VSY1b-s85E3gHyTbZQzR0BkJ5LrWF_A@mail.gmail.com
This is essentially the tableam version of heapam_fetch(),
i.e. fetching a tuple identified by a tid, performing visibility
checks.
Note that this different from table_index_fetch_tuple(), which is for
index lookups. It therefore has to handle a tid pointing to an earlier
version of a tuple if the AM uses an optimization like heap's HOT. Add
comments to that end.
This commit removes the stats_relation argument from heap_fetch, as
it's been unused for a long time.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Haribabu Kommi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
It doesn't make sense to consider the possibility that there will only
be one candidate split point when choosing among split points to find
the split with the lowest penalty. This is a vestige of an earlier
version of the patch that became commit fab25024.
Issue spotted while rereviewing coverage of the nbtree patch series
using gcov.
Add command variants COMMIT AND CHAIN and ROLLBACK AND CHAIN, which
start new transactions with the same transaction characteristics as the
just finished one, per SQL standard.
Support for transaction chaining in PL/pgSQL is also added. This
functionality is especially useful when running COMMIT in a loop in
PL/pgSQL.
Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/28536681-324b-10dc-ade8-ab46f7645a5a@2ndquadrant.com
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
Teach nbtree forward index scans to check the high key before moving to
the right sibling page in the hope of finding that it isn't actually
necessary to do so. The new check may indicate that the scan definitely
cannot find matching tuples to the right, ending the scan immediately.
We already opportunistically force a similar "continuescan orientated"
key check of the final non-pivot tuple when it's clear that it cannot be
returned to the scan due to being dead-to-all. The new high key check
is complementary.
The new approach for forward scans is more effective than checking the
final non-pivot tuple, especially with composite indexes and non-unique
indexes. The improvements to the logic for picking a split point added
by commit fab25024 make it likely that relatively dissimilar high keys
will appear on a page. A distinguishing key value that can only appear
on non-pivot tuples on the right sibling page will often be present in
leaf page high keys.
Since forcing the final item to be key checked no longer makes any
difference in the case of forward scans, the existing extra key check is
now only used for backwards scans. Backward scans continue to
opportunistically check the final non-pivot tuple, which is actually the
first non-pivot tuple on the page (not the last).
Note that even pg_upgrade'd v3 indexes make use of this optimization.
Author: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkOmUduME31QnuTFpimejuQoiZ-HOf0pOWeFZNhTMctvA@mail.gmail.com
To do this, we scan GiST two times. In the first pass we make note of
empty leaf pages and internal pages. At second pass we scan through
internal pages, looking for downlinks to the empty pages.
Deleting internal pages is still not supported, like in nbtree, the last
child of an internal page is never deleted. That means that if you have a
workload where new keys are always inserted to different area than where
old keys are removed, the index will still grow without bound. But the rate
of growth will be an order of magnitude slower than before.
Author: Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/B1E4DF12-6CD3-4706-BDBD-BF3283328F60@yandex-team.ru
This adds a flag "deterministic" to collations. If that is false,
such a collation disables various optimizations that assume that
strings are equal only if they are byte-wise equal. That then allows
use cases such as case-insensitive or accent-insensitive comparisons
or handling of strings with different Unicode normal forms.
This functionality is only supported with the ICU provider. At least
glibc doesn't appear to have any locales that work in a
nondeterministic way, so it's not worth supporting this for the libc
provider.
The term "deterministic comparison" in this context is from Unicode
Technical Standard #10
(https://unicode.org/reports/tr10/#Deterministic_Comparison).
This patch makes changes in three areas:
- CREATE COLLATION DDL changes and system catalog changes to support
this new flag.
- Many executor nodes and auxiliary code are extended to track
collations. Previously, this code would just throw away collation
information, because the eventually-called user-defined functions
didn't use it since they only cared about equality, which didn't
need collation information.
- String data type functions that do equality comparisons and hashing
are changed to take the (non-)deterministic flag into account. For
comparison, this just means skipping various shortcuts and tie
breakers that use byte-wise comparison. For hashing, we first need
to convert the input string to a canonical "sort key" using the ICU
analogue of strxfrm().
Reviewed-by: Daniel Verite <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1ccc668f-4cbc-0bef-af67-450b47cdfee7@2ndquadrant.com
Teach nbtree to give some consideration to how "distinguishing"
candidate leaf page split points are. This should not noticeably affect
the balance of free space within each half of the split, while still
making suffix truncation truncate away significantly more attributes on
average.
The logic for choosing a leaf split point now uses a fallback mode in
the case where the page is full of duplicates and it isn't possible to
find even a minimally distinguishing split point. When the page is full
of duplicates, the split should pack the left half very tightly, while
leaving the right half mostly empty. Our assumption is that logical
duplicates will almost always be inserted in ascending heap TID order
with v4 indexes. This strategy leaves most of the free space on the
half of the split that will likely be where future logical duplicates of
the same value need to be placed.
The number of cycles added is not very noticeable. This is important
because deciding on a split point takes place while at least one
exclusive buffer lock is held. We avoid using authoritative insertion
scankey comparisons to save cycles, unlike suffix truncation proper. We
use a faster binary comparison instead.
Note that even pg_upgrade'd v3 indexes make use of these optimizations.
Benchmarking has shown that even v3 indexes benefit, despite the fact
that suffix truncation will only truncate non-key attributes in INCLUDE
indexes. Grouping relatively similar tuples together is beneficial in
and of itself, since it reduces the number of leaf pages that must be
accessed by subsequent index scans.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmmoLNQOj9mAD78iQHfWLJDszHEDrAzGTUMG3mVh5xWPw@mail.gmail.com
Make nbtree treat all index tuples as having a heap TID attribute.
Index searches can distinguish duplicates by heap TID, since heap TID is
always guaranteed to be unique. This general approach has numerous
benefits for performance, and is prerequisite to teaching VACUUM to
perform "retail index tuple deletion".
Naively adding a new attribute to every pivot tuple has unacceptable
overhead (it bloats internal pages), so suffix truncation of pivot
tuples is added. This will usually truncate away the "extra" heap TID
attribute from pivot tuples during a leaf page split, and may also
truncate away additional user attributes. This can increase fan-out,
especially in a multi-column index. Truncation can only occur at the
attribute granularity, which isn't particularly effective, but works
well enough for now. A future patch may add support for truncating
"within" text attributes by generating truncated key values using new
opclass infrastructure.
Only new indexes (BTREE_VERSION 4 indexes) will have insertions that
treat heap TID as a tiebreaker attribute, or will have pivot tuples
undergo suffix truncation during a leaf page split (on-disk
compatibility with versions 2 and 3 is preserved). Upgrades to version
4 cannot be performed on-the-fly, unlike upgrades from version 2 to
version 3. contrib/amcheck continues to work with version 2 and 3
indexes, while also enforcing stricter invariants when verifying version
4 indexes. These stricter invariants are the same invariants described
by "3.1.12 Sequencing" from the Lehman and Yao paper.
A later patch will enhance the logic used by nbtree to pick a split
point. This patch is likely to negatively impact performance without
smarter choices around the precise point to split leaf pages at. Making
these two mostly-distinct sets of enhancements into distinct commits
seems like it might clarify their design, even though neither commit is
particularly useful on its own.
The maximum allowed size of new tuples is reduced by an amount equal to
the space required to store an extra MAXALIGN()'d TID in a new high key
during leaf page splits. The user-facing definition of the "1/3 of a
page" restriction is already imprecise, and so does not need to be
revised. However, there should be a compatibility note in the v12
release notes.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkVb0Kom=R+88fDFb=JSxZMFvbHVC6Mn9LJ2n=X=kS-Uw@mail.gmail.com
Use dedicated struct to represent nbtree insertion scan keys. Having a
dedicated struct makes the difference between search type scankeys and
insertion scankeys a lot clearer, and simplifies the signature of
several related functions. This is based on a suggestion by Andrey
Lepikhov.
Streamline how unique index insertions cache binary search progress.
Cache the state of in-progress binary searches within _bt_check_unique()
for later instead of having callers avoid repeating the binary search in
an ad-hoc manner. This makes it easy to add a new optimization:
_bt_check_unique() now falls out of its loop immediately in the common
case where it's already clear that there couldn't possibly be a
duplicate.
The new _bt_check_unique() scheme makes it a lot easier to manage cached
binary search effort afterwards, from within _bt_findinsertloc(). This
is needed for the upcoming patch to make nbtree tuples unique by
treating heap TID as a final tiebreaker column. Unique key binary
searches need to restore lower and upper bounds. They cannot simply
continue to use the >= lower bound as the offset to insert at, because
the heap TID tiebreaker column must be used in comparisons for the
restored binary search (unlike the original _bt_check_unique() binary
search, where scankey's heap TID column must be omitted).
Author: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andrey Lepikhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmE6AhUdk9NdWBf4K3HjWXZBX3+umC7mH7+WDrKcRtsOw@mail.gmail.com
Commit f2dec34e1 changed things so that printtup's output stringinfo
buffer was allocated outside the per-row temporary context, not inside
it. This creates a need to free that buffer explicitly when the temp
context is freed, but that was overlooked. In most cases, this is all
happening inside a portal or executor context that will go away shortly
anyhow, but that's not always true. Notably, the stringinfo ends up
getting leaked when JDBC uses row-at-a-time fetches. For a query
that returns wide rows, that adds up after awhile.
Per bug #15700 from Matthias Otterbach. Back-patch to v11 where the
faulty code was added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15700-8c408321a87d56bb@postgresql.org
Many places need both, so this allows a few functions to take one
fewer parameter. More importantly, as soon as we add a VACUUM
option that takes a non-Boolean parameter, we need to replace
'int options' with a struct, and it seems better to think
of adding more fields to VacuumParams rather than passing around
both VacuumParams and a separate struct as well.
Patch by me, reviewed by Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmob6g6-s50fyv8E8he7APfwCYYJ4z0wbZC2yZeSz=26CYQ@mail.gmail.com
ce6afc6 has begun the refactoring work by plugging pg_rewind into a
central routine to update the control file, and left around two extra
copies, with one in xlog.c for the backend and one in pg_resetwal.c. By
adding an extra option to the central routine in controldata_utils.c to
control if a flush of the control file needs to be done, it is proving
to be straight-forward to make xlog.c and pg_resetwal.c use the central
code path at the condition of moving the wait event tracking there.
Hence, this allows to have only one central code path to update the
control file, shaving the code from the duplicates.
This refactoring actually fixes a problem in pg_resetwal. Previously,
the control file was first removed before being recreated. So if a
crash happened between the moment the file was removed and the moment
the file was created, then it would have been possible to not have a
control file anymore in the database folder.
Author: Fabien Coelho
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.21.1903170935210.2506@lancre
Previously, the SERIALIZABLE isolation level prevented parallel query
from being used. Allow the two features to be used together by
sharing the leader's SERIALIZABLEXACT with parallel workers.
An extra per-SERIALIZABLEXACT LWLock is introduced to make it safe to
share, and new logic is introduced to coordinate the early release
of the SERIALIZABLEXACT required for the SXACT_FLAG_RO_SAFE
optimization, as follows:
The first backend to observe the SXACT_FLAG_RO_SAFE flag (set by
some other transaction) will 'partially release' the SERIALIZABLEXACT,
meaning that the conflicts and locks it holds are released, but the
SERIALIZABLEXACT itself will remain active because other backends
might still have a pointer to it.
Whenever any backend notices the SXACT_FLAG_RO_SAFE flag, it clears
its own MySerializableXact variable and frees local resources so that
it can skip SSI checks for the rest of the transaction. In the
special case of the leader process, it transfers the SERIALIZABLEXACT
to a new variable SavedSerializableXact, so that it can be completely
released at the end of the transaction after all workers have exited.
Remove the serializable_okay flag added to CreateParallelContext() by
commit 9da0cc35, because it's now redundant.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Haribabu Kommi, Robert Haas, Masahiko Sawada, Kevin Grittner
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=0gXGYhtrVDWOTHS8SQQy_=S9xo+8oCxGLWZAOoeJ=yzQ@mail.gmail.com
Commit 40dae7ec53, which made the nbtree page split algorithm more
robust, made _bt_insert_parent() only unlock the right child of the
parent page before inserting a new downlink into the parent. Update a
comment from the Berkeley days claiming that both left and right child
pages are unlocked before the new downlink actually gets inserted.
The claim that it is okay to release both locks early based on Lehman
and Yao's say-so never made much sense. Lehman and Yao must sometimes
"couple" buffer locks across a pair of internal pages when relocating a
downlink, unlike the corresponding code within _bt_getstack().
Previously ParallelTableScanDescData was just a member in BTShared,
but after c2fe139c2 that doesn't guarantee sufficient alignment as
specific AMs might (are likely to) need atomic variables in the
struct.
One might think that MAXALIGNing would be sufficient, but as a
comment in shm_toc_allocate() explains, that's not enough. For now,
copy the hack described there.
For parallel sequential scans no such change is needed, as its
allocations go through shm_toc_allocate().
An alternative approach would have been to allocate the parallel scan
descriptor in a separate TOC entry, but there seems little benefit in
doing so.
Per buildfarm member dromedary.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190311203126.ty5gbfz42gjbm6i6@alap3.anarazel.de
Too allow table accesses to be not directly dependent on heap, several
new abstractions are needed. Specifically:
1) Heap scans need to be generalized into table scans. Do this by
introducing TableScanDesc, which will be the "base class" for
individual AMs. This contains the AM independent fields from
HeapScanDesc.
The previous heap_{beginscan,rescan,endscan} et al. have been
replaced with a table_ version.
There's no direct replacement for heap_getnext(), as that returned
a HeapTuple, which is undesirable for a other AMs. Instead there's
table_scan_getnextslot(). But note that heap_getnext() lives on,
it's still used widely to access catalog tables.
This is achieved by new scan_begin, scan_end, scan_rescan,
scan_getnextslot callbacks.
2) The portion of parallel scans that's shared between backends need
to be able to do so without the user doing per-AM work. To achieve
that new parallelscan_{estimate, initialize, reinitialize}
callbacks are introduced, which operate on a new
ParallelTableScanDesc, which again can be subclassed by AMs.
As it is likely that several AMs are going to be block oriented,
block oriented callbacks that can be shared between such AMs are
provided and used by heap. table_block_parallelscan_{estimate,
intiialize, reinitialize} as callbacks, and
table_block_parallelscan_{nextpage, init} for use in AMs. These
operate on a ParallelBlockTableScanDesc.
3) Index scans need to be able to access tables to return a tuple, and
there needs to be state across individual accesses to the heap to
store state like buffers. That's now handled by introducing a
sort-of-scan IndexFetchTable, which again is intended to be
subclassed by individual AMs (for heap IndexFetchHeap).
The relevant callbacks for an AM are index_fetch_{end, begin,
reset} to create the necessary state, and index_fetch_tuple to
retrieve an indexed tuple. Note that index_fetch_tuple
implementations need to be smarter than just blindly fetching the
tuples for AMs that have optimizations similar to heap's HOT - the
currently alive tuple in the update chain needs to be fetched if
appropriate.
Similar to table_scan_getnextslot(), it's undesirable to continue
to return HeapTuples. Thus index_fetch_heap (might want to rename
that later) now accepts a slot as an argument. Core code doesn't
have a lot of call sites performing index scans without going
through the systable_* API (in contrast to loads of heap_getnext
calls and working directly with HeapTuples).
Index scans now store the result of a search in
IndexScanDesc->xs_heaptid, rather than xs_ctup->t_self. As the
target is not generally a HeapTuple anymore that seems cleaner.
To be able to sensible adapt code to use the above, two further
callbacks have been introduced:
a) slot_callbacks returns a TupleTableSlotOps* suitable for creating
slots capable of holding a tuple of the AMs
type. table_slot_callbacks() and table_slot_create() are based
upon that, but have additional logic to deal with views, foreign
tables, etc.
While this change could have been done separately, nearly all the
call sites that needed to be adapted for the rest of this commit
also would have been needed to be adapted for
table_slot_callbacks(), making separation not worthwhile.
b) tuple_satisfies_snapshot checks whether the tuple in a slot is
currently visible according to a snapshot. That's required as a few
places now don't have a buffer + HeapTuple around, but a
slot (which in heap's case internally has that information).
Additionally a few infrastructure changes were needed:
I) SysScanDesc, as used by systable_{beginscan, getnext} et al. now
internally uses a slot to keep track of tuples. While
systable_getnext() still returns HeapTuples, and will so for the
foreseeable future, the index API (see 1) above) now only deals with
slots.
The remainder, and largest part, of this commit is then adjusting all
scans in postgres to use the new APIs.
Author: Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
... as well as its implementation from backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c to
backend/utils/hash/hashfn.c.
access/hash is the place for the hash index AM, not really appropriate
for generic facilities, which is what hash_any is; having things the old
way meant that anything using hash_any had to include the AM's include
file, pointlessly polluting its namespace with unrelated, unnecessary
cruft.
Also move the HTEqual strategy number to access/stratnum.h from
access/hash.h.
To avoid breaking third-party extension code, add an #include
"utils/hashutils.h" to access/hash.h. (An easily removed line by
committers who enjoy their asbestos suits to protect them from angry
extension authors.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/201901251935.ser5e4h6djt2@alvherre.pgsql
93473c6 has removed openLogOff, changing on the way the error message
which is used to report partial writes to WAL segments. The
newly-introduced error message used the offset up to which the write has
happened, keeping always the same total length to write. This changes
the error message so as the number of bytes left to write are reported.
Reported-by: Michael Paquier
Author: Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190306235251.GA17293@paquier.xyz
This change makes it possible to specify sub-millisecond delays,
which work well on most modern platforms, though that was not true
when the cost-delay feature was designed.
To support this without breaking existing configuration entries,
improve guc.c to allow floating-point GUCs to have units. Also,
allow "us" (microseconds) as an input/output unit for time-unit GUCs.
(It's not allowed as a base unit, at least not yet.)
Likewise change the autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay reloption to be
floating-point; this forces a catversion bump because the layout of
StdRdOptions changes.
This patch doesn't in itself change the default values or allowed
ranges for these parameters, and it should not affect the behavior
for any already-allowed setting for them.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1798.1552165479@sss.pgh.pa.us
Similarly to B-tree, GiST index access method gets support of INCLUDE
attributes. These attributes aren't used for tree navigation and aren't
present in non-leaf pages. But they are present in leaf pages and can be
fetched during index-only scan.
The point of having INCLUDE attributes in GiST indexes is slightly different
from the point of having them in B-tree. The main point of INCLUDE attributes
in B-tree is to define UNIQUE constraint over part of attributes enabled for
index-only scan. In GiST the main point of INCLUDE attributes is to use
index-only scan for attributes, whose data types don't have GiST opclasses.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/73A1A452-AD5F-40D4-BD61-978622FF75C1%40yandex-team.ru
Author: Andrey Borodin, with small changes by me
Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson
This fixes two sets of issues related to the use of transient files in
the backend:
1) OpenTransientFile() has been used in some code paths with read-write
flags while read-only is sufficient, so switch those calls to be
read-only where necessary. These have been reported by Joe Conway.
2) When opening transient files, it is up to the caller to close the
file descriptors opened. In error code paths, CloseTransientFile() gets
called to clean up things before issuing an error. However in normal
exit paths, a lot of callers of CloseTransientFile() never actually
reported errors, which could leave a file descriptor open without
knowing about it. This is an issue I complained about a couple of
times, but never had the courage to write and submit a patch, so here we
go.
Note that one frontend code path is impacted by this commit so as an
error is issued when fetching control file data, making backend and
frontend to be treated consistently.
Reported-by: Joe Conway, Michael Paquier
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Georgios Kokolatos, Joe Conway
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190301023338.GD1348@paquier.xyz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c49b69ec-e2f7-ff33-4f17-0eaa4f2cef27@joeconway.com
This introduces the concept of table access methods, i.e. CREATE
ACCESS METHOD ... TYPE TABLE and
CREATE TABLE ... USING (storage-engine).
No table access functionality is delegated to table AMs as of this
commit, that'll be done in following commits.
Subsequent commits will incrementally abstract table access
functionality to be routed through table access methods. That change
is too large to be reviewed & committed at once, so it'll be done
incrementally.
Docs will be updated at the end, as adding them incrementally would
likely make them less coherent, and definitely is a lot more work,
without a lot of benefit.
Table access methods are specified similar to index access methods,
i.e. pg_am.amhandler returns, as INTERNAL, a pointer to a struct with
callbacks. In contrast to index AMs that struct needs to live as long
as a backend, typically that's achieved by just returning a pointer to
a constant struct.
Psql's \d+ now displays a table's access method. That can be disabled
with HIDE_TABLEAM=true, which is mainly useful so regression tests can
be run against different AMs. It's quite possible that this behaviour
still needs to be fine tuned.
For now it's not allowed to set a table AM for a partitioned table, as
we've not resolved how partitions would inherit that. Disallowing
allows us to introduce, if we decide that's the way forward, such a
behaviour without a compatibility break.
Catversion bumped, to add the heap table AM and references to it.
Author: Haribabu Kommi, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Dimitri Golgov and others
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsqlhttps://postgr.es/m/20190107235616.6lur25ph22u5u5av@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20190304234700.w5tmhducs5wxgzls@alap3.anarazel.de
Scanning an index in physical order is faster than walking it in logical
order, because sequential I/O is faster than random I/O. The idea and code
structure is borrowed from B-tree vacuum code.
Patch by Andrey Borodin, with changes by me. Based on early work by
Konstantin Kuznetsov, although the patch has been rewritten multiple times
since his original version.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/1B9FAC6F-FA19-4A24-8C1B-F4F574844892%40yandex-team.ru
StoreIndexTuple was a loop over index_getattr, which is O(N^2)
if the index columns are variable-width, and the performance
impact is already quite visible at ten columns. The obvious
move is to replace that with a call to index_deform_tuple ...
but that's *also* a loop over index_getattr. Improve it to
be essentially a clone of heap_deform_tuple.
(There are a few other places that loop over all index columns
with index_getattr, and perhaps should be changed likewise,
but most of them don't seem performance-critical. Anyway, the
rest would mostly only be interested in the index key columns,
which there aren't likely to be so many of. Wide index tuples
are a new thing with INCLUDE.)
Konstantin Knizhnik
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e06b2d27-04fc-5c0e-bb8c-ecd72aa24959@postgrespro.ru
After commit b0eaa4c51b, we use a local map of pages to find the required
space for small relations. We do clear this map when we have found a block
with enough free space, when we extend the relation, or on transaction
abort so that it can be used next time. However, we miss to clear it when
we didn't find any pages to try from the map which leads to an assertion
failure when we later tried to use it after relation extension.
In the passing, I have improved some comments in this area.
Reported-by: Tom Lane based on buildfarm results
Author: Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: John Naylor
Tested-by: Kuntal Ghosh
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/32368.1551114120@sss.pgh.pa.us
We have forboth() and forthree() macros that simplify iterating
through several parallel lists, but not everyplace that could
reasonably use those was doing so. Also invent forfour() and
forfive() macros to do the same for four or five parallel lists,
and use those where applicable.
The immediate motivation for doing this is to reduce the number
of ad-hoc lnext() calls, to reduce the footprint of a WIP patch.
However, it seems like good cleanup and error-proofing anyway;
the places that were combining forthree() with a manually iterated
loop seem particularly illegible and bug-prone.
There was some speculation about restructuring related parsetree
representations to reduce the need for parallel list chasing of
this sort. Perhaps that's a win, or perhaps not, but in any case
it would be considerably more invasive than this patch; and it's
not particularly related to my immediate goal of improving the
List infrastructure. So I'll leave that question for another day.
Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
_bt_getstackbuf() is called at exactly two points following commit
efada2b8e9 (one call site is concerned with page splits, while the
other is concerned with page deletion). The parent buffer returned by
_bt_getstackbuf() is write-locked in both cases. Remove the 'access'
argument and make _bt_getstackbuf() assume that callers require a
write-lock.
Commit efada2b8e9, which made the nbtree page deletion algorithm more
robust, removed _bt_getstackbuf() calls from _bt_pagedel(). It failed
to update a comment that referenced the earlier approach. Update the
comment to explain that the _bt_getstackbuf() page deletion call site
mirrors the only other remaining _bt_getstackbuf() call site, which is
reached during page splits.
When preparing a transaction in two-phase commit, a dummy PGPROC entry
holding the GID used for the transaction is registered, which gets
released once COMMIT PREPARED is run. Prior releasing its shared memory
state, all the locks taken in the prepared transaction are released
using a dedicated set of callbacks (pgstat and multixact having similar
callbacks), which may cause the locks to be released before the GID is
set free.
Hence, there is a small window where lock conflicts could happen, for
example:
- Transaction A releases its locks, still holding its GID in shared
memory.
- Transaction B held a lock which conflicted with locks of transaction
A.
- Transaction B continues its processing, reusing the same GID as
transaction A.
- Transaction B fails because of a conflicting GID, already in use by
transaction A.
This commit changes the shared memory state release so as post-commit
callbacks and predicate lock cleanup happen consistently with the shared
memory state cleanup for the dummy PGPROC entry. The race window is
small and 2PC had this issue from the start, so no backpatch is done.
On top if that fixes discussed involved ABI breakages, which are not
welcome in stable branches.
Reported-by: Oleksii Kliukin, Ildar Musin
Diagnosed-by: Oleksii Kliukin, Ildar Musin
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Oleksii Kliukin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BF9B38A4-2BFF-46E8-BA87-A2D00A8047A6@hintbits.com
When reading a new page internally and depending on the way the WAL
reader facility gets used by plugins, the current implementation of the
WAL reader may finish by reading a block multiple times while it is not
actually necessary as the requested data length may be equal to what has
been already read. This can happen for any size, but is more likely to
happen at the end of a page. This can cause performance penalties in
plugins which rely on the block reads to be purely sequential, zlib not
liking backward reads for example. The new behavior also shaves some
cycles when doing recovery.
Author: Arthur Zakirov
Reviewed-by: Andrey Lepikhov, Michael Paquier, Grigory Smolkin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2ddf4a32-517e-d6f4-d992-4a63b6035bfd@postgrespro.ru
Test for the compiler builtins __builtin_clz, __builtin_ctz, and
__builtin_popcount, and make use of these in preference to
handwritten C code if they're available. Create src/port
infrastructure for "leftmost one", "rightmost one", and "popcount"
so as to centralize these decisions.
On x86_64, __builtin_popcount generally won't make use of the POPCNT
opcode because that's not universally supported yet. Provide code
that checks CPUID and then calls POPCNT via asm() if available.
This requires indirecting through a function pointer, which is
an annoying amount of overhead for a one-instruction operation,
but it's probably not worth working harder than this for our
current use-cases.
I'm not sure we've found all the existing places that could profit
from this new infrastructure; but we at least touched all the
ones that used copied-and-pasted versions of the bitmapset.c code,
and got rid of multiple copies of the associated constant arrays.
While at it, replace c-compiler.m4's one-per-builtin-function
macros with a single one that can handle all the cases we need
to worry about so far. Also, because I'm paranoid, make those
checks into AC_LINK checks rather than just AC_COMPILE; the
former coding failed to verify that libgcc has support for the
builtin, in cases where it's not inline code.
David Rowley, Thomas Munro, Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9WTAGG1tPeJnD18hiQW5gAk59fQ6WK-vfdAKEHyRg2RA@mail.gmail.com
This reverts commits fc6c72747a, 109de05cbb, d0b4663c23 and
711bab1e4d.
Somebody will have to try harder before submitting this patch again.
I've spent entirely too much time on it already, and the #ifdef maze yet
to be written in order for it to build at all got on my nerves. The
amount of work needed to get a platform-specific performance improvement
that's barely above the noise level is not worth it.
These opcodes have been around in the AMD world since 2007, and 2008 in
the case of intel. They're supported in GCC and Clang via some __builtin
macros. The opcodes may be unavailable during runtime, in which case we
fall back on a C-based implementation of the code. In order to get the
POPCNT instruction we must pass the -mpopcnt option to the compiler. We
do this only for the pg_bitutils.c file.
David Rowley (with fragments taken from a patch by Thomas Munro)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9WTAGG1tPeJnD18hiQW5gAk59fQ6WK-vfdAKEHyRg2RA@mail.gmail.com
Since its introduction, max_wal_senders is counted as part of
max_connections when it comes to define how many connection slots can be
used for replication connections with a WAL sender context. This can
lead to confusion for some users, as it could be possible to block a
base backup or replication from happening because other backend sessions
are already taken for other purposes by an application, and
superuser-only connection slots are not a correct solution to handle
that case.
This commit makes max_wal_senders independent of max_connections for its
handling of PGPROC entries in ProcGlobal, meaning that connection slots
for WAL senders are handled using their own free queue, like autovacuum
workers and bgworkers.
One compatibility issue that this change creates is that a standby now
requires to have a value of max_wal_senders at least equal to its
primary. So, if a standby created enforces the value of
max_wal_senders to be lower than that, then this could break failovers.
Normally this should not be an issue though, as any settings of a
standby are inherited from its primary as postgresql.conf gets normally
copied as part of a base backup, so parameters would be consistent.
Author: Alexander Kukushkin
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Petr Jelínek, Masahiko Sawada, Oleksii
Kliukin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFh8B=nBzHQeYAu0b8fjK-AF1X4+_p6GRtwG+cCgs6Vci2uRuQ@mail.gmail.com
Previously heap_getattr() returned NULL for attributes with a fast
default value (c.f. 16828d5c02), as it had no handling whatsoever
for that case.
A previous fix, 7636e5c60f, attempted to fix issues caused by this
oversight, but just expanding OLD tuples for triggers doesn't actually
solve the underlying issue.
One known consequence of this bug is that the check for HOT updates
can return the wrong result, when a previously fast-default'ed column
is set to NULL. Which in turn means that an index over a column with
fast default'ed columns might be corrupt if the underlying column(s)
allow NULLs.
Fix by handling fast default columns in heap_getattr(), remove now
superfluous expansion in GetTupleForTrigger().
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190201162404.onngi77f26baem4g@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11, where fast defaults were introduced
Previously, all heaps had FSMs. For very small tables, this means that the
FSM took up more space than the heap did. This is wasteful, so now we
refrain from creating the FSM for heaps with 4 pages or fewer. If the last
known target block has insufficient space, we still try to insert into some
other page before giving up and extending the relation, since doing
otherwise leads to table bloat. Testing showed that trying every page
penalized performance slightly, so we compromise and try every other page.
This way, we visit at most two pages. Any pages with wasted free space
become visible at next relation extension, so we still control table bloat.
As a bonus, directly attempting one or two pages can even be faster than
consulting the FSM would have been.
Once the FSM is created for a heap we don't remove it even if somebody
deletes all the rows from the corresponding relation. We don't think it is
a useful optimization as it is quite likely that relation will again grow
to the same size.
Author: John Naylor, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Mithun C Y
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAJVSVGWvB13PzpbLEecFuGFc5V2fsO736BsdTakPiPAcdMM5tQ@mail.gmail.com
Previously we initialized pages when bulk extending in
RelationAddExtraBlocks(). That has a major disadvantage: It ties
RelationAddExtraBlocks() to heap, as other types of storage are likely
to need different amounts of special space, have different amount of
free space (previously determined by PageGetHeapFreeSpace()).
That we're relying on initializing pages, but not WAL logging the
initialization, also means the risk for getting
"WARNING: relation \"%s\" page %u is uninitialized --- fixing"
style warnings in vacuums after crashes/immediate shutdowns, is
considerably higher. The warning sounds much more serious than what
they are.
Fix those two issues together by not initializing pages in
RelationAddExtraPages() (but continue to do so in
RelationGetBufferForTuple(), which is linked much more closely to
heap), and accepting uninitialized pages as normal in
vacuumlazy.c. When vacuumlazy encounters an empty page it now adds it
to the FSM, but does nothing else. We chose to not issue a debug
message, much less a warning in that case - it seems rarely useful,
and quite likely to scare people unnecessarily.
For now empty pages aren't added to the VM, because standbys would not
re-discover such pages after a promotion. In contrast to other sources
for empty pages, there's no corresponding WAL records triggering FSM
updates during replay.
Previously when extending the relation, there was a moment between
extending the relation, and acquiring an exclusive lock on the new
page, in which another backend could lock the page. To avoid new
content being put on that new page, vacuumlazy needed to acquire the
extension lock for a brief moment when encountering a new page. A
second corner case, only working somewhat by accident, was that
RelationGetBufferForTuple() sometimes checks the last page in a
relation for free space, without consulting the FSM; that only worked
because PageGetHeapFreeSpace() interprets the zero page header in a
new page as no free space. The lack of handling this properly
required reverting the previous attempt in 684200543b.
This issue can be solved by using RBM_ZERO_AND_LOCK when extending the
relation, thereby avoiding this window. There's some added complexity
when RelationGetBufferForTuple() is called with another buffer (for
updates), to avoid deadlocks, but that's rarely hit at runtime.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181219083945.6khtgm36mivonhva@alap3.anarazel.de
To avoid deadlock, backend acquires a lock on heap pages in block
number order. In certain cases, lock on heap pages is dropped and
reacquired. In this case, the locks are dropped for reading in
corresponding VM page/s. The issue is we re-acquire locks in bufferId
order whereas the intention was to acquire in blockid order.
This commit ensures that we will always acquire locks on heap pages in
blockid order.
Reported-by: Nishant Fnu
Author: Nishant Fnu
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila and Robert Haas
Backpatch-through: 9.4
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5883C831-2ED1-47C8-BFAC-2D5BAE5A8CAE@amazon.com
A timeout of 5s is used when waiting for WAL to become available at
recovery so as the startup process is able to react promptly if a
trigger file shows up. However this missed the fact that the startup
process also relies on the timeout to check periodically the status of
any active WAL receiver.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190131070956.GE13429@paquier.xyz
When logging the replica identity of a deleted tuple, XLOG_HEAP_DELETE
records include references of the old tuple. Its data is stored in an
intermediate variable used to register this information for the WAL
record, but this variable gets away from the stack when the record gets
actually inserted.
Spotted by clang's AddressSanitizer.
Author: Stas Kelvish
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/085C8825-AD86-4E93-AF80-E26CDF03D1EA@postgrespro.ru
Backpatch-through: 9.4
Create a new header optimizer/optimizer.h, which exposes just the
planner functions that can be used "at arm's length", without need
to access Paths or the other planner-internal data structures defined
in nodes/relation.h. This is intended to provide the whole planner
API seen by most of the rest of the system; although FDWs still need
to use additional stuff, and more thought is also needed about just
what selfuncs.c should rely on.
The main point of doing this now is to limit the amount of new
#include baggage that will be needed by "planner support functions",
which I expect to introduce later, and which will be in relevant
datatype modules rather than anywhere near the planner.
This commit just moves relevant declarations into optimizer.h from
other header files (a couple of which go away because everything
got moved), and adjusts #include lists to match. There's further
cleanup that could be done if we want to decide that some stuff
being exposed by optimizer.h doesn't belong in the planner at all,
but I'll leave that for another day.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11460.1548706639@sss.pgh.pa.us
This reverts commit fc02e6724f and
e6799d5a53.
Parts of the buildfarm error out with
ERROR: page %u of relation "%s" should be empty but is not
errors, and so far I/we do not know why. fc02e672 didn't fix the
issue. As I cannot reproduce the issue locally, it seems best to get
the buildfarm green again, and reproduce the issue without time
pressure.
In e6799d5a53 I removed vacuumlazy.c trickery around re-checking
whether a page is actually empty after acquiring an extension lock on
the relation, because the page is not PageInit()ed anymore, and
entries in the FSM ought not to lead to user-visible errors.
As reported by various buildfarm animals that is not correct, given
the way to code currently stands: If vacuum processes a page that's
just been newly added by either RelationGetBufferForTuple() or
RelationAddExtraBlocks(), it could add that page to the FSM and it
could be reused by other backends, before those two functions check
whether the newly added page is actually new. That's a relatively
narrow race, but several buildfarm machines appear to be able to hit
it.
While it seems wrong that the FSM, given it's lack of durability and
approximative nature, can trigger errors like this, that seems better
fixed in a separate commit. Especially given that a good portion of
the buildfarm is red, and this is just re-introducing logic that
existed a few hours ago.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190128222259.zhi7ovzgtkft6em6@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously we initialized pages when bulk extending in
RelationAddExtraBlocks(). That has a major disadvantage: It ties
RelationAddExtraBlocks() to heap, as other types of storage are likely
to need different amounts of special space, have different amount of
free space (previously determined by PageGetHeapFreeSpace()).
That we're relying on initializing pages, but not WAL logging the
initialization, also means the risk for getting
"WARNING: relation \"%s\" page %u is uninitialized --- fixing"
style warnings in vacuums after crashes/immediate shutdowns, is
considerably higher. The warning sounds much more serious than what
they are.
Fix those two issues together by not initializing pages in
RelationAddExtraPages() (but continue to do so in
RelationGetBufferForTuple(), which is linked much more closely to
heap), and accepting uninitialized pages as normal in
vacuumlazy.c. When vacuumlazy encounters an empty page it now adds it
to the FSM, but does nothing else. We chose to not issue a debug
message, much less a warning in that case - it seems rarely useful,
and quite likely to scare people unnecessarily.
For now empty pages aren't added to the VM, because standbys would not
re-discover such pages after a promotion. In contrast to other sources
for empty pages, there's no corresponding WAL records triggering FSM
updates during replay.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181219083945.6khtgm36mivonhva@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously, all heaps had FSMs. For very small tables, this means that the
FSM took up more space than the heap did. This is wasteful, so now we
refrain from creating the FSM for heaps with 4 pages or fewer. If the last
known target block has insufficient space, we still try to insert into some
other page before giving up and extending the relation, since doing
otherwise leads to table bloat. Testing showed that trying every page
penalized performance slightly, so we compromise and try every other page.
This way, we visit at most two pages. Any pages with wasted free space
become visible at next relation extension, so we still control table bloat.
As a bonus, directly attempting one or two pages can even be faster than
consulting the FSM would have been.
Once the FSM is created for a heap we don't remove it even if somebody
deletes all the rows from the corresponding relation. We don't think it is
a useful optimization as it is quite likely that relation will again grow
to the same size.
Author: John Naylor with design inputs and some code contribution by Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Mithun C Y
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAJVSVGWvB13PzpbLEecFuGFc5V2fsO736BsdTakPiPAcdMM5tQ@mail.gmail.com
There were two flags used to track the access to temporary tables and
to the temporary namespace of a session which are used to restrict
PREPARE TRANSACTION, however the first control flag is a concept
included in the second. This removes the flag for temporary table
tracking, keeping around only the one at namespace level.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190118053126.GH1883@paquier.xyz
Given these routines are heap specific, and that there will be more
generic visibility support in via table AM, it makes sense to move the
prototypes to heapam.h (routines like HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum will
not be exposed in a generic fashion, because they are too storage
specific).
Similarly, the code in tqual.c is specific to heap, so moving it into
access/heap/ makes sense.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
The code in tqual.c is largely heap specific. Due to the upcoming
pluggable storage work, it therefore makes sense to move it into
access/heap/ (as the file's header notes, the tqual name isn't very
good).
But the various statically allocated snapshot and snapshot
initialization functions are now (see previous commit) generic and do
not depend on functions declared in tqual.h anymore. Therefore move.
Also move XidInMVCCSnapshot as that's useful for future AMs, and
already used outside of tqual.c.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
This is in preparation for allowing the same snapshot be used for
different table AMs. With the current callback based approach we would
need one callback for each supported AM, which clearly would not be
extensible. Thus add a new Snapshot->snapshot_type field, and move
the dispatch into HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility() (which is now a
function). Later work will then dispatch calls to
HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility() and other AMs visibility functions
depending on the type of the table. The central SnapshotType enum
also seems like a good location to centralize documentation about the
intended behaviour of various types of snapshots.
As tqual.h isn't included by bufmgr.h any more (as HeapTupleSatisfies*
isn't referenced by TestForOldSnapshot() anymore) a few files now need
to include it directly.
Author: Andres Freund, loosely based on earlier work by Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
Most of these had been obsoleted by 568d4138c / the SnapshotNow
removal.
This is is preparation for moving most of tqual.[ch] into either
snapmgr.h or heapam.h, which in turn is in preparation for pluggable
table AMs.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
access/heapam contains functions that are very storage specific (say
heap_insert() and a lot of lower level functions), and fairly generic
infrastructure like relation_open(), heap_open() etc. In the upcoming
pluggable storage work we're introducing a layer between table
accesses in general and heapam, to allow for different storage
methods. For a bit cleaner separation it thus seems advantageous to
move generic functions like the aforementioned to their own headers.
access/relation.h will contain relation_open() etc, and access/table.h
will contain table_open() (formerly known as heap_open()). I've decided
for table.h not to include relation.h, but we might change that at a
later stage.
relation.h already exists in another directory, but the other
plausible name (rel.h) also conflicts. It'd be nice if there were a
non-conflicting name, but nobody came up with a suggestion. It's
possible that the appropriate way to address the naming conflict would
be to rename nodes/relation.h, which isn't particularly well named.
To avoid breaking a lot of extensions that just use heap_open() etc,
table.h has macros mapping the old names to the new ones, and heapam.h
includes relation, table.h. That also allows to keep the
bulk renaming of existing callers in a separate commit.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
Attempting to use a temporary table within a two-phase transaction is
forbidden for ages. However, there have been uncovered grounds for
a couple of other object types and commands which work on temporary
objects with two-phase commit. In short, trying to create, lock or drop
an object on a temporary schema should not be authorized within a
two-phase transaction, as it would cause its state to create
dependencies with other sessions, causing all sorts of side effects with
the existing session or other sessions spawned later on trying to use
the same temporary schema name.
Regression tests are added to cover all the grounds found, the original
report mentioned function creation, but monitoring closer there are many
other patterns with LOCK, DROP or CREATE EXTENSION which are involved.
One of the symptoms resulting in combining both is that the session
which used the temporary schema is not able to shut down completely,
waiting for being able to drop the temporary schema, something that it
cannot complete because of the two-phase transaction involved with
temporary objects. In this case the client is able to disconnect but
the session remains alive on the backend-side, potentially blocking
connection backend slots from being used. Other problems reported could
also involve server crashes.
This is back-patched down to v10, which is where 9b013dc has introduced
MyXactFlags, something that this patch relies on.
Reported-by: Alexey Bashtanov
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5d910e2e-0db8-ec06-dd5f-baec420513c3@imap.cc
Backpatch-through: 10
This is architecturally mildly problematic, which becomes more
pronounced with the upcoming introduction of pluggable storage.
To fix, teach heap_parallelscan_estimate() to deal with SnapshotAny
snapshots, and then use it from _bt_parallel_estimate_shared().
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
This reverts commit c203d6cf8 and some follow-on fixes, completing the
task begun in commit 5d28c9bd7. If that feature is ever resurrected,
the code will look quite a bit different from this, so it seems best
to start from a clean slate.
The v11 branch is not touched; in that branch, the recheck_on_update
storage option remains present, but nonfunctional and undocumented.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114223409.3tcvejfhlvbucrv5@alap3.anarazel.de
This is the genam.h equivalent of 4c850ecec6 (which removed
heapam.h from a lot of other headers). There's still a few header
includes of genam.h, but not from central headers anymore.
As a few headers are not indirectly included anymore, execnodes.h and
relscan.h need a few additional includes. Some of the depended on
types were replacable by using the underlying structs, but e.g. for
Snapshot in execnodes.h that'd have gotten more invasive than
reasonable in this commit.
Like the aforementioned commit 4c850ecec6, this requires adding new
genam.h includes to a number of backend files, which likely is also
required in a few external projects.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114000701.y4ttcb74jpskkcfb@alap3.anarazel.de
We usually don't change the name of structs between the struct name
itself and the name of the typedef. Additionally, structs that are
usually used via a typedef that hides being a pointer, are commonly
suffixed Data. Change tupdesc code to follow those convention.
This is triggered by a future patch that intends to forward declare
TupleDescData in another header - keeping with the naming scheme makes
that easier to understand.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114000701.y4ttcb74jpskkcfb@alap3.anarazel.de
heapam.h previously was included in a number of widely used
headers (e.g. execnodes.h, indirectly in executor.h, ...). That's
problematic on its own, as heapam.h contains a lot of low-level
details that don't need to be exposed that widely, but becomes more
problematic with the upcoming introduction of pluggable table storage
- it seems inappropriate for heapam.h to be included that widely
afterwards.
heapam.h was largely only included in other headers to get the
HeapScanDesc typedef (which was defined in heapam.h, even though
HeapScanDescData is defined in relscan.h). The better solution here
seems to be to just use the underlying struct (forward declared where
necessary). Similar for BulkInsertState.
Another problem was that LockTupleMode was used in executor.h - parts
of the file tried to cope without heapam.h, but due to the fact that
it indirectly included it, several subsequent violations of that goal
were not not noticed. We could just reuse the approach of declaring
parameters as int, but it seems nicer to move LockTupleMode to
lockoptions.h - that's not a perfect location, but also doesn't seem
bad.
As a number of files relied on implicitly included heapam.h, a
significant number of files grew an explicit include. It's quite
probably that a few external projects will need to do the same.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114000701.y4ttcb74jpskkcfb@alap3.anarazel.de
This removes a portion of infrastructure introduced by fe0a0b5 to allow
compilation of Postgres in environments where no strong random source is
available, meaning that there is no linking to OpenSSL and no
/dev/urandom (Windows having its own CryptoAPI). No systems shipped
this century lack /dev/urandom, and the buildfarm is actually not
testing this switch at all, so just remove it. This simplifies
particularly some backend code which included a fallback implementation
using shared memory, and removes a set of alternate regression output
files from pgcrypto.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181230063219.GG608@paquier.xyz
The function name pg_stop_backup() has been included for ages in some
log messages when stopping the backup, which is confusing for base
backups taken with the replication protocol because this function is
never called. Some other comments and messages in this area are
improved while on it.
The new wording is based on input and suggestions from several people,
all listed below.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Álvaro Herrera, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181221040510.GA12599@paquier.xyz
According to README we acquire predicate locks on entry tree leafs and posting
tree roots. However, when ginFindLeafPage() is going to lock leaf in exclusive
mode, then it checks root for conflicts regardless whether it's a entry or
posting tree. Assuming that we never place predicate lock on entry tree root
(excluding corner case when root is leaf), this check is redundant. This
commit removes this check. Now, root conflict checking is controlled by
separate argument of ginFindLeafPage().
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdv7rrDyy%3DMgsaK-L9kk0AH7az0B-mdC3w3p0FSb9uoyEg%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 11
While it seems OK to not be concerned about fsync() failure for a
pre-existing signal file, it's not OK to not even check for open()
failure. This at least causes complaints from static analyzers,
and I think on some platforms passing -1 to fsync() or close() might
trigger assertion-type failures. Also add (void) casts to make clear
that we're ignoring fsync's result intentionally.
Oversights in commit 2dedf4d9a, noted by Coverity.
013ebc0a7b implements so-called GiST microvacuum. That is gistgettuple() marks
index tuples as dead when kill_prior_tuple is set. Later, when new tuple
insertion claims page space, those dead index tuples are physically deleted
from page. When this deletion is replayed on standby, it might conflict with
read-only queries. But 013ebc0a7b doesn't handle this. That may lead to
disappearance of some tuples from read-only snapshots on standby.
This commit implements resolving of conflicts between replay of GiST microvacuum
and standby queries. On the master we implement new WAL record type
XLOG_GIST_DELETE, which comprises necessary information. On stable releases
we've to be tricky to keep WAL compatibility. Information required for conflict
processing is just appended to data of XLOG_GIST_PAGE_UPDATE record. So,
PostgreSQL version, which doesn't know about conflict processing, will just
ignore that.
Reported-by: Andres Freund
Diagnosed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181212224524.scafnlyjindmrbe6%40alap3.anarazel.de
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 9.6
The "name" comparison operators now all support collations, making them
functionally equivalent to "text" comparisons, except for the different
physical representation of the datatype. They do, in fact, mostly share
the varstr_cmp and varstr_sortsupport infrastructure, which has been
slightly enlarged to handle the case.
To avoid changes in the default behavior of the datatype, set name's
typcollation to C_COLLATION_OID not DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID, so that
by default comparisons to a name value will continue to use strcmp
semantics. (This would have been the case for system catalog columns
anyway, because of commit 6b0faf723, but doing this makes it true for
user-created name columns as well. In particular, this avoids
locale-dependent changes in our regression test results.)
In consequence, tweak a couple of places that made assumptions about
collatable base types always having typcollation DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID.
I have not, however, attempted to relax the restriction that user-
defined collatable types must have that. Hence, "name" doesn't
behave quite like a user-defined type; it acts more like a domain
with COLLATE "C". (Conceivably, if we ever get rid of the need for
catalog name columns to be fixed-length, "name" could actually become
such a domain over text. But that'd be a pretty massive undertaking,
and I'm not volunteering.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15938.1544377821@sss.pgh.pa.us
Avoid repetitive calls to repalloc() when the required size of the
collector array grows more than 2x in one call. Also ensure that the
array size is a power of 2 (since palloc will probably consume a power
of 2 anyway) and doesn't start out very small (which'd likely just lead
to extra repallocs).
David Rowley, tweaked a bit by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f8vn-iSBE8PKeVHrnhvyjRNYCxguPFFY08QLYmjWG9hPQ@mail.gmail.com
Remove a comment from the Berkeley days claiming that nbtree must
disambiguate duplicate keys within _bt_moveright(). There is no special
care taken around duplicates within _bt_moveright(), at least since
commit 9e85183bfc removed inscrutable _bt_moveright() code to handle
pages full of duplicates.
Commit 40dae7ec53, which made the handling of interrupted nbtree page
splits more robust, removed an nbtree-specific end-of-recovery cleanup
step. This meant that it was no longer possible to complete an
interrupted page split during recovery. However, a reference to
recovery as a reason for using a NULL stack while inserting into a
parent page was missed. Remove the reference.
Remove a similar obsolete reference to recovery that was introduced much
more recently, as part of the btree fastpath optimization enhancement
that made it into Postgres 11 (commit 2b272734, and follow-up commits).
Backpatch: 11-, where the fastpath optimization was introduced.
Up to now we allowed text columns in system catalogs to use collation
"default", but that isn't really safe because it might mean something
different in template0 than it means in a database cloned from template0.
In particular, this could mean that cloned pg_statistic entries for such
columns weren't entirely valid, possibly leading to bogus planner
estimates, though (probably) not any outright failures.
In the wake of commit 5e0928005, a better solution is available: if we
label such columns with "C" collation, then their pg_statistic entries
will also use that collation and hence will be valid independently of
the database collation.
This also provides a cleaner solution for indexes on such columns than
the hack added by commit 0b28ea79c: the indexes will naturally inherit
"C" collation and don't have to be forced to use text_pattern_ops.
Also, with the planned improvement of type "name" to be collation-aware,
this policy will apply cleanly to both text and name columns.
Because of the pg_statistic angle, we should also apply this policy
to the tables in information_schema. This patch does that by adjusting
information_schema's textual domain types to specify "C" collation.
That has the user-visible effect that order-sensitive comparisons to
textual information_schema view columns will now use "C" collation
by default. The SQL standard says that the collation of those view
columns is implementation-defined, so I think this is legal per spec.
At some point this might allow for translation of such comparisons
into indexable conditions on the underlying "name" columns, although
additional work will be needed before that can happen.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19346.1544895309@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit ffa4cbd62 added logic to detect SIGPIPE failure of a COPY child
process, but it only worked correctly if the SIGPIPE occurred in the
immediate child process. Depending on the shell in use and the
complexity of the shell command string, we might instead get back
an exit code of 128 + SIGPIPE, representing a shell error exit
reporting SIGPIPE in the child process.
We could just hack up ClosePipeToProgram() to add the extra case,
but it seems like this is a fairly general issue deserving a more
general and better-documented solution. I chose to add a couple
of functions in src/common/wait_error.c, which is a natural place
to know about wait-result encodings, that will test for either a
specific child-process signal type or any child-process signal failure.
Then, adjust other places that were doing ad-hoc tests of this type
to use the common functions.
In RestoreArchivedFile, this fixes a race condition affecting whether
the process will report an error or just silently proc_exit(1): before,
that depended on whether the intermediate shell got SIGTERM'd itself
or reported a child process failing on SIGTERM.
Like the previous patch, back-patch to v10; we could go further
but there seems no real need to.
Per report from Erik Rijkers.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f3683f87ab1701bea5d86a7742b22432@xs4all.nl
When GIN vacuum deletes a posting tree page, it assumes that no concurrent
searchers can access it, thanks to ginStepRight() locking two pages at once.
However, since 9.4 searches can skip parts of posting trees descending from the
root. That leads to the risk that page is deleted and reclaimed before
concurrent search can access it.
This commit prevents the risk of above by waiting for every transaction, which
might wait to reference this page, to finish. Due to binary compatibility
we can't change GinPageOpaqueData to store corresponding transaction id.
Instead we reuse page header pd_prune_xid field, which is unused in index pages.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31a702a.14dd.166c1366ac1.Coremail.chjischj%40163.com
Author: Andrey Borodin, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 9.4
On standby ginRedoDeletePage() can work concurrently with read-only queries.
Those queries can traverse posting tree in two ways.
1) Using rightlinks by ginStepRight(), which locks the next page before
unlocking its left sibling.
2) Using downlinks by ginFindLeafPage(), which locks at most one page at time.
Original lock order was: page, parent, left sibling. That lock order can
deadlock with ginStepRight(). In order to prevent deadlock this commit changes
lock order to: left sibling, page, parent. Note, that position of parent in
locking order seems insignificant, because we only lock one page at time while
traversing downlinks.
Reported-by: Chen Huajun
Diagnosed-by: Chen Huajun, Peter Geoghegan, Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31a702a.14dd.166c1366ac1.Coremail.chjischj%40163.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 9.4
Before 218f51584d if posting tree page is about to be deleted, then the whole
posting tree is locked by LockBufferForCleanup() on root preventing all the
concurrent inserts. 218f51584d reduced locking to the subtree containing
page to be deleted. However, due to concurrent parent split, inserter doesn't
always holds pins on all the pages constituting path from root to the target
leaf page. That could cause a deadlock between GIN vacuum process and GIN
inserter. And we didn't find non-invasive way to fix this.
This commit reverts VACUUM behavior to lock the whole posting tree before
delete any page. However, we keep another useful change by 218f51584d: the
tree is locked only if there are pages to be deleted.
Reported-by: Chen Huajun
Diagnosed-by: Chen Huajun, Andrey Borodin, Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31a702a.14dd.166c1366ac1.Coremail.chjischj%40163.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov, based on ideas from Andrey Borodin and Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin
Backpatch-through: 10
Previously, it would just pass back a partially-uninitialized tupdesc,
which doesn't seem like a safe or useful behavior.
Backpatch to v10 where this code came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30830.1544384975@sss.pgh.pa.us
In toast_fetch_datum_slice(), we Assert() that what is passed in isn't
compressed, but we then later had a check to see what the length of if
what was passed in is compressed. That later check is rather confusing
since toast_fetch_datum_slice() is only ever called with non-compressed
datums and the Assert() earlier makes it clear that one shouldn't be
passing in compressed datums.
Add a comment to make it clear that toast_fetch_datum_slice() is just
for non-compressed datums, and remove the dead code.
Skipping over the "hole" in full page images in the XLOG code was
described as being a form of compression, but this got a bit confusing
since we now have PGLZ-based compression happening, so adjust the
wording to discuss "removing" the "hole" and keeping the talk about
compression to where we're talking about using PGLZ-based compression of
the full page images.
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181127234341.GM3415@tamriel.snowman.net
During table rewrites (VACUUM FULL and CLUSTER), the main heap is logged
using XLOG / FPI records, and thus (correctly) ignored in decoding.
But the associated TOAST table is WAL-logged as plain INSERT records,
and so was logically decoded and passed to reorder buffer.
That has severe consequences with TOAST tables of non-trivial size.
Firstly, reorder buffer has to keep all those changes, possibly spilling
them to a file, incurring I/O costs and disk space.
Secondly, ReoderBufferCommit() was stashing all those TOAST chunks into
a hash table, which got discarded only after processing the row from the
main heap. But as the main heap is not decoded for rewrites, this never
happened, so all the TOAST data accumulated in memory, resulting either
in excessive memory consumption or OOM.
The fix is simple, as commit e9edc1ba already introduced infrastructure
(namely HEAP_INSERT_NO_LOGICAL flag) to skip logical decoding of TOAST
tables, but it only applied it to system tables. So simply use it for
all TOAST data in raw_heap_insert().
That would however solve only the memory consumption issue - the TOAST
changes would still be decoded and added to the reorder buffer, and
spilled to disk (although without TOAST tuple data, so much smaller).
But we can solve that by tweaking DecodeInsert() to just ignore such
INSERT records altogether, using XLH_INSERT_CONTAINS_NEW_TUPLE flag,
instead of skipping them later in ReorderBufferCommit().
Review: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1a17c643-e9af-3dba-486b-fbe31bc1823a%402ndquadrant.com
Backpatch: 9.4-, where logical decoding was introduced
recovery.conf settings are now set in postgresql.conf (or other GUC
sources). Currently, all the affected settings are PGC_POSTMASTER;
this could be refined in the future case by case.
Recovery is now initiated by a file recovery.signal. Standby mode is
initiated by a file standby.signal. The standby_mode setting is
gone. If a recovery.conf file is found, an error is issued.
The trigger_file setting has been renamed to promote_trigger_file as
part of the move.
The documentation chapter "Recovery Configuration" has been integrated
into "Server Configuration".
pg_basebackup -R now appends settings to postgresql.auto.conf and
creates a standby.signal file.
Author: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@gmail.com>
Author: Simon Riggs <simon@2ndquadrant.com>
Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen <ams@2ndquadrant.com>
Author: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/607741529606767@web3g.yandex.ru/
Users of the WaitEventSet and WaitLatch() APIs can now choose between
asking for WL_POSTMASTER_DEATH and then handling it explicitly, or asking
for WL_EXIT_ON_PM_DEATH to trigger immediate exit on postmaster death.
This reduces code duplication, since almost all callers want the latter.
Repair all code that was previously ignoring postmaster death completely,
or requesting the event but ignoring it, or requesting the event but then
doing an unconditional PostmasterIsAlive() call every time through its
event loop (which is an expensive syscall on platforms for which we don't
have USE_POSTMASTER_DEATH_SIGNAL support).
Assert that callers of WaitLatchXXX() under the postmaster remember to
ask for either WL_POSTMASTER_DEATH or WL_EXIT_ON_PM_DEATH, to prevent
future bugs.
The only process that doesn't handle postmaster death is syslogger. It
waits until all backends holding the write end of the syslog pipe
(including the postmaster) have closed it by exiting, to be sure to
capture any parting messages. By using the WaitEventSet API directly
it avoids the new assertion, and as a by-product it may be slightly
more efficient on platforms that have epoll().
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Heikki Linnakangas, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D1TCviRykkUb69ppWLr_V697rzd1j3eZsRMmbXvETfqbQ%40mail.gmail.com,
https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2LqHzizbe7muD7-2yHUbTOoF7Q+qkSD5Q41kuhttRTwA@mail.gmail.com
Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction
of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column,
but as part of the tuple header.
This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd,
as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important
parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the
oid column by default.
The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a
significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That
already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make
table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating
that "specialness" significantly.
WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0).
Remove it.
Removing includes:
- CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be
WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out)
- pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will
issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column).
- restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when
restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column)
- COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids.
- pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH
OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first.
- Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like
plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed.
The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false)
for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of
support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that
do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them.
The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This
commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally
declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the
newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column
naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously
requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via
HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column.
The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in
genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest
oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above
FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the
special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed.
Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all
backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For
the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for
the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog
tables).
The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns
means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded
by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid,
previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid
column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either
have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the
line.
While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the
scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this
now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit
after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other
patches.
Catversion bump, for obvious reasons.
Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
On some operating systems, it doesn't make sense to retry fsync(),
because dirty data cached by the kernel may have been dropped on
write-back failure. In that case the only remaining copy of the
data is in the WAL. A subsequent fsync() could appear to succeed,
but not have flushed the data. That means that a future checkpoint
could apparently complete successfully but have lost data.
Therefore, violently prevent any future checkpoint attempts by
panicking on the first fsync() failure. Note that we already
did the same for WAL data; this change extends that behavior to
non-temporary data files.
Provide a GUC data_sync_retry to control this new behavior, for
users of operating systems that don't eject dirty data, and possibly
forensic/testing uses. If it is set to on and the write-back error
was transient, a later checkpoint might genuinely succeed (on a
system that does not throw away buffers on failure); if the error is
permanent, later checkpoints will continue to fail. The GUC defaults
to off, meaning that we panic.
Back-patch to all supported releases.
There is still a narrow window for error-loss on some operating
systems: if the file is closed and later reopened and a write-back
error occurs in the intervening time, but the inode has the bad
luck to be evicted due to memory pressure before we reopen, we could
miss the error. A later patch will address that with a scheme
for keeping files with dirty data open at all times, but we judge
that to be too complicated to back-patch.
Author: Craig Ringer, with some adjustments by Thomas Munro
Reported-by: Craig Ringer
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Thomas Munro, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180427222842.in2e4mibx45zdth5%40alap3.anarazel.de
When reading a WAL record, its contents are copied into an intermediate
buffer. However, doing so is not necessary if the record fits fully
into the current page, saving one memcpy for each such record. The
allocation handling of the intermediate buffer is also now done only
when a record crosses a page boundary, shaving some extra cycles when
reading a WAL record.
Author: Andrey Lepikhov
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c2ea54dd-a1d3-80eb-ddbf-7e6f258e615e@postgrespro.ru
This commit completes the work prepared in 1a0586de36, splitting the
old TupleTableSlot implementation (which could store buffer, heap,
minimal and virtual slots) into four different slot types. As
described in the aforementioned commit, this is done with the goal of
making tuple table slots extensible, to allow for pluggable table
access methods.
To achieve runtime extensibility for TupleTableSlots, operations on
slots that can differ between types of slots are performed using the
TupleTableSlotOps struct provided at slot creation time. That
includes information from the size of TupleTableSlot struct to be
allocated, initialization, deforming etc. See the struct's definition
for more detailed information about callbacks TupleTableSlotOps.
I decided to rename TTSOpsBufferTuple to TTSOpsBufferHeapTuple and
ExecCopySlotTuple to ExecCopySlotHeapTuple, as that seems more
consistent with other naming introduced in recent patches.
There's plenty optimization potential in the slot implementation, but
according to benchmarking the state after this commit has similar
performance characteristics to before this set of changes, which seems
sufficient.
There's a few changes in execReplication.c that currently need to poke
through the slot abstraction, that'll be repaired once the pluggable
storage patchset provides the necessary infrastructure.
Author: Andres Freund and Ashutosh Bapat, with changes by Amit Khandekar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181105210039.hh4vvi4vwoq5ba2q@alap3.anarazel.de
Upcoming work intends to allow pluggable ways to introduce new ways of
storing table data. Accessing those table access methods from the
executor requires TupleTableSlots to be carry tuples in the native
format of such storage methods; otherwise there'll be a significant
conversion overhead.
Different access methods will require different data to store tuples
efficiently (just like virtual, minimal, heap already require fields
in TupleTableSlot). To allow that without requiring additional pointer
indirections, we want to have different structs (embedding
TupleTableSlot) for different types of slots. Thus different types of
slots are needed, which requires adapting creators of slots.
The slot that most efficiently can represent a type of tuple in an
executor node will often depend on the type of slot a child node
uses. Therefore we need to track the type of slot is returned by
nodes, so parent slots can create slots based on that.
Relatedly, JIT compilation of tuple deforming needs to know which type
of slot a certain expression refers to, so it can create an
appropriate deforming function for the type of tuple in the slot.
But not all nodes will only return one type of slot, e.g. an append
node will potentially return different types of slots for each of its
subplans.
Therefore add function that allows to query the type of a node's
result slot, and whether it'll always be the same type (whether it's
fixed). This can be queried using ExecGetResultSlotOps().
The scan, result, inner, outer type of slots are automatically
inferred from ExecInitScanTupleSlot(), ExecInitResultSlot(),
left/right subtrees respectively. If that's not correct for a node,
that can be overwritten using new fields in PlanState.
This commit does not introduce the actually abstracted implementation
of different kind of TupleTableSlots, that will be left for a followup
commit. The different types of slots introduced will, for now, still
use the same backing implementation.
While this already partially invalidates the big comment in
tuptable.h, it seems to make more sense to update it later, when the
different TupleTableSlot implementations actually exist.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat and Andres Freund, with changes by Amit Khandekar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181105210039.hh4vvi4vwoq5ba2q@alap3.anarazel.de
If a failure happens when a transaction is starting between the moment
the transaction status is changed from TRANS_DEFAULT to TRANS_START and
the moment the current user ID and security context flags are fetched
via GetUserIdAndSecContext(), or before initializing its basic fields,
then those may get reset to incorrect values when the transaction
aborts, leaving the session in an inconsistent state.
One problem reported is that failing a starting transaction at the first
query of a session could cause several kinds of system crashes on the
follow-up queries.
In order to solve that, move the initialization of the transaction state
fields and the call of GetUserIdAndSecContext() in charge of fetching
the current user ID close to the point where the transaction status is
switched to TRANS_START, where there cannot be any error triggered
in-between, per an idea of Tom Lane. This properly ensures that the
current user ID, the security context flags and that the basic fields of
TransactionState remain consistent even if the transaction fails while
starting.
Reported-by: Richard Guo
Diagnosed-By: Richard Guo
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAN_9JTxECSb=pEPcb0a8d+6J+bDcOZ4=DgRo_B7Y5gRHJUM=Rw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 9.4
Hexadecimal is consistently used as format to not bloat too much the
output but keep it readable. This information is useful mainly for
debugging purposes with for example pg_waldump.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Dmitry Dolgov, Andres Freund, Álvaro
Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180413034734.GE1552@paquier.xyz
The use of volatiles in procarray.c largely originated from the time
when postgres did not have reliable compiler and memory
barriers. That's not the case anymore, so we can do better.
Several of the functions in procarray.c can be bottlenecks, and
removal of volatile yields mildly better code.
The new state, with explicit memory barriers, is also more
correct. The previous use of volatile did not actually deliver
sufficient guarantees on weakly ordered machines, in particular the
logic in GetNewTransactionId() does not look safe. It seems unlikely
to be a problem in practice, but worth fixing.
Thomas and I independently wrote a patch for this.
Reported-By: Andres Freund and Thomas Munro
Author: Andres Freund, with cherrypicked changes from a patch by Thomas Munro
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20181005172955.wyjb4fzcdzqtaxjq@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=1nff0x=7i3YQO16jLA2qw-F9O39YmUew4oq-xcBQBs0g@mail.gmail.com
The "rb" prefix is used by Ruby, so that our existing code results
in name collisions that break plruby. We discussed ways to prevent
that by adjusting dynamic linker options, but it seems that at best
we'd move the pain to other cases. Renaming to avoid the collision
is the only portable fix anyway. Fortunately, our rbtree code is
not (yet?) widely used --- in core, there's only a single usage
in GIN --- so it seems likely that we can get away with a rename.
I chose to do this basically as s/rb/rbt/g, except for places where
there already was a "t" after "rb". The patch could have been made
smaller by only touching linker-visible symbols, but it would have
resulted in oddly inconsistent-looking code. Better to make it look
like "rbt" was the plan all along.
Back-patch to v10. The rbtree.c code exists back to 9.5, but
rb_iterate() which is the actual immediate source of pain was added
in v10, so it seems like changing the names before that would have
more risk than benefit.
Per report from Pavel Raiskup.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4738198.8KVIIDhgEB@nb.usersys.redhat.com
spgendscan neglected to pfree all the memory allocated by spgbeginscan.
It's possible to get away with that in most normal queries, since the
memory is allocated in the executor's per-query context which is about
to get deleted anyway; but it causes severe memory leakage during
creation or filling of large exclusion-constraint indexes.
Also, document that amendscan is supposed to free what ambeginscan
allocates. The docs' lack of clarity on that point probably caused this
bug to begin with. (There is discussion of changing that API spec going
forward, but I don't think it'd be appropriate for the back branches.)
Per report from Bruno Wolff. It's been like this since the beginning,
so back-patch to all active branches.
In HEAD, also fix an independent leak caused by commit 2a6368343
(allocating memory during spgrescan instead of spgbeginscan, which
might be all right if it got cleaned up, but it didn't). And do a bit
of code beautification on that commit, too.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181024012314.GA27428@wolff.to
This function is able to promote a standby with this new SQL-callable
function. Execution access can be granted to non-superusers so that
failover tools can observe the principle of least privilege.
Catalog version is bumped.
Author: Laurenz Albe
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6e7c79b3ec916cf49742fb8849ed17cd87aed620.camel@cybertec.at
Commit 16828d5c0 incorrectly set an invalid pointer for t_self for heap
tuples. This patch correctly copies it from the source tuple, and
includes a regression test that relies on it being set correctly.
Backpatch to release 11.
Fixes bug #15448 reported by Tillmann Schulz
Diagnosis and test case by Amit Langote
There's several reasons for this change:
1) It reduces the total size of TupleTableSlot / reduces alignment
padding, making the commonly accessed members fit into a single
cacheline (but we currently do not force proper alignment, so
that's not yet guaranteed to be helpful)
2) Combining the booleans into a flag allows to combine read/writes
from memory.
3) With the upcoming slot abstraction changes, it allows to have core
and extended flags, in a memory efficient way.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat and Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180220224318.gw4oe5jadhpmcdnm@alap3.anarazel.de
heaptuple.c was never a particular good fit for slot_getattr(),
slot_getsomeattrs() and slot_getmissingattrs(), but in upcoming
changes slots will be made more abstract (allowing slots that contain
different types of tuples), making it clearly the wrong place.
Note that slot_deform_tuple() remains in it's current place, as it
clearly deals with a HeapTuple. getmissingattrs() also remains, but
it's less clear that that's correct - but execTuples.c wouldn't be the
right place.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180220224318.gw4oe5jadhpmcdnm@alap3.anarazel.de
We can allow this macro to accept either abbreviated or non-abbreviated
allocation parameters by making use of __VA_ARGS__. As noted by Andres
Freund, it's unlikely that any compiler would have __builtin_constant_p
but not __VA_ARGS__, so this gives up little or no error checking, and
it avoids a minor but annoying API break for extensions.
With this change, there is no reason for anybody to call
AllocSetContextCreateExtended directly, so in HEAD I renamed it to
AllocSetContextCreateInternal. It's probably too late for an ABI
break like that in 11, though.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181012170355.bhxi273skjt6sag4@alap3.anarazel.de
Repeatedly rewriting a mapped catalog table with VACUUM FULL or
CLUSTER could cause logical decoding to fail with:
ERROR, "could not map filenode \"%s\" to relation OID"
To trigger the problem the rewritten catalog had to have live tuples
with toasted columns.
The problem was triggered as during catalog table rewrites the
heap_insert() check that prevents logical decoding information to be
emitted for system catalogs, failed to treat the new heap's toast table
as a system catalog (because the new heap is not recognized as a
catalog table via RelationIsLogicallyLogged()). The relmapper, in
contrast to the normal catalog contents, does not contain historical
information. After a single rewrite of a mapped table the new relation
is known to the relmapper, but if the table is rewritten twice before
logical decoding occurs, the relfilenode cannot be mapped to a
relation anymore. Which then leads us to error out. This only
happens for toast tables, because the main table contents aren't
re-inserted with heap_insert().
The fix is simple, add a new heap_insert() flag that prevents logical
decoding information from being emitted, and accept during decoding
that there might not be tuple data for toast tables.
Unfortunately that does not fix pre-existing logical decoding
errors. Doing so would require not throwing an error when a filenode
cannot be mapped to a relation during decoding, and that seems too
likely to hide bugs. If it's crucial to fix decoding for an existing
slot, temporarily changing the ERROR in ReorderBufferCommit() to a
WARNING appears to be the best fix.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180914021046.oi7dm4ra3ot2g2kt@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 9.4-, where logical decoding was introduced
Originally committed as 15bc038f (plus some follow-ups), this was
reverted in 28e07270 due to a problem discovered in parallel
workers. This new version corrects that problem by sending the
list of uncommitted enum values to parallel workers.
Here follows the original commit message describing the change:
To prevent possibly breaking indexes on enum columns, we must keep
uncommitted enum values from getting stored in tables, unless we
can be sure that any such column is new in the current transaction.
Formerly, we enforced this by disallowing ALTER TYPE ... ADD VALUE
from being executed at all in a transaction block, unless the target
enum type had been created in the current transaction. This patch
removes that restriction, and instead insists that an uncommitted enum
value can't be referenced unless it belongs to an enum type created
in the same transaction as the value. Per discussion, this should be
a bit less onerous. It does require each function that could possibly
return a new enum value to SQL operations to check this restriction,
but there aren't so many of those that this seems unmaintainable.
Author: Andrew Dunstan and Tom Lane, with parallel query fix by Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0Ei7g6PaNTbcmAh9tCRahQrk%3Dr5ZWLD-jr7hXweYX3yg%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4075.1459088427%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 9a3cebeaa changed things so that parallel workers didn't obtain
any lock of their own on tables they access. That was clearly a bad
idea, but I'd mistakenly supposed that it was the intended end result
of the series of patches for simplifying the executor's lock management.
Undo that change in relation_open(), and adjust ExecOpenScanRelation()
so that it gets the correct lock if inside a parallel worker.
In passing, clean up some more obsolete comments about when locks
are acquired.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
Previously, a worker process would establish values for these based on
its own start time. In v10 and up, this can trivially be shown to cause
misbehavior of transaction_timestamp(), timestamp_in(), and related
functions which are (perhaps unwisely?) marked parallel-safe. It seems
likely that other behaviors might diverge from what happens in the parent
as well.
It's not as trivial to demonstrate problems in 9.6 or 9.5, but I'm sure
it's still possible, so back-patch to all branches containing parallel
worker infrastructure.
In HEAD only, mark now() and statement_timestamp() as parallel-safe
(other affected functions already were). While in theory we could
still squeeze that change into v11, it doesn't seem important enough
to force a last-minute catversion bump.
Konstantin Knizhnik, whacked around a bit by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6406dbd2-5d37-4cb6-6eb2-9c44172c7e7c@postgrespro.ru
Historically we forbade datatype-specific comparison functions from
returning INT_MIN, so that it would be safe to invert the sort order
just by negating the comparison result. However, this was never
really safe for comparison functions that directly return the result
of memcmp(), strcmp(), etc, as POSIX doesn't place any such restriction
on those library functions. Buildfarm results show that at least on
recent Linux on s390x, memcmp() actually does return INT_MIN sometimes,
causing sort failures.
The agreed-on answer is to remove this restriction and fix relevant
call sites to not make such an assumption; code such as "res = -res"
should be replaced by "INVERT_COMPARE_RESULT(res)". The same is needed
in a few places that just directly negated the result of memcmp or
strcmp.
To help find places having this problem, I've also added a compile option
to nbtcompare.c that causes some of the commonly used comparators to
return INT_MIN/INT_MAX instead of their usual -1/+1. It'd likely be
a good idea to have at least one buildfarm member running with
"-DSTRESS_SORT_INT_MIN". That's far from a complete test of course,
but it should help to prevent fresh introductions of such bugs.
This is a longstanding portability hazard, so back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180928185215.ffoq2xrq5d3pafna@alap3.anarazel.de
Instead of locking tables during executor startup, just Assert that
suitable locks were obtained already during the parse/plan pipeline
(or re-obtained by the plan cache). This must be so, else we have a
hazard that concurrent DDL has invalidated the plan.
This is pretty inefficient as well as undercommented, but it's all going
to go away shortly, so I didn't try hard. This commit is just another
attempt to use the buildfarm to see if we've missed anything in the plan
to simplify the executor's table management.
Note that the change needed here in relation_open() exposes that
parallel workers now really are accessing tables without holding any
lock of their own, whereas they were not doing that before this commit.
This does not give me a warm fuzzy feeling about that aspect of parallel
query; it does not seem like a good design, and we now know that it's
had exactly no actual testing. I think that we should modify parallel
query so that that change can be reverted.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
It's inefficient to use a single slot for mapping between tuple
descriptors for multiple tuples, as previously done when using
ConvertPartitionTupleSlot(), as that means the slot's tuple descriptors
change for every tuple.
Previously we also, via ConvertPartitionTupleSlot(), built new tuples
after the mapping even in cases where we, immediately afterwards,
access individual columns again.
Refactor the code so one slot, on demand, is used for each
partition. That avoids having to change the descriptor (and allows to
use the more efficient "fixed" tuple slots). Then use slot->slot
mapping, to avoid unnecessarily forming a tuple.
As the naming between the tuple and slot mapping functions wasn't
consistent, rename them to execute_attr_map_{tuple,slot}. It's likely
that we'll also rename convert_tuples_by_* to denote that these
functions "only" build a map, but that's left for later.
Author: Amit Khandekar and Amit Langote, editorialized by me
Reviewed-By: Amit Langote, Amit Khandekar, Andres Freund
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9fR0wRNeAE8VqffNTyONS_UfFPRpqxhnD9Q42vZB+Jvpg@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/e4f9d743-cd4b-efb0-7574-da21d86a7f36%40lab.ntt.co.jp
Backpatch: -
Opening a relation with no lock at all is unsafe; there's no guarantee
that we'll see a consistent state of the relevant catalog entries.
While use of MVCC scans to read the catalogs partially addresses that
complaint, it's still possible to switch to a new catalog snapshot
partway through loading the relcache entry. Moreover, whether or not
you trust the reasoning behind sometimes using less than
AccessExclusiveLock for ALTER TABLE, that reasoning is certainly not
valid if concurrent users of the table don't hold a lock corresponding
to the operation they want to perform.
Hence, add some assertion-build-only checks that require any caller
of relation_open(x, NoLock) to hold at least AccessShareLock. This
isn't a full solution, since we can't verify that the lock level is
semantically appropriate for the action --- but it's definitely of
some use, because it's already caught two bugs.
We can also assert that callers of addRangeTableEntryForRelation()
hold at least the lock level specified for the new RTE.
Amit Langote and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16565.1538327894@sss.pgh.pa.us
When the checkpointer receives a SIGHUP signal to update its configuration,
it may need to update the shared memory for full_page_writes and need to
write a WAL record for it. Now, it is quite possible that the XLOG
machinery has not been initialized by that time and it will lead to
assertion failure while doing that. Fix is to allow the initialization of
the XLOG machinery outside critical section.
This bug has been introduced by the commit 2c03216d83 which added the XLOG
machinery initialization in RecoveryInProgress code path.
Reported-by: Dilip Kumar
Author: Dilip Kumar
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier and Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 9.5
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-u4BA8KXcQUWDPNgaKAjDXC=C2whnzBM8TAcv=stckYUw@mail.gmail.com
A restart point or a checkpoint recycling WAL segments treats segments
marked with neither ".done" (archiving is done) or ".ready" (segment is
ready to be archived) in archive_status the same way for archive_mode
being "on" or "always". While for a primary this is fine, a standby
running a restart point with archive_mode = on would try to mark such a
segment as ready for archiving, which is something that will never
happen except after the standby is promoted.
Note that this problem applies only to WAL segments coming from the
local pg_wal the first time archive recovery is run. Segments part of a
self-contained base backup are the most common case where this could
happen, however even in this case normally the .done markers would be
most likely part of the backup. Segments recovered from an archive are
marked as .ready or .done by the startup process, and segments finished
streaming are marked as such by the WAL receiver, so they are handled
already.
Reported-by: Haruka Takatsuka
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15402-a453c90ed4cf88b2@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 9.5, where archive_mode = always has been added.
The activation and deactivation of commit timestamp tracking has not
been handled consistently for a primary or standbys at recovery. The
facility can be activated at three different moments of recovery:
- The beginning, where a primary would use the GUC value for the
decision-making, and where a standby relies on the contents of the
control file.
- When replaying a XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE record at redo.
- The end, where both primary and standby rely on the GUC value.
Using the GUC value for a primary at the beginning of recovery causes
problems with commit timestamp access when doing crash recovery.
Particularly, when replaying transaction commits, it could be possible
that an attempt to read commit timestamps is done for a transaction
which committed at a moment when track_commit_timestamp was disabled.
A test case is added to reproduce the failure. The test works down to
v11 as it takes advantage of transaction commits within procedures.
Reported-by: Hailong Li
Author: Masahiko Sawasa, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11224478-a782-203b-1f17-e4797b39bdf0@qunar.com
Backpatch-through: 9.5, where commit timestamps have been introduced.
Upcoming changes introduce further types of tuple table slots, in
preparation of making table storage pluggable. New storage methods
will have different representation of tuples, therefore the slot
accessor should refer explicitly to heap tuples.
Instead of just renaming the functions, split it into one function
that accepts heap tuples not residing in buffers, and one accepting
ones in buffers. Previously one function was used for both, but that
was a bit awkward already, and splitting will allow us to represent
slot types for tuples in buffers and normal memory separately.
This is split out from the patch introducing abstract slots, as this
largely consists out of mechanical changes.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180220224318.gw4oe5jadhpmcdnm@alap3.anarazel.de
Ensure that triggers get properly filled in tuples for the OLD value.
Also fix the logic of detecting missing null values. The previous logic
failed to detect a missing null column before the first missing column
with a default. Fixing this has simplified the logic a bit.
Regression tests are added to test changes. This should ensure better
coverage of expand_tuple().
Original bug reports, and some code and test scripts from Tomas Vondra
Backpatch to release 11.
Several users of extensions complained of crashes in parallel workers
that turned out to be due to syscache access from their _PG_init()
functions. Reorder the initialization of parallel workers so that
libraries are restored after the caches are initialized, and inside a
transaction.
This was reported in bug #15350 and elsewhere. We don't consider it
to be a bug: extensions shouldn't do that, because then they can't be
used in shared_preload_libraries. However, it's a fairly obscure
hazard and these extensions worked in practice before parallel query
came along. So let's make it work. Later commits might add a warning
message and eventually an error.
Back-patch to 9.6, where parallel query landed.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Reported-by: Kieran McCusker, Jimmy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153512195228.1489.8545997741965926448%40wrigleys.postgresql.org
Currently, KNN searches were supported only by GiST. SP-GiST also capable to
support them. This commit implements that support. SP-GiST scan stack is
replaced with queue, which serves as stack if no ordering is specified. KNN
support is provided for three SP-GIST opclasses: quad_point_ops, kd_point_ops
and poly_ops (catversion is bumped). Some common parts between GiST and SP-GiST
KNNs are extracted into separate functions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/570825e8-47d0-4732-2bf6-88d67d2d51c8%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov based on GSoC work by Vlad Sterzhanov
Review: Andrey Borodin, Alexander Korotkov
XLogInsert fails to attach a required FPI to the first record after
full_page_writes is turned on by the last checkpoint. This bug got
introduced in 9.5 due to code rearrangement in commits 2c03216d83 and
2076db2aea. Fix it by ensuring that XLogInsertRecord performs a
recomputation when the given record is generated with FPW as off but
found that the flag has been turned on while actually inserting the
record.
Reported-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 9.5 where this problem was introduced
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180420.151043.74298611.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
spgrescan would first reset traversalCxt, and then traverse a
potentially non-empty stack containing pointers to traversalValues
which had been allocated in those contexts, freeing them a second
time. This bug originates in commit ccd6eb49a where traversalValue was
introduced.
Repair by traversing the stack before the context reset; this isn't
ideal, since it means doing retail pfree in a context that's about to
be reset, but the freeing of a stack entry is also done in other
places in the code during the scan so it's not worth trying to
refactor it further. Regression test added.
Backpatch to 9.6 where the problem was introduced.
Per bug #15378; analysis and patch by me, originally from a report on
IRC by user velix; see also PostGIS ticket #4174; review by Alexander
Korotkov.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153663176628.23136.11901365223750051490@wrigleys.postgresql.org
ginRedoRecompress() replays actions over compressed segments of posting list
in-place. However, it might lead to write past pg_upper, because intermediate
state during playing the changes can take more space than both original state
and final state. This commit fixes that by refuse from in-place modification.
Instead page tail is copied once modification is started, and then it's used
as the source of original segments. Backpatch to 9.4 where posting list
compression was introduced.
Reported-by: Sivasubramanian Ramasubramanian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1536091151804.6588%40amazon.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov based on patch from and ideas by Sivasubramanian Ramasubramanian
Review: Sivasubramanian Ramasubramanian
Backpatch-through: 9.4
When a corrupted two-phase state file is found by WAL replay, be it for
crash recovery or archive recovery, then the file is simply skipped and
a WARNING is logged to the user, causing the transaction to be silently
lost. Facing an on-disk WAL file which is corrupted is as likely to
happen as what is stored in WAL records, but WAL records are already
able to fail hard if there is a CRC mismatch. On-disk two-phase state
files, on the contrary, are simply ignored if corrupted. Note that when
restoring the initial two-phase data state at recovery, files newer than
the horizon XID are discarded hence no files present in pg_twophase/
should be torned and have been made durable by a previous checkpoint, so
recovery should never see any corrupted two-phase state file by design.
The situation got better since 978b2f6 which has added two-phase state
information directly in WAL instead of using on-disk files, so the risk
is limited to two-phase transactions which live across at least one
checkpoint for long periods. Backups having legit two-phase state files
on-disk could also lose silently transactions when restored if things
get corrupted.
This behavior exists since two-phase commit has been introduced, no
back-patch is done for now per the lack of complaints about this
problem.
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180709050309.GM1467@paquier.xyz
On a split, we allocate a new splitpoint's worth of bucket pages wherein
we initialize the last page with zeros which is fine, but we forgot to set
the checksum for that last page.
We decided to back-patch this fix till 10 because we don't have an easy
way to test it in prior versions. Another reason is that the hash-index
code is changed heavily in 10, so it is not advisable to push the fix
without testing it in prior versions.
Author: Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Yugo Nagata
Backpatch-through: 10
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5d03686d-727c-dbf8-0064-bf8b97ffe850@2ndquadrant.com
There's a project policy against using plain "char buf[BLCKSZ]" local
or static variables as page buffers; preferred style is to palloc or
malloc each buffer to ensure it is MAXALIGN'd. However, that policy's
been ignored in an increasing number of places. We've apparently got
away with it so far, probably because (a) relatively few people use
platforms on which misalignment causes core dumps and/or (b) the
variables chance to be sufficiently aligned anyway. But this is not
something to rely on. Moreover, even if we don't get a core dump,
we might be paying a lot of cycles for misaligned accesses.
To fix, invent new union types PGAlignedBlock and PGAlignedXLogBlock
that the compiler must allocate with sufficient alignment, and use
those in place of plain char arrays.
I used these types even for variables where there's no risk of a
misaligned access, since ensuring proper alignment should make
kernel data transfers faster. I also changed some places where
we had been palloc'ing short-lived buffers, for coding style
uniformity and to save palloc/pfree overhead.
Since this seems to be a live portability hazard (despite the lack
of field reports), back-patch to all supported versions.
Patch by me; thanks to Michael Paquier for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1535618100.1286.3.camel@credativ.de
Startup process has improved its calculation of incorrect minimum
consistent point in 8d68ee6, which ensures that all WAL available gets
replayed when doing crash recovery, and has introduced an incorrect
calculation of the minimum recovery point for non-startup processes,
which can cause incorrect page references on a standby when for example
the background writer flushed a couple of pages on-disk but was not
updating the control file to let a subsequent crash recovery replay to
where it should have.
The only case where this has been reported to be a problem is when a
standby needs to calculate the latest removed xid when replaying a btree
deletion record, so one would need connections on a standby that happen
just after recovery has thought it reached a consistent point. Using a
background worker which is started after the consistent point is reached
would be the easiest way to get into problems if it connects to a
database. Having clients which attempt to connect periodically could
also be a problem, but the odds of seeing this problem are much lower.
The fix used is pretty simple, as the idea is to give access to the
minimum recovery point written in the control file to non-startup
processes so as they use a reference, while the startup process still
initializes its own references of the minimum consistent point so as the
original problem with incorrect page references happening post-promotion
with a crash do not show up.
Reported-by: Alexander Kukushkin
Diagnosed-by: Alexander Kukushkin
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Alexander Kukushkin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153492341830.1368.3936905691758473953@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 9.3
Code in slot_getallattrs() is the same as if slot_getsomeattrs() is
called with number of attributes specified in the tuple
descriptor. Implement it that way instead of duplicating the code
between those two functions.
This is part of a patchseries abstracting TupleTableSlots so they can
store arbitrary forms of tuples, but is a nice enough cleanup on its
own.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180220224318.gw4oe5jadhpmcdnm@alap3.anarazel.de
Historically, the term procedure was used as a synonym for function in
Postgres/PostgreSQL. Now we have procedures as separate objects from
functions, so we need to clean up the documentation to not mix those
terms.
In particular, mentions of "trigger procedures" are changed to "trigger
functions", and access method "support procedures" are changed to
"support functions". (The latter already used FUNCTION in the SQL
syntax anyway.) Also, the terminology in the SPI chapter has been
cleaned up.
A few tests, examples, and code comments are also adjusted to be
consistent with documentation changes, but not everything.
Reported-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-by: Jonathan S. Katz <jonathan.katz@excoventures.com>
This patch makes the geometric operators and functions use the exported
function of the float4/float8 datatypes. The main reason of doing so is
to check for underflow and overflow, and to handle NaNs consciously.
The float datatypes consider NaNs values to be equal and greater than
all non-NaN values. This change considers NaNs equal only for equality
operators. The placement operators, contains, overlaps, left/right of
etc. continue to return false when NaNs are involved. We don't need
to worry about them being considered greater than any-NaN because there
aren't any basic comparison operators like less/greater than for the
geometric datatypes.
The changes may be summarised as:
* Check for underflow, overflow and division by zero
* Consider NaN values to be equal
* Return NULL when the distance is NaN for all closest point operators
* Favour not-NaN over NaN where it makes sense
The patch also replaces all occurrences of "double" as "float8". They
are the same, but were used inconsistently in the same file.
Author: Emre Hasegeli
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAE2gYzxF7-5djV6-cEvqQu-fNsnt%3DEqbOURx7ZDg%2BVv6ZMTWbg%40mail.gmail.com
The previous comment gave the impression that skipping OIDs before
FirstNormalObjectId was merely an optimization to avoid likely collisions.
In fact other parts of the system have been relying on this threshold to
detect system-created objects since commit 8e18d04d4d, so adjust the
wording.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D33JASACeOayr_W3%3DCSjy2jiPxM-k89axu0akFbHdjnjA%40mail.gmail.com
We aren't very strict about keeping FSM up to date on WAL replay,
because per-page freespace values aren't critical in replicas (can't
write to heap in a replica; and if the replica is promoted, the values
would be updated by VACUUM anyway). However, VACUUM since 9.6 can skip
processing pages marked all-visible or all-frozen, and if such pages are
recorded in FSM with wrong values, those values are blindly propagated
to FSM's upper layers by VACUUM's FreeSpaceMapVacuum. (This rationale
assumes that crashes are not very frequent, because those would cause
outdated FSM to occur in the primary.)
Even when the FSM is outdated in standby, things are not too bad
normally, because, most per-page FSM values will be zero (other than
those propagated with the base-backup that created the standby); only
once the remaining free space is less than 0.2*BLCKSZ the per-page value
is maintained by WAL replay of heap ins/upd/del. However, if
wal_log_hints=on causes complete FSM pages to be propagated to a standby
via full-page images, many too-optimistic per-page values can end up
being registered in the standby.
Incorrect per-page values aren't critical in most cases, since an
inserter that is given a page that doesn't actually contain the claimed
free space will update FSM with the correct value, and retry until it
finds a usable page. However, if there are many such updates to do, an
inserter can spend a long time doing them before a usable page is found;
in a heavily trafficked insert-only table with many concurrent inserters
this has been observed to cause several second stalls, causing visible
application malfunction.
To fix this problem, it seems sufficient to have heap_xlog_visible
(replay of setting all-visible and all-frozen VM bits for a heap page)
update the FSM value for the page being processed. This fixes the
per-page counters together with making the page skippable to vacuum, so
when vacuum does FreeSpaceMapVacuum, the values propagated to FSM upper
layers are the correct ones, avoiding the problem.
While at it, apply the same fix to heap_xlog_clean (replay of tuple
removal by HOT pruning and vacuum). This makes any space freed by the
cleaning available earlier than the next vacuum in the promoted replica.
Backpatch to 9.6, where this problem was diagnosed on an insert-only
table with all-frozen pages, which were introduced as a concept in that
release. Theoretically it could apply with all-visible pages to older
branches, but there's been no report of that and it doesn't backpatch
cleanly anyway.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180802172857.5skoexsilnjvgruk@alvherre.pgsql
Commit dafa084, added in 10, made the removal of temporary orphaned
tables more aggressive. This commit makes an extra step into the
aggressiveness by adding a flag in each backend's MyProc which tracks
down any temporary namespace currently in use. The flag is set when the
namespace gets created and can be reset if the temporary namespace has
been created in a transaction or sub-transaction which is aborted. The
flag value assignment is assumed to be atomic, so this can be done in a
lock-less fashion like other flags already present in PGPROC like
databaseId or backendId, still the fact that the temporary namespace and
table created are still locked until the transaction creating those
commits acts as a barrier for other backends.
This new flag gets used by autovacuum to discard more aggressively
orphaned tables by additionally checking for the database a backend is
connected to as well as its temporary namespace in-use, removing
orphaned temporary relations even if a backend reuses the same slot as
one which created temporary relations in a past session.
The base idea of this patch comes from Robert Haas, has been written in
its first version by Tsunakawa Takayuki, then heavily reviewed by me.
Author: Tsunakawa Takayuki
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0A3221C70F24FB45833433255569204D1F8A4DC6@G01JPEXMBYT05
Backpatch: 11-, as PGPROC gains a new flag and we don't want silent ABI
breakages on already released versions.
Commit 9da0cc3528, which introduced parallel CREATE INDEX, failed to
propagate relmapper.c backend local cache state to parallel worker
processes. This could result in parallel index builds against mapped
catalog relations where the leader process (participating as a worker)
scans the new, pristine relfilenode, while worker processes scan the
obsolescent relfilenode. When this happened, the final index structure
was typically not consistent with the owning table's structure. The
final index structure could contain entries formed from both heap
relfilenodes. Only rebuilds on mapped catalog relations that occur as
part of a VACUUM FULL or CLUSTER could become corrupt in practice, since
their mapped relation relfilenode swap is what allows the inconsistency
to arise.
On master, fix the problem by propagating the required relmapper.c
backend state as part of standard parallel initialization (Cf. commit
29d58fd3). On v11, simply disallow builds against mapped catalog
relations by deeming them parallel unsafe.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reported-By: "death lock"
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane, Amit Kapila
Bug: #15309
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153329671686.1405.18298309097348420351@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Backpatch: 11-, where parallel CREATE INDEX was introduced.
6cb3372 enforces errno to ENOSPC when less bytes than what is expected
have been written when it is unset, though it forgot to properly reset
errno before doing a system call to write(), causing errno to
potentially come from a previous system call.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31797.1533326676@sss.pgh.pa.us
Some data types under adt/ have separate header files, but most simple
ones do not, and their public functions are defined in builtins.h. As
the patches improving geometric types will require making additional
functions public, this seems like a good opportunity to create a header
for floats types.
Commit 1acf757255 made _cmp functions public to solve NaN issues locally
for GiST indexes. This patch reworks it in favour of a more widely
applicable API. The API uses inline functions, as they are easier to
use compared to macros, and avoid double-evaluation hazards.
Author: Emre Hasegeli
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAE2gYzxF7-5djV6-cEvqQu-fNsnt%3DEqbOURx7ZDg%2BVv6ZMTWbg%40mail.gmail.com
In our B-tree implementation appropriate leaf page for new tuple
insertion is acquired using _bt_search() function. This function always
returns leaf page locked in shared mode. In order to obtain exclusive
lock, caller have to relock the page.
This commit makes _bt_search() function lock leaf page immediately in
exclusive mode when needed. That removes unnecessary relock and, in
turn reduces lock contention for B-tree leaf pages. Our experiments
on multi-core systems showed acceleration up to 4.5 times in corner
case.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfduAMDFMNYTCN7VMBsFg_hsf0GqiqXnt%2BbSeaJworwFoig%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Yoshikazu Imai, Simon Riggs, Peter Geoghegan
During parallel index scans, if the current page to be read is deleted, we
skip it and try to get the next page for a scan without releasing the buffer
lock on the current page. To get the next page, sometimes it needs to wait
for another process to complete its scan and advance it to the next page.
Now, it is quite possible that the master backend has errored out before
advancing the scan and issued a termination signal for all workers. The
workers failed to notice the termination request during wait because the
interrupts are held due to buffer lock on the previous page. This lead to
all workers being stuck.
The fix is to release the buffer lock on current page before trying to get
the next page. We are already doing same in backward scans, but missed
it for forward scans.
Reported-by: Victor Yegorov
Bug: 15290
Diagnosed-by: Thomas Munro and Amit Kapila
Author: Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro
Tested-By: Thomas Munro and Victor Yegorov
Backpatch-through: 10 where parallel index scans were introduced
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153228422922.1395.1746424054206154747@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Commit 4b0d28de06 has removed the prior checkpoint and related
facilities but has left WAL recycling based on the LSN of the prior
checkpoint, which causes incorrect calculations for WAL removal and
recycling for max_wal_size and min_wal_size. This commit changes things
so as the base calculation point is the last checkpoint generated.
Reported-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180723.135748.42558387.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
Backpatch: 11-, where the prior checkpoint has been removed.
Those would use the default ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR, but for foreseeable
failures an errcode ought to be set, ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED making the
most sense here.
While on the way, fix one errcode_for_file_access missing in origin.c
since the code has been created, and remove one assignment of errno to 0
before calling read(), as this was around to fit with what was present
before 811b6e36 where errno would not be set when not enough bytes are
read. I have noticed the first one, and Tom has pinged me about the
second one.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27265.1531925836@sss.pgh.pa.us
Some error messages which report something about a file operation use
as well context which is already provided within the path being worked
on, making things rather duplicated. This creates more work for
translators, and does not actually bring clarity.
More could be done, however in a lot of cases the context used is
actually useful, still that patch gets down things with a good cut.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180718044711.GA8565@paquier.xyz
PostgreSQL 9.4 introduces posting list compression in GIN. This feature
supports online upgrade, so that after pg_upgrade uncompressed posting
lists are compressed on-the-fly. Underlying code appears to always
expect at least one item on uncompressed posting list page. But there
could be completely empty pages, because VACUUM never deletes leftmost
and rightmost pages from posting trees. This commit fixes that.
Reported-by: Sivasubramanian Ramasubramanian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1531867212836.63354%40amazon.com
Author: Sivasubramanian Ramasubramanian, Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 9.4
Historically, we've allowed auxiliary processes to take buffer pins without
tracking them in a ResourceOwner. However, that creates problems for error
recovery. In particular, we've seen multiple reports of assertion crashes
in the startup process when it gets an error while holding a buffer pin,
as for example if it gets ENOSPC during a write. In a non-assert build,
the process would simply exit without releasing the pin at all. We've
gotten away with that so far just because a failure exit of the startup
process translates to a database crash anyhow; but any similar behavior
in other aux processes could result in stuck pins and subsequent problems
in vacuum.
To improve this, institute a policy that we must *always* have a resowner
backing any attempt to pin a buffer, which we can enforce just by removing
the previous special-case code in resowner.c. Add infrastructure to make
it easy to create a process-lifespan AuxProcessResourceOwner and clear
out its contents at appropriate times. Replace existing ad-hoc resowner
management in bgwriter.c and other aux processes with that. (Thus, while
the startup process gains a resowner where it had none at all before, some
other aux process types are replacing an ad-hoc resowner with this code.)
Also use the AuxProcessResourceOwner to manage buffer pins taken during
StartupXLOG and ShutdownXLOG, even when those are being run in a bootstrap
process or a standalone backend rather than a true auxiliary process.
In passing, remove some other ad-hoc resource owner creations that had
gotten cargo-culted into various other places. As far as I can tell
that was all unnecessary, and if it had been necessary it was incomplete,
due to lacking any provision for clearing those resowners later.
(Also worth noting in this connection is that a process that hasn't called
InitBufferPoolBackend has no business accessing buffers; so there's more
to do than just add the resowner if we want to touch buffers in processes
not covered by this patch.)
Although this fixes a very old bug, no back-patch, because there's no
evidence of any significant problem in non-assert builds.
Patch by me, pursuant to a report from Justin Pryzby. Thanks to
Robert Haas and Kyotaro Horiguchi for reviews.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180627233939.GA10276@telsasoft.com
A collection of typos I happened to spot while reading code, as well as
grepping for common mistakes.
Backpatch to all supported versions, as applicable, to avoid conflicts
when backporting other commits in the future.
Some error messages related to file handling are using the code path
context to define their state. For example, 2PC-related errors are
referring to "two-phase status files", or "relation mapping file" is
used for catalog-to-filenode mapping, however those prove to be
difficult to translate, and are not more helpful than just referring to
the path of the file being worked on. So simplify all those error
messages by just referring to files with their path used. In some
cases, like the manipulation of WAL segments, the context is actually
helpful so those are kept.
Calls to the system function read() have also been rather inconsistent
with their error handling sometimes not reporting the number of bytes
read, and some other code paths trying to use an errno which has not
been set. The in-core functions are using a more consistent pattern
with this patch, which checks for both errno if set or if an
inconsistent read is happening.
So as to care about pluralization when reading an unexpected number of
byte(s), "could not read: read %d of %zu" is used as error message, with
%d field being the output result of read() and %zu the expected size.
This simplifies the work of translators with less variations of the same
message.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180520000522.GB1603@paquier.xyz
Getting a pg_index tuple from syscache when the open index relation is
available is pointless -- just use the one from relcache.
Noticed while reviewing code for cb9db2ab06.
No backpatch.
Since the old logic was completely unaware of subtransactions, a
change made in a subsequently-aborted subtransaction would still cause
workers to be stopped at toplevel transaction commit. Fix that by
managing a stack of worker lists rather than just one.
Amit Khandekar and Robert Haas
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9eaG_mWqiOTA2LfAug-VRNn1hrhf50Xi1YroxL37QkZNg@mail.gmail.com
Previously convert_tuples_by_name_map naively performed a search of each
outdesc column starting at the first column in indesc and searched each
indesc column until a match was found. When partitioned tables had many
columns this could result in slow generation of the tuple conversion maps.
For INSERT and UPDATE statements that touched few rows, this could mean a
very large overhead indeed.
We can do a bit better with this loop. It's quite likely that the columns
in partitioned tables and their partitions are in the same order, so it
makes sense to start searching for each column outer column at the inner
column position 1 after where the previous match was found (per idea from
Alexander Kuzmenkov). This makes the best case search O(N) instead of
O(N^2). The worst case is still O(N^2), but it seems unlikely that would
happen.
Likewise, in the planner, make_inh_translation_list's search for the
matching column could often end up falling back on an O(N^2) type search.
This commit also improves that by first checking the column that follows
the previous match, instead of the column with the same attnum. If we
fail to match here we fallback on the syscache's hashtable lookup.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Alexander Kuzmenkov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAKJS1f9-wijVgMdRp6_qDMEQDJJ%2BA_n%3DxzZuTmLx5Fz6cwf%2B8A%40mail.gmail.com
When reading an existing FSM or VM page that was found to be corrupt by the
buffer manager, the code applied PageInit() to reinitialize the page, but
did so without any locking. There is thus a hazard that two backends might
concurrently do PageInit, which in itself would still be OK, but the slower
one might then zero over subsequent data changes applied by the faster one.
Even that is unlikely to be fatal; but it's not desirable, so add locking
to prevent it.
This does not add any locking overhead in the normal code path where the
page is OK. It's not immediately obvious that that's safe, but I believe
it is, for reasons explained in the added comments.
Problem noted by R P Asim. It's been like this for a long time, so
back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANXE4Te4G0TGq6cr0-TvwP0H4BNiK_-hB5gHe8mF+nz0mcYfMQ@mail.gmail.com
Temporary WAL segments are created in pg_wal and named as xlogtemp.pid
before being renamed to the real deal when creating a new segment. If
an instance crashes after the temporary segment is created and before
the rename is done, then the server would finish with unremovable data.
After an instance crash, scan pg_wal and remove any such segments. With
repetitive unlucky crashes this would contribute to disk bloat and
presents risks of ENOSPC especially with max_wal_size close to the
maximum allowed.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Yugo Nagata, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180514054955.GF1528@paquier.xyz
We include <float.h> in every place that needs isnan(), because MSVC
used to require it. However, since MSVC 2013 that's no longer necessary
(cf. commit cec8394b5c), so we can retire the inclusion to a
version-specific stanza in win32_port.h, where it doesn't need to
pollute random .c files. The header is of course still needed in a few
places for other reasons.
I (Álvaro) removed float.h from a few more files than in Emre's original
patch. This doesn't break the build in my system, but we'll see what
the buildfarm has to say about it all.
Author: Emre Hasegeli
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE2gYzyc0+5uG+Cd9-BSL7NKC8LSHLNg1Aq2=8ubjnUwut4_iw@mail.gmail.com
PostgreSQL nowadays offers some kind of dynamic shared memory feature on
all supported platforms. Having the choice of "none" prevents us from
relying on DSM in core features. So this patch removes the choice of
"none".
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Commit fafa374f2 caused _bt_getbuf() to possibly emit a WAL record for
a page that it was about to recycle. However, it failed to distinguish
all-zero pages from dead pages, which is important because only the
latter have valid btpo.xact values, or indeed any special space at all.
Recycling an all-zero page with XLogStandbyInfoActive() enabled therefore
led to an Assert failure, or to emission of a WAL record containing a
bogus cutoff XID, which might lead to unnecessary query cancellations
on hot standby servers.
Per reports from Antonin Houska and 自己. Amit Kapila was first to
propose this fix, and Robert Haas, myself, and Kyotaro Horiguchi
reviewed it at various times.
This is an old bug, so back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2628.1474272158@localhost
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/48875502.f4a0.1635f0c27b0.Coremail.zoulx1982@163.com
A critical failure in some of the end-of-recovery actions before the
end-of-recovery record is written can cause PostgreSQL to react
inconsistently with the rest of the cluster in the event of a crash
before the final record is written. Two such failures are for example
an error while processing a two-phase state files or when operating on
recovery.conf. With this commit, the failures are still considered
FATAL, but the write of the timeline history file is delayed as much as
possible so as the window between the moment the file is written and the
end-of-recovery record is generated gets minimized. This way, in the
event of a crash or a failure, the new timeline decided at promotion
will not seem taken by other nodes in the cluster. It is not really
possible to reduce to zero this window, hence one could still see
failures if a crash happens between the history file write and the
end-of-recovery record, so any future code should be careful when
adding new end-of-recovery actions. The original report from Magnus
Hagander mentioned a renamed recovery.conf as original end-of-recovery
failure which caused a timeline to be seen as taken but the subsequent
processing on the now-missing recovery.conf cause the startup process to
issue stop on FATAL, which at follow-up startup made the system
inconsistent because of on-disk changes which already happened.
Processing of two-phase state files still needs some work as corrupted
entries are simply ignored now. This is left as a future item and this
commit fixes the original complain.
Reported-by: Magnus Hagander
Author: Heikki Linnakangas
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov, Michael Paquier, David Steele
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABUevEz09XY2EevA2dLjPCY-C5UO4Hq=XxmXLmF6ipNFecbShQ@mail.gmail.com
Commit bc292937ae failed to update a comment about unique index
checking. _bt_insertonpg() is no longer responsible for finding an
insertion location while preventing conflicting insertions.
If a standby crashes after promotion before having completed its first
post-recovery checkpoint, then the minimal recovery point which marks
the LSN position where the cluster is able to reach consistency may be
set to a position older than the first end-of-recovery checkpoint while
all the WAL available should be replayed. This leads to the instance
thinking that it contains inconsistent pages, causing a PANIC and a hard
instance crash even if all the WAL available has not been replayed for
certain sets of records replayed. When in crash recovery,
minRecoveryPoint is expected to always be set to InvalidXLogRecPtr,
which forces the recovery to replay all the WAL available, so this
commit makes sure that the local copy of minRecoveryPoint from the
control file is initialized properly and stays as it is while crash
recovery is performed. Once switching to archive recovery or if crash
recovery finishes, then the local copy minRecoveryPoint can be safely
updated.
Pavan Deolasee has reported and diagnosed the failure in the first
place, and the base fix idea to rely on the local copy of
minRecoveryPoint comes from Kyotaro Horiguchi, which has been expanded
into a full-fledged patch by me. The test included in this commit has
been written by Álvaro Herrera and Pavan Deolasee, which I have modified
to make it faster and more reliable with sleep phases.
Backpatch down to all supported versions where the bug appears, aka 9.3
which is where the end-of-recovery checkpoint is not run by the startup
process anymore. The test gets easily supported down to 10, still it
has been tested on all branches.
Reported-by: Pavan Deolasee
Diagnosed-by: Pavan Deolasee
Reviewed-by: Pavan Deolasee, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Author: Michael Paquier, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Pavan Deolasee, Álvaro
Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABOikdPOewjNL=05K5CbNMxnNtXnQjhTx2F--4p4ruorCjukbA@mail.gmail.com
When deleting pages the nbtree code has to walk through siblings of a
tree node. When those sibling links are corrupted that can lead to
endless loops - which are currently not interruptible. This is
especially problematic if autovacuum is repeatedly blocked on such
indexes, as it can be hard to get out of that situation without
resorting to single user mode.
Thus add interrupt checks to appropriate places in such
loops. Unfortunately in one of the cases it's it's not easy to do so.
Between 9.3 and 9.4 the page deletion (and page split) code changed
significantly. Before it was significantly less robust against
interruptions. Therefore don't backpatch to 9.3.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180627191629.wkunw2qbibnvlz53@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 9.4-
When multiple relations are deleted at the same transaction,
the files of those relations are deleted by one call to smgrdounlinkall(),
which leads to scan whole shared_buffers only one time. OTOH,
previously, during recovery, smgrdounlink() (not smgrdounlinkall()) was
called for each file to delete, which led to scan shared_buffers
multiple times. Obviously this could cause to increase the WAL replay
time very much especially when shared_buffers was huge.
To alleviate this situation, this commit changes the recovery so that
it also calls smgrdounlinkall() only one time to delete multiple
relation files.
This is just fix for oversight of commit 279628a0a7, not new feature.
So, per discussion on pgsql-hackers, we concluded to backpatch this
to all supported versions.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Andres Freund, Thomas Munro, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Takayuki Tsunakawa
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwHVQkdfDqtvGVkty+19cQakAydXn1etGND3X0PHbZ3+6w@mail.gmail.com
This has been visibly a forgotten spot in the first implementation of
wait events for I/O added by 249cf07, and what has been missing is a
fsync call for WAL segments which is a wrapper reacting on the value of
GUC wal_sync_method.
Reported-by: Konstantin Knizhnik
Author: Konstantin Knizhnik
Reviewed-by: Craig Ringer, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4a243897-0ad8-f471-aa40-242591f2476e@postgrespro.ru
Building a new nbtree index through incremental insertions would always
be slower than our actual approach of sorting using tuplesort,
assembling leaf pages from tuplesort output, and writing and WAL-logging
whole pages. Remove a comment block from the Berkeley days claiming
that incremental insertions might be slightly faster with presorted
input.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmKs4mLAoFgJ3yHMRYc849efc=dw+pNRb3NEog2oJoCNw@mail.gmail.com
Upper limits for vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor GUC and reloption
were initially set to 100.0 in 857f9c36. However, after further
discussion, it appears that some users like to disable B-tree cleanup
index scan completely (assuming there are no deleted pages).
vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor is used barely to protect against
stalled index statistics. And after detailed consideration it appears
that risk of stalled index statistics is low. And it would be nice to
allow advanced users setting higher values of
vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor. So, set upper limit for these
GUC and reloption to DBL_MAX.
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAC8Q8tJCb%3DgxhzcV7T6ctx7PY-Ux1oA-AsTJc6cAVNsQiYcCzA%40mail.gmail.com
System calls mixed up in error code paths are causing two issues which
several code paths have not correctly handled:
1) For write() calls, sometimes the system may return less bytes than
what has been written without errno being set. Some paths were careful
enough to consider that case, and assumed that errno should be set to
ENOSPC, other calls missed that.
2) errno generated by a system call is overwritten by other system calls
which may succeed once an error code path is taken, causing what is
reported to the user to be incorrect.
This patch uses the brute-force approach of correcting all those code
paths. Some refactoring could happen in the future, but this is let as
future work, which is not targeted for back-branches anyway.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Sharma
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180622061535.GD5215@paquier.xyz
When a standby's WAL receiver stops reading WAL from a WAL stream, it
writes data to the current WAL segment without having priorily zero'ed
the page currently written to, which can cause the WAL reader to read
junk data from a past recycled segment and then it would try to get a
record from it. While sanity checks in place provide most of the
protection needed, in some rare circumstances, with chances increasing
when a record header crosses a page boundary, then the startup process
could fail violently on an allocation failure, as follows:
FATAL: invalid memory alloc request size XXX
This is confusing for the user and also unhelpful as this requires in
the worst case a manual restart of the instance, impacting potentially
the availability of the cluster, and this also makes WAL data look like
it is in a corrupted state.
The chances of seeing failures are higher if the connection between the
standby and its root node is unstable, causing WAL pages to be written
in the middle. A couple of approaches have been discussed, like
zero-ing new WAL pages within the WAL receiver itself but this has the
disadvantage of impacting performance of any existing instances as this
breaks the sequential writes done by the WAL receiver. This commit
deals with the problem with a more simple approach, which has no
performance impact without reducing the detection of the problem: if a
record is found with a length higher than 1GB for backends, then do not
try any allocation and report a soft failure which will force the
standby to retry reading WAL. It could be possible that the allocation
call passes and that an unnecessary amount of memory is allocated,
however follow-up checks on records would just fail, making this
allocation short-lived anyway.
This patch owes a great deal to Tsunakawa Takayuki for reporting the
failure first, and then discussing a couple of potential approaches to
the problem.
Backpatch down to 9.5, which is where palloc_extended has been
introduced.
Reported-by: Tsunakawa Takayuki
Reviewed-by: Tsunakawa Takayuki
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0A3221C70F24FB45833433255569204D1F8B57AD@G01JPEXMBYT05
Issues relate only to subtransactions that hold AccessExclusiveLocks
when replayed on standby.
Prior to PG10, aborting subtransactions that held an
AccessExclusiveLock failed to release the lock until top level commit or
abort. 49bff5300d fixed that.
However, 49bff5300d also introduced a similar bug where subtransaction
commit would fail to release an AccessExclusiveLock, leaving the lock to
be removed sometimes early and sometimes late. This commit fixes
that bug also. Backpatch to PG10 needed.
Tested by observation. Note need for multi-node isolationtester to improve
test coverage for this and other HS cases.
Reported-by: Simon Riggs
Author: Simon Riggs
They already fail anyway, but prior to this patch they raise an ugly
error message about a lock that cannot be acquired. This just improves
the message.
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reported-by: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoBZau4g4_NUf3BKNd=CdYK+xaPdtJCzvOC1TxGdTiJx_Q@mail.gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh, Alexander Korotkov, Simon Riggs, Michaël Paquier, Álvaro Herrera
This bug causes a lseek() failure to be reported as a "could not open"
failure in the error message, muddling bug reports. I introduced this
copy-and-pasteo in commit 78e1220104.
Noticed while reviewing code for bug report #15221, from lily liang. In
version 10 the affected function is only used by multixact.c and
commit_ts, and only in corner-case circumstances, neither of which are
involved in the reported bug (a pg_subtrans failure.)
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Any changes on page should be done in critical section, so move
_bt_upgrademetapage into critical section. Improve comment. Found by Amit
Kapila during post-commit review of 857f9c36.
Author: Amit Kapila
The "l" (ell) width spec means something in the corresponding scanf usage,
but not here. While modern POSIX says that applying "l" to "f" and other
floating format specs is a no-op, SUSv2 says it's undefined. Buildfarm
experience says that some old compilers emit warnings about it, and at
least one old stdio implementation (mingw's "ANSI" option) actually
produces wrong answers and/or crashes.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21670.1526769114@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c085e1da-0d64-1c15-242d-c921f32e0d5c@dunslane.net
- Change vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor GUC to PGC_USERSET.
vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor GUC was defined as PGC_SIGHUP. But this
GUC affects not only autovacuum. So it might be useful to change it from user
session in order to influence manually runned VACUUM.
- Add missing tab-complete support for vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor
reloption.
- Fix condition for B-tree index cleanup.
Zero value of vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor means that user wants B-tree
index cleanup to be never skipped.
- Documentation and comment improvements
Authors: Justin Pryzby, Alexander Korotkov, Liudmila Mantrova
Reviewed by: all authors and Robert Haas
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20180502023025.GD7631%40telsasoft.com
If a continuation record is split so that its first half has already been
removed from the master, and is only present in pg_wal, and there is a
recycled WAL segment in the standby server that looks like it would
contain the second half, recovery would get stuck. The code in
XLogPageRead() incorrectly started streaming at the beginning of the
WAL record, even if we had already read the first page.
Backpatch to 9.4. In principle, older versions have the same problem, but
without replication slots, there was no straightforward mechanism to
prevent the master from recycling old WAL that was still needed by standby.
Without such a mechanism, I think it's reasonable to assume that there's
enough slack in how many old segments are kept around to not run into this,
or you have a WAL archive.
Reported by Jonathon Nelson. Analysis and patch by Kyotaro HORIGUCHI, with
some extra comments by me.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CACJqAM3xVz0JY1XFDKPP%2BJoJAjoGx%3DGNuOAshEDWCext7BFvCQ%40mail.gmail.com
Dan Wood diagnosed a long-standing problem that pages containing tuples
that are locked by multixacts containing live lockers may spuriously end
up as candidates for getting their all-visible flag set. This has the
long-term effect that multixacts remain unfrozen; this may previously
pass undetected, but since commit XYZ it would be reported as
"ERROR: found multixact 134100944 from before relminmxid 192042633"
because when a later vacuum tries to freeze the page it detects that a
multixact that should have gotten frozen, wasn't.
Dan proposed a (correct) patch that simply sets a variable to its
correct value, after a bogus initialization. But, per discussion, it
seems better coding to avoid the bogus initializations altogether, since
they could give rise to more bugs later. Therefore this fix rewrites
the logic a little bit to avoid depending on the bogus initializations.
This bug was part of a family introduced in 9.6 by commit a892234f830e;
later, commit 38e9f90a22 fixed most of them, but this one was
unnoticed.
Authors: Dan Wood, Pavan Deolasee, Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Pavan Deolasee, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/84EBAC55-F06D-4FBE-A3F3-8BDA093CE3E3@amazon.com
nbtsort.c does not need to truncate away non-key attributes for the
minimum key of the leftmost page on a level, since this is only used to
build a minus infinity downlink for the level's leftmost page.
Truncating away non-key attributes in advance of truncating away all
attributes in _bt_sortaddtup() does not affect the correctness of CREATE
INDEX, but it is misleading.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAH2-WzkAS2M3ussHG-s_Av=Zo6dPjOxyu5fNRkYnxQV+YzGQ4w@mail.gmail.com
The principle behind the locking was not very well thought-out, and not
documented. Add a section in the README to explain how it's supposed to
work, and change the code so that it actually works that way.
This fixes two bugs:
1. If fast update was turned on concurrently, subsequent inserts to the
pending list would not conflict with predicate locks that were acquired
earlier, on entry pages. The included 'predicate-gin-fastupdate' test
demonstrates that. To fix, make all scans acquire a predicate lock on
the metapage. That lock represents a scan of the pending list, whether
or not there is a pending list at the moment. Forget about the
optimization to skip locking/checking for locks, when fastupdate=off.
2. If a scan finds no match, it still needs to lock the entry page. The
point of predicate locks is to lock the gabs between values, whether
or not there is a match. The included 'predicate-gin-nomatch' test
tests that case.
In addition to those two bug fixes, this removes some unnecessary locking,
following the principle laid out in the README. Because all items in
a posting tree have the same key value, a lock on the posting tree root is
enough to cover all the items. (With a very large posting tree, it would
possibly be better to lock the posting tree leaf pages instead, so that a
"skip scan" with a query like "A & B", you could avoid unnecessary conflict
if a new tuple is inserted with A but !B. But let's keep this simple.)
Also, some spelling fixes.
Author: Heikki Linnakangas with some editorization by me
Review: Andrey Borodin, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/0b3ad2c2-2692-62a9-3a04-5724f2af9114@iki.fi
If an interrupt arrives in the middle of FinishPreparedTransaction
and any callback decide to call CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS (e.g.
RemoveTwoPhaseFile can write a warning with ereport, which checks for
interrupts) then it's possible to leave current GXact undeleted.
Backpatch to all supported branches
Stas Kelvich
Discussion: ihttps://www.postgresql.org/message-id/3AD85097-A3F3-4EBA-99BD-C38EDF8D2949@postgrespro.ru
Recent gcc can warn about switch-case fall throughs that are not
explicitly labeled as intentional. This seems like a good thing,
so clean up the warnings exposed thereby by labeling all such
cases with comments that gcc will recognize.
In files that already had one or more suitable comments, I generally
matched the existing style of those. Otherwise I went with
/* FALLTHROUGH */, which is one of the spellings approved at the
more-restrictive-than-default level -Wimplicit-fallthrough=4.
(At the default level you can also spell it /* FALL ?THRU */,
and it's not picky about case. What you can't do is include
additional text in the same comment, so some existing comments
containing versions of this aren't good enough.)
Testing with gcc 8.0.1 (Fedora 28's current version), I found that
I also had to put explicit "break"s after elog(ERROR) or ereport(ERROR);
apparently, for this purpose gcc doesn't recognize that those don't
return. That seems like possibly a gcc bug, but it's fine because
in most places we did that anyway; so this amounts to a visit from the
style police.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15083.1525207729@sss.pgh.pa.us
This change makes this module act more like most of our other low-level
resource management modules. It's a caller error if something is not
explicitly closed by the end of a successful transaction, so issue
a WARNING about it. This would not actually have caught the file leak
bug fixed in commit 231bcd080, because that was in a transaction-abort
path; but it still seems like a good, and pretty cheap, cross-check.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/152056616579.4966.583293218357089052@wrigleys.postgresql.org
After introducing usage of t_tid of inner or page high key for storing
number of attributes of tuple, validation of tuple's ItemPointer with
ItemPointerIsValid becomes incorrect, it's need to validate only blocknumber of
ItemPointer. Missing this causes a incorrect page deletion, fix that. Test is
added.
BTW, current contrib/amcheck doesn't fail on index corrupted by this way.
Also introduce BTreeTupleGetTopParent/BTreeTupleSetTopParent macroses to improve
code readability and to avoid possible confusion with page high key: high key
is used to store top-parent link for branch to remove.
Bug found by Michael Paquier, but bug doesn't exist in previous versions because
t_tid was set to P_HIKEY.
Author: Teodor Sigaev
Reviewer: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20180419052436.GA16000%40paquier.xyz
Remove an obsolete reference to the 'afteritem' argument, which was
removed by commit bc292937. Add a comment that clarifies how
_bt_insertonpg() indirectly handles the insertion of high key items.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
New WAL record XLOG_BTREE_META_CLEANUP introduced in 857f9c36 has no handling
in btree_desc() and btree_identify(). This patch implements corresponding
handling.
Alexander Korotkov
Add several assertions that ensure that we're dealing with a pivot tuple
without non-key attributes where that's expected. Also, remove the
assertion within _bt_isequal(), restoring the v10 function signature. A
similar check will be performed for the page highkey within
_bt_moveright() in most cases. Also avoid dropping all objects within
regression tests, to increase pg_dump test coverage for INCLUDE indexes.
Rather than using infrastructure that's generally intended to be used
with reference counted heap tuple descriptors during truncation, use the
same function that was introduced to store flat TupleDescs in shared
memory (we use a temp palloc'd buffer). This isn't strictly necessary,
but seems more future-proof than the old approach. It also lets us
avoid including rel.h within indextuple.c, which was arguably a
modularity violation. Also, we now call index_deform_tuple() with the
truncated TupleDesc, not the source TupleDesc, since that's more robust,
and saves a few cycles.
In passing, fix a memory leak by pfree'ing truncated pivot tuple memory
during CREATE INDEX. Also pfree during a page split, just to be
consistent.
Refactor _bt_check_natts() to be more readable.
Author: Peter Geoghegan with some editorization by me
Reviewed by: Alexander Korotkov, Teodor Sigaev
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAH2-Wz%3DkCWuXeMrBCopC-tFs3FbiVxQNjjgNKdG2sHxZ5k2y3w%40mail.gmail.com
Review of commit 1eb6d652: It's pointless to add padding to the GID fields,
when the code that follows assumes that there is no alignment, and uses
memcpy(). Remove the pointless padding.
Update comments to note the new fields in the WAL records.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/33b787bf-dc20-1161-54e9-3f3b607bf59d%40iki.fi
spg_text_leaf_consistent() supposed that it should compare only
Min(querylen, entrylen) bytes of the two strings, and then deal with
any excess bytes in one string or the other by assuming the longer
string is greater if the prefixes are equal. Quite aside from the
fact that that's just wrong in some locales (e.g., 'ch' is not less
than 'd' in cs_CZ), it also risked passing incomplete multibyte
characters to strcoll(), with ensuing bad results.
Instead, just pass the full strings to varstr_cmp, and let it decide
what to do about unequal-length strings.
Fortunately, this error doesn't imply any index corruption, it's just
that searches might return the wrong set of entries.
Per report from Emre Hasegeli, though this is not his patch.
Thanks to Peter Geoghegan for review and discussion.
This code was born broken, so back-patch to all supported branches.
In HEAD, I failed to resist the temptation to do a bit of cosmetic
cleanup/pgindent'ing on 710d90da1, too.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE2gYzzb6K51VnTq5i5p52z+j9p2duEa-K1T3RrC_GQEynAKEg@mail.gmail.com
Commit 16828d5c forgot to check that it had a set of missing values
before trying to retrieve a value from it.
An additional query to add coverage for this code is added to the
regression test.
Per bug report from Andreas Seltenreich.
This reverts commits d204ef6377,
83454e3c2b and a few more commits thereafter
(complete list at the end) related to MERGE feature.
While the feature was fully functional, with sufficient test coverage and
necessary documentation, it was felt that some parts of the executor and
parse-analyzer can use a different design and it wasn't possible to do that in
the available time. So it was decided to revert the patch for PG11 and retry
again in the future.
Thanks again to all reviewers and bug reporters.
List of commits reverted, in reverse chronological order:
f1464c5380 Improve parse representation for MERGE
ddb4158579 MERGE syntax diagram correction
530e69e59b Allow cpluspluscheck to pass by renaming variable
01b88b4df5 MERGE minor errata
3af7b2b0d4 MERGE fix variable warning in non-assert builds
a5d86181ec MERGE INSERT allows only one VALUES clause
4b2d44031f MERGE post-commit review
4923550c20 Tab completion for MERGE
aa3faa3c7a WITH support in MERGE
83454e3c2b New files for MERGE
d204ef6377 MERGE SQL Command following SQL:2016
Author: Pavan Deolasee
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
The nextOid value is from the start of the checkpoint and may well be stale
compared to values from more recent XLOG_NEXTOID records. Previously, we
adopted it anyway, allowing the OID counter to go backwards during a crash.
While this should be harmless, it contributed to the severity of the bug
fixed in commit 0408e1ed5, by allowing duplicate TOAST OIDs to be assigned
immediately following a crash. Without this error, that issue would only
have arisen when TOAST objects just younger than a multiple of 2^32 OIDs
were deleted and then not vacuumed in time to avoid a conflict.
Pavan Deolasee
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABOikdOgWT2hHkYG3Wwo2cyZJq2zfs1FH0FgX-=h4OLosXHf9w@mail.gmail.com
When selecting a new OID, we take care to avoid picking one that's already
in use in the target table, so as not to create duplicates after the OID
counter has wrapped around. However, up to now we used SnapshotDirty when
scanning for pre-existing entries. That ignores committed-dead rows, so
that we could select an OID matching a deleted-but-not-yet-vacuumed row.
While that mostly worked, it has two problems:
* If recently deleted, the dead row might still be visible to MVCC
snapshots, creating a risk for duplicate OIDs when examining the catalogs
within our own transaction. Such duplication couldn't be visible outside
the object-creating transaction, though, and we've heard few if any field
reports corresponding to such a symptom.
* When selecting a TOAST OID, deleted toast rows definitely *are* visible
to SnapshotToast, and will remain so until vacuumed away. This leads to
a conflict that will manifest in errors like "unexpected chunk number 0
(expected 1) for toast value nnnnn". We've been seeing reports of such
errors from the field for years, but the cause was unclear before.
The fix is simple: just use SnapshotAny to search for conflicting rows.
This results in a slightly longer window before object OIDs can be
recycled, but that seems unlikely to create any large problems.
Pavan Deolasee
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABOikdOgWT2hHkYG3Wwo2cyZJq2zfs1FH0FgX-=h4OLosXHf9w@mail.gmail.com
This optimization was introduced in commit 2b272734. The changes include
some additional comments and documentation, and also these more
substantive changes:
. ensure the optimization is only applied on the leaf node of a tree
whose root is on level 2 or more. It's of little value on small trees.
. Delay calling RelationSetTargetBlock() until after the critical
section of _bt_insertonpg
. ensure the optimization is also applied to unlogged tables.
Pavan Deolasee and Peter Geoghegan with some very light editing from me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABOikdO8jhRarNC60nZLktZYhxt+TK8z_V97+Ny499YQdyAfug@mail.gmail.com
The comment earlier in the function correctly states "and the insertion
key is strictly greater than the first key in this page". That is what
we check here, not "greater than or equal".
In commit 9c0a0de4c, I'd failed to notice that catalog/catalog.h
should also be considered a frontend-unsafe header, because it includes
(and needs) the full form of pg_class.h, not to mention relcache.h.
However, various frontend code was depending on it to get
TABLESPACE_VERSION_DIRECTORY, so refactoring of some sort is called for.
The cleanest answer seems to be to move TABLESPACE_VERSION_DIRECTORY,
as well as the OIDCHARS symbol, to common/relpath.h. Do that, and mop up
inclusions as necessary. (I found that quite a few current users of
catalog/catalog.h don't seem to need it at all anymore, apparently as a
result of the refactorings that created common/relpath.[hc]. And
initdb.c needed it only as a route to pg_class_d.h.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6629.1523294509@sss.pgh.pa.us
This reverts the backend sides of commit 1fde38beaa.
I have, at least for now, left the pg_verify_checksums tool in place, as
this tool can be very valuable without the rest of the patch as well,
and since it's a read-only tool that only runs when the cluster is down
it should be a lot safer.
Consolidate directory and file create permissions for tools which work
with the PG data directory by adding a new module (common/file_perm.c)
that contains variables (pg_file_create_mode, pg_dir_create_mode) and
constants to initialize them (0600 for files and 0700 for directories).
Convert mkdir() calls in the backend to MakePGDirectory() if the
original call used default permissions (always the case for regular PG
directories).
Add tests to make sure permissions in PGDATA are set correctly by the
tools which modify the PG data directory.
Authors: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>,
Adam Brightwell <adam.brightwell@crunchydata.com>
Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier, with discussion amongst many others.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ad346fe6-b23e-59f1-ecb7-0e08390ad629%40pgmasters.net
When an update moves a row between partitions (supported since
2f17844104), our normal logic for following update chains in READ
COMMITTED mode doesn't work anymore. Cross partition updates are
modeled as an delete from the old and insert into the new
partition. No ctid chain exists across partitions, and there's no
convenient space to introduce that link.
Not throwing an error in a partitioned context when one would have
been thrown without partitioning is obviously problematic. This commit
introduces infrastructure to detect when a tuple has been moved, not
just plainly deleted. That allows to throw an error when encountering
a deletion that's actually a move, while attempting to following a
ctid chain.
The row deleted as part of a cross partition update is marked by
pointing it's t_ctid to an invalid block, instead of self as a normal
update would. That was deemed to be the least invasive and most
future proof way to represent the knowledge, given how few infomask
bits are there to be recycled (there's also some locking issues with
using infomask bits).
External code following ctid chains should be updated to check for
moved tuples. The most likely consequence of not doing so is a missed
error.
Author: Amul Sul, editorialized by me
Reviewed-By: Amit Kapila, Pavan Deolasee, Andres Freund, Robert Haas
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b95PkwojoYfz0bzXU8OokcTVGzN6vYGCNVUukeUDrnF3dw@mail.gmail.com
This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition. This clause
specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in
the index. The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to
benefit from index-only scans. Also, such columns don't need to have
appropriate operator classes. Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE
columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans.
Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag
in IndexAmRoutine. For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause.
In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples
(tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys). Therefore, B-tree indexes
now might have variable number of attributes. This patch also provides
generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their
attributes in t_tid.ip_posid. Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating
that. This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation.
The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special
handling of B-tree indexes for that.
Bump catalog version
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me
Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes,
David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
Add a new WAL record type for TRUNCATE, which is only used when
wal_level >= logical. (For physical replication, TRUNCATE is already
replicated via SMGR records.) Add new callback for logical decoding
output plugins to receive TRUNCATE actions.
Author: Simon Riggs <simon@2ndquadrant.com>
Author: Marco Nenciarini <marco.nenciarini@2ndquadrant.it>
Author: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Hash index searches acquire predicate locks on the primary
page of a bucket. It acquires a lock on both the old and new buckets
for scans that happen concurrently with page splits. During a bucket
split, a predicate lock is copied from the primary page of an old
bucket to the primary page of a new bucket.
Author: Shubham Barai, Amit Kapila
Reviewed by: Amit Kapila, Alexander Korotkov, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CALxAEPvNsM2GTiXdRgaaZ1Pjd1bs+sxfFsf7Ytr+iq+5JJoYXA@mail.gmail.com
This makes it possible to turn checksums on in a live cluster, without
the previous need for dump/reload or logical replication (and to turn it
off).
Enabling checkusm starts a background process in the form of a
launcher/worker combination that goes through the entire database and
recalculates checksums on each and every page. Only when all pages have
been checksummed are they fully enabled in the cluster. Any failure of
the process will revert to checksums off and the process has to be
started.
This adds a new WAL record that indicates the state of checksums, so
the process works across replicated clusters.
Authors: Magnus Hagander and Daniel Gustafsson
Review: Tomas Vondra, Michael Banck, Heikki Linnakangas, Andrey Borodin
THis adds a "flags" field to the BackgroundWorkerInitializeConnection()
and BackgroundWorkerInitializeConnectionByOid(). For now only one flag,
BGWORKER_BYPASS_ALLOWCONN, is defined, which allows the worker to ignore
datallowconn.
857f9c36 bumps B-tree metapage version while upgrade is performed "on the fly"
when needed. However, some asserts fired when old version metapage was
cached to rel->rd_amcache. Despite new metadata fields are never used from
rel->rd_amcache, that needs to be fixed. This patch introduces metadata
upgrade during its caching, which fills unavailable fields with their default
values. contrib/pageinspect is also patched to handle non-upgraded metapages
in the same way.
Author: Alexander Korotkov
BRIN indexes like to propagate additions of free space into the upper pages
of their free space maps as soon as the new space is known, even when it's
just on one individual index page. Previously this required calling
FreeSpaceMapVacuum, which is quite an expensive thing if the map is large.
Use the FreeSpaceMapVacuumRange function recently added by commit c79f6df75
to reduce the amount of work done for this purpose.
Fix a couple of places that neglected to do the upper-page vacuuming at all
after recording new free space. If the policy is to be that BRIN should do
that, it should do it everywhere.
Do RecordPageWithFreeSpace unconditionally in brin_page_cleanup, and do
FreeSpaceMapVacuum unconditionally in brin_vacuum_scan. Because of the
FSM's imprecise storage of free space, the old complications here seldom
bought anything, they just slowed things down. This approach also
provides a predictable path for FSM corruption to be repaired.
Remove premature RecordPageWithFreeSpace call in brin_getinsertbuffer
where it's about to return an extended page to the caller. The caller
should do that, instead, after it's inserted its new tuple. Fix the
one caller that forgot to do so.
Simplify logic in brin_doupdate's same-page-update case by postponing
brin_initialize_empty_new_buffer to after the critical section; I see
little point in doing it before.
Avoid repeat calls of RelationGetNumberOfBlocks in brin_vacuum_scan.
Avoid duplicate BufferGetBlockNumber and BufferGetPage calls in
a couple of places where we already had the right values.
Move a BRIN_elog debug logging call out of a critical section; that's
pretty unsafe and I don't think it buys us anything to not wait till
after the critical section.
Move the "*extended = false" step in brin_getinsertbuffer into the
routine's main loop. There's no actual bug there, since the loop can't
iterate with *extended still true, but it doesn't seem very future-proof
as coded; and it's certainly not documented as a loop invariant.
This is all from follow-on investigation inspired by commit c79f6df75.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5801.1522429460@sss.pgh.pa.us
Vacuum of index consists from two stages: multiple (zero of more) ambulkdelete
calls and one amvacuumcleanup call. When workload on particular table
is append-only, then autovacuum isn't intended to touch this table. However,
user may run vacuum manually in order to fill visibility map and get benefits
of index-only scans. Then ambulkdelete wouldn't be called for indexes
of such table (because no heap tuples were deleted), only amvacuumcleanup would
be called In this case, amvacuumcleanup would perform full index scan for
two objectives: put recyclable pages into free space map and update index
statistics.
This patch allows btvacuumclanup to skip full index scan when two conditions
are satisfied: no pages are going to be put into free space map and index
statistics isn't stalled. In order to check first condition, we store
oldest btpo_xact in the meta-page. When it's precedes RecentGlobalXmin, then
there are some recyclable pages. In order to check second condition we store
number of heap tuples observed during previous full index scan by cleanup.
If fraction of newly inserted tuples is less than
vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor, then statistics isn't considered to be
stalled. vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor can be defined as both reloption and GUC (default).
This patch bumps B-tree meta-page version. Upgrade of meta-page is performed
"on the fly": during VACUUM meta-page is rewritten with new version. No special
handling in pg_upgrade is required.
Author: Masahiko Sawada, Alexander Korotkov
Review by: Peter Geoghegan, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Alexander Korotkov, Yura Sokolov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAD21AoAX+d2oD_nrd9O2YkpzHaFr=uQeGr9s1rKC3O4ENc568g@mail.gmail.com
The prefix operator along with SP-GiST indexes can be used as an alternative
for LIKE 'word%' commands and it doesn't have a limitation of string/prefix
length as B-Tree has.
Bump catalog version
Author: Ildus Kurbangaliev with some editorization by me
Review by: Arthur Zakirov, Alexander Korotkov, and me
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20180202180327.222b04b3@wp.localdomain
MERGE performs actions that modify rows in the target table
using a source table or query. MERGE provides a single SQL
statement that can conditionally INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE rows
a task that would other require multiple PL statements.
e.g.
MERGE INTO target AS t
USING source AS s
ON t.tid = s.sid
WHEN MATCHED AND t.balance > s.delta THEN
UPDATE SET balance = t.balance - s.delta
WHEN MATCHED THEN
DELETE
WHEN NOT MATCHED AND s.delta > 0 THEN
INSERT VALUES (s.sid, s.delta)
WHEN NOT MATCHED THEN
DO NOTHING;
MERGE works with regular and partitioned tables, including
column and row security enforcement, as well as support for
row, statement and transition triggers.
MERGE is optimized for OLTP and is parameterizable, though
also useful for large scale ETL/ELT. MERGE is not intended
to be used in preference to existing single SQL commands
for INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE since there is some overhead.
MERGE can be used statically from PL/pgSQL.
MERGE does not yet support inheritance, write rules,
RETURNING clauses, updatable views or foreign tables.
MERGE follows SQL Standard per the most recent SQL:2016.
Includes full tests and documentation, including full
isolation tests to demonstrate the concurrent behavior.
This version written from scratch in 2017 by Simon Riggs,
using docs and tests originally written in 2009. Later work
from Pavan Deolasee has been both complex and deep, leaving
the lead author credit now in his hands.
Extensive discussion of concurrency from Peter Geoghegan,
with thanks for the time and effort contributed.
Various issues reported via sqlsmith by Andreas Seltenreich
Authors: Pavan Deolasee, Simon Riggs
Reviewer: Peter Geoghegan, Amit Langote, Tomas Vondra, Simon Riggs
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CANP8+jKitBSrB7oTgT9CY2i1ObfOt36z0XMraQc+Xrz8QB0nXA@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkJdBuxj9PO=2QaO9-3h3xGbQPZ34kJH=HukRekwM-GZg@mail.gmail.com
Coverity complained about possible buffer overrun in two places added by
commit 1eb6d6527, and AFAICS it's reasonable to worry: even granting that
the WAL originator properly truncated the commit GID to GIDSIZE, we should
not really bet our lives on that having the same value as it does in the
current build. Hence, use strlcpy() not strcpy(), and adjust the pointer
advancement logic to be sure we skip over the whole source string even if
strlcpy() truncated it.
In the previous coding, skipped pages were mostly zeroes, but they still
had valid WAL page headers. That makes them very much less compressible
than an unbroken string of zeroes would be --- about 10X worse for bzip2
compression, for instance. We don't need those headers, so tweak the logic
so that we zero them out.
Chapman Flack, reviewed by Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/579297F8.7020107@anastigmatix.net
In btree and SP-GiST indexes, move the responsibility for calling
IndexFreeSpaceMapVacuum from the vacuumcleanup phase to the bulkdelete
phase, and do it if and only if we found some pages that could be put into
FSM. As in commit 851a26e26, the idea is to make free pages visible to FSM
searchers sooner when vacuuming very large tables (large enough to need
multiple bulkdelete scans). This adds more redundant work than that commit
did, since we have to scan the entire index FSM each time rather than being
able to localize what needs to be updated; but it still seems worthwhile.
However, we can buy something back by not touching the FSM at all when
there are no pages that can be put in it. That will result in slower
recovery from corrupt upper FSM pages in such a scenario, but it doesn't
seem like that's a case we need to optimize for.
Hash indexes don't use FSM at all. GIN, GiST, and bloom indexes update
FSM during the vacuumcleanup phase not bulkdelete, so that doing something
comparable to this would be a much more invasive change, and it's not clear
it's worth it. BRIN indexes do things sufficiently differently that this
change doesn't apply to them, either.
Claudio Freire, reviewed by Masahiko Sawada and Jing Wang, some additional
tweaks by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGTBQpYR0uJCNTt3M5GOzBRHo+-GccNO1nCaQ8yEJmZKSW5q1A@mail.gmail.com
Predicate locks are used on per page basis only if fastupdate = off, in
opposite case predicate lock on pending list will effectively lock whole index,
to reduce locking overhead, just lock a relation. Entry and posting trees are
essentially B-tree, so locks are acquired on leaf pages only.
Author: Shubham Barai with some editorization by me and Dmitry Ivanov
Review by: Alexander Korotkov, Dmitry Ivanov, Fedor Sigaev
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CALxAEPt5sWW+EwTaKUGFL5_XFcZ0MuGBcyJ70oqbWqr42YKR8Q@mail.gmail.com
FreeSpaceMapVacuumRange has the same effect, is more efficient if many
pages are involved, and makes fewer assumptions about how it's used.
Notably, Claudio Freire pointed out that UpdateFreeSpaceMap could fail
if the specified freespace value isn't the maximum possible. This isn't
a problem for the single existing user, but the function represents an
attractive nuisance IMO, because it's named as though it were a
general-purpose update function and its limitations are undocumented.
In any case we don't need multiple ways to get the same result.
In passing, do some code review and cleanup in RelationAddExtraBlocks.
In particular, I see no excuse for it to omit the PageIsNew safety check
that's done in the mainline extension path in RelationGetBufferForTuple.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGTBQpYR0uJCNTt3M5GOzBRHo+-GccNO1nCaQ8yEJmZKSW5q1A@mail.gmail.com
Store GID of 2PC in commit/abort WAL records when wal_level = logical.
This allows logical decoding to send the SAME gid to subscribers
across restarts of logical replication.
Track relica origin replay progress for 2PC.
(Edited from patch 0003 in the logical decoding 2PC series.)
Authors: Nikhil Sontakke, Stas Kelvich
Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs, Andres Freund
Instead using memset to set tts_isnull, call the new
slot_getmissingattrs().
Also fix a bug (= instead of >=) in the code generation. Normally = is
correct, but when repeatedly deforming fields not in a
tuple (e.g. deform up to natts + 1 and then natts + 2) >= is needed.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180328010053.i2qvsuuusst4lgmc@alap3.anarazel.de
Currently adding a column to a table with a non-NULL default results in
a rewrite of the table. For large tables this can be both expensive and
disruptive. This patch removes the need for the rewrite as long as the
default value is not volatile. The default expression is evaluated at
the time of the ALTER TABLE and the result stored in a new column
(attmissingval) in pg_attribute, and a new column (atthasmissing) is set
to true. Any existing row when fetched will be supplied with the
attmissingval. New rows will have the supplied value or the default and
so will never need the attmissingval.
Any time the table is rewritten all the atthasmissing and attmissingval
settings for the attributes are cleared, as they are no longer needed.
The most visible code change from this is in heap_attisnull, which
acquires a third TupleDesc argument, allowing it to detect a missing
value if there is one. In many cases where it is known that there will
not be any (e.g. catalog relations) NULL can be passed for this
argument.
Andrew Dunstan, heavily modified from an original patch from Serge
Rielau.
Reviewed by Tom Lane, Andres Freund, Tomas Vondra and David Rowley.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31e2e921-7002-4c27-59f5-51f08404c858@2ndQuadrant.com
Originally, we treated memory context names as potentially variable in
all cases, and therefore always copied them into the context header.
Commit 9fa6f00b1 rethought this a little bit and invented a distinction
between fixed and variable names, skipping the copy step for the former.
But we can make things both simpler and more useful by instead allowing
there to be two parts to a context's identification, a fixed "name" and
an optional, variable "ident". The name supplied in the context create
call is now required to be a compile-time-constant string in all cases,
as it is never copied but just pointed to. The "ident" string, if
wanted, is supplied later. This is needed because typically we want
the ident to be stored inside the context so that it's cleaned up
automatically on context deletion; that means it has to be copied into
the context before we can set the pointer.
The cost of this approach is basically just an additional pointer field
in struct MemoryContextData, which isn't much overhead, and is bought
back entirely in the AllocSet case by not needing a headerSize field
anymore, since we no longer have to cope with variable header length.
In addition, we can simplify the internal interfaces for memory context
creation still further, saving a few cycles there. And it's no longer
true that a custom identifier disqualifies a context from participating
in aset.c's freelist scheme, so possibly there's some win on that end.
All the places that were using non-compile-time-constant context names
are adjusted to put the variable info into the "ident" instead. This
allows more effective identification of those contexts in many cases;
for example, subsidary contexts of relcache entries are now identified
by both type (e.g. "index info") and relname, where before you got only
one or the other. Contexts associated with PL function cache entries
are now identified more fully and uniformly, too.
I also arranged for plancache contexts to use the query source string
as their identifier. This is basically free for CachedPlanSources, as
they contained a copy of that string already. We pay an extra pstrdup
to do it for CachedPlans. That could perhaps be avoided, but it would
make things more fragile (since the CachedPlanSource is sometimes
destroyed first). I suspect future improvements in error reporting will
require CachedPlans to have a copy of that string anyway, so it's not
clear that it's worth moving mountains to avoid it now.
This also changes the APIs for context statistics routines so that the
context-specific routines no longer assume that output goes straight
to stderr, nor do they know all details of the output format. This
is useful immediately to reduce code duplication, and it also allows
for external code to do something with stats output that's different
from printing to stderr.
The reason for pushing this now rather than waiting for v12 is that
it rethinks some of the API changes made by commit 9fa6f00b1. Seems
better for extension authors to endure just one round of API changes
not two.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB=Je-FdtmFZ9y9REHD7VsSrnCkiBhsA4mdsLKSPauwXtQBeNA@mail.gmail.com
If the value of an index expression is unchanged after UPDATE,
allow HOT updates where previously we disallowed them, giving
a significant performance boost in those cases.
Particularly useful for indexes such as JSON->>field where the
JSON value changes but the indexed value does not.
Submitted as "surjective indexes" patch, now enabled by use
of new "recheck_on_update" parameter.
Author: Konstantin Knizhnik
Reviewer: Simon Riggs, with much wordsmithing and some cleanup
Add page-level predicate locking, due to gist's code organization, patch seems
close to trivial: add check before page changing, add predicate lock before page
scanning. Although choosing right place to check is not simple: it should not
be called during index build, it should support insertion of new downlink and so
on.
Author: Shubham Barai with editorization by me and Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed by: Alexander Korotkov, Andrey Borodin, me
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CALxAEPtdcANpw5ePU3LvnTP8HCENFw6wygupQAyNBgD-sG3h0g@mail.gmail.com
Performing JIT compilation for deforming gains performance benefits
over unJITed deforming from compile-time knowledge of the tuple
descriptor. Fixed column widths, NOT NULLness, etc can be taken
advantage of.
Right now the JITed deforming is only used when deforming tuples as
part of expression evaluation (and obviously only if the descriptor is
known). It's likely to be beneficial in other cases, too.
By default tuple deforming is JITed whenever an expression is JIT
compiled. There's a separate boolean GUC controlling it, but that's
expected to be primarily useful for development and benchmarking.
Docs will follow in a later commit containing docs for the whole JIT
feature.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
The listed numbers disagreed with the ones being used in the symbols;
but instead of just fixing the numbers in the comment, use the symbolic
name instead, which seems clearer.
This has been wrong all along, so apply back to 9.5 where BRIN was
introduced.
Reported-by: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5ff514f2-8b1e-6366-b11c-8e2ed442562d@2ndquadrant.com
Remember the last page of an index insert if it's the rightmost leaf
page. If the next entry belongs on and can fit in the remembered page,
insert the new entry there as long as we can get a lock on the page.
Otherwise, fall back on the more expensive method of searching for
the right place to insert the entry.
This provides a performance improvement for the common case where an
index entry is for monotonically increasing or nearly monotonically
increasing value such as an identity field or a current timestamp.
Pavan Deolasee
Reviewed by Claudio Freire, Simon Riggs and Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABOikdM9DrupjyKZZFM5k8-0RCDs1wk6JzEkg7UgSW6QzOwMZw@mail.gmail.com
Per the project style guide, details and hints should have leading
capitalization and end with a period. On the other hand, errcontext should
not be capitalized and should not end with a period. To support well
formatted error contexts in dblink, extend dblink_res_error() to take a
format+arguments rather than a hardcoded string.
Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/B3C002C8-21A0-4F53-A06E-8CAB29FCF295@yesql.se
Count the number of tuples in the index honestly, instead of assuming
that it's the same as the number of tuples in the heap. (It might be
different if the index is partial.)
Back-patch to all supported versions.
Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3b3d8eac-c709-0d25-088e-b98339a1b28a@2ndquadrant.com
The original coding of the SP-GiST scan traversalValue feature (commit
ccd6eb49a) arranged for traversal values to be stored in the query's main
executor context. That's fine if there's only one index scan per query,
but if there are many, we have a memory leak as successive scans create
new traversal values. Fix it by creating a separate memory context for
traversal values, which we can reset during spgrescan(). Back-patch
to 9.6 where this code was introduced.
In principle, adding the traversalCxt field to SpGistScanOpaqueData
creates an ABI break in the back branches. But I (tgl) have little
sympathy for extensions including spgist_private.h, so I'm not very
worried about that. Alternatively we could stick the new field at the
end of the struct in back branches, but that has its own downsides.
Anton Dignös, reviewed by Alexander Kuzmenkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALNdv1jb6y2Te-m8xHLxLX12RsBmZJ1f4hESX7J0HjgyOhA9eA@mail.gmail.com
"UPDATE/DELETE WHERE CURRENT OF cursor_name" failed, with an error message
like "cannot extract system attribute from virtual tuple", if the cursor
was using a index-only scan for the target table. Fix it by digging the
current TID out of the indexscan state.
It seems likely that the same failure could occur for CustomScan plans
and perhaps some FDW plan types, so that leaving this to be treated as an
internal error with an obscure message isn't as good an idea as it first
seemed. Hence, add a bit of heaptuple.c infrastructure to let us deliver
a more on-topic message. I chose to make the message match what you get
for the case where execCurrentOf can't identify the target scan node at
all, "cursor "foo" is not a simply updatable scan of table "bar"".
Perhaps it should be different, but we can always adjust that later.
In the future, it might be nice to provide hooks that would let custom
scan providers and/or FDWs deal with this in other ways; but that's
not a suitable topic for a back-patchable bug fix.
It's been like this all along, so back-patch to all supported branches.
Yugo Nagata and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180201013349.937dfc5f.nagata@sraoss.co.jp
In some cases, these were different for no apparent reason, making
debugging unnecessarily mysterious.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Instead of embedding the savepoint name in a list and then requiring
complex code to unpack it, just add another struct field to store it
directly.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
We call this thing a "transaction block" everywhere except in a few
functions, where it is mysteriously called a "transaction chain". In
the SQL standard, a transaction chain is something different. So rename
these functions to match the common terminology.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Autovacuum's 'workitem' request queue is of limited size, so requests
can fail if they arrive more quickly than autovacuum can process them.
Emit a log message when this happens, to provide better visibility of
this.
Backpatch to 10. While this represents an API change for
AutoVacuumRequestWork, that function is not yet prepared to deal with
external modules calling it, so there doesn't seem to be any risk (other
than log spam, that is.)
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Fabrízio Mello, Ildar Musin, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoB1HrQhp6_4rTyHN5kWEJCEsG8YzsjZNt-ctoXSn5Uisw@mail.gmail.com
Sloppy coding in this function could lead to leaking a VM buffer pin,
or to attempting to free the same pin twice. Repair. While at it,
reduce the code's tendency to free and reacquire the same page pin.
Back-patch to 9.6; before that, this routine did not concern itself
with VM pages.
Amit Kapila and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1KJKwhc=isgTQHjM76CAdVswzNeAuZkh_cx-6QgGkSEgA@mail.gmail.com
Previously, it just returned the heap tuple count, which might be only an
estimate, and would be completely the wrong thing if the index is partial.
Since this function scans every index page anyway to find free pages,
it's practically free to count the surviving index tuples. Let's do that
and return an accurate count.
This is easily visible as a wrong reltuples value for a partial GiST
index following VACUUM, so back-patch to all supported branches.
Andrey Borodin, reviewed by Michail Nikolaev
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/151956654251.6915.675951950408204404.pgcf@coridan.postgresql.org
Commit 4800f16a7a added some sanity checks to ensure we don't
accidentally corrupt data, but in one of them we failed to consider the
effects of a database upgraded from 9.2 or earlier, where a tuple
exclusively locked prior to the upgrade has a slightly different bit
pattern. Fix that by using the macro that we fixed in commit
74ebba84ae for similar situations.
Reported-by: Alexandre Garcia
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPYLKR6yxV4=pfW0Gwij7aPNiiPx+3ib4USVYnbuQdUtmkMaEA@mail.gmail.com
Andres suspects that this bug may have wider ranging consequences, but I
couldn't find anything.
Use IndexTupleSize everywhere, instead. Also, remove IndexTupleSize's
internal typecast, as that's not really needed and might mask coding
errors. Change some pointer variable datatypes in the call sites
to compensate for that and make it clearer what we're assuming.
Ildar Musin, Robert Haas, Stephen Frost
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0274288e-9e88-13b6-c61c-7b36928bf221@postgrespro.ru
Previously tts_off was, for unknown reasons, of type long. For one
that's unnecessary as tuples are restricted in length, for another
long would be a bad choice of type even if that weren't the case, as
it's not reliably wider than an int. Also HeapTupleHeader->t_len is a
uint32.
This is split off from a larger patch implementing JITed tuple
deforming. Seems like an independent improvement, as tiny as it is.
Author: Andres Freund
All of these are false positives, but in each case a fair amount of
analysis is needed to see that, and it's not too surprising that not all
compilers are smart enough. (In particular, in the logtape.c case, a
compiler lacking the knowledge provided by the Assert would almost surely
complain, so that this warning will be seen in any non-assert build.)
Some of these are of long standing while others are pretty recent,
but it only seems worth fixing them in HEAD.
Jaime Casanova, tweaked a bit by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJGNTeMcYAMJdPAom52dppLMtF-UnEZi0dooj==75OEv1EoBZA@mail.gmail.com
This patch adds the ability to use "RANGE offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING"
frame boundaries in window functions. We'd punted on that back in the
original patch to add window functions, because it was not clear how to
do it in a reasonably data-type-extensible fashion. That problem is
resolved here by adding the ability for btree operator classes to provide
an "in_range" support function that defines how to add or subtract the
RANGE offset value. Factoring it this way also allows the operator class
to avoid overflow problems near the ends of the datatype's range, if it
wishes to expend effort on that. (In the committed patch, the integer
opclasses handle that issue, but it did not seem worth the trouble to
avoid overflow failures for datetime types.)
The patch includes in_range support for the integer_ops opfamily
(int2/int4/int8) as well as the standard datetime types. Support for
other numeric types has been requested, but that seems like suitable
material for a follow-on patch.
In addition, the patch adds GROUPS mode which counts the offset in
ORDER-BY peer groups rather than rows, and it adds the frame_exclusion
options specified by SQL:2011. As far as I can see, we are now fully
up to spec on window framing options.
Existing behaviors remain unchanged, except that I changed the errcode
for a couple of existing error reports to meet the SQL spec's expectation
that negative "offset" values should be reported as SQLSTATE 22013.
Internally and in relevant parts of the documentation, we now consistently
use the terminology "offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING" rather than "value
PRECEDING/FOLLOWING", since the term "value" is confusingly vague.
Oliver Ford, reviewed and whacked around some by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGMVOdu9sivPAxbNN0X+q19Sfv9edEPv=HibOJhB14TJv_RCQg@mail.gmail.com
Up to now, useful info for writing a new btree opclass has been buried
in the backend's nbtree/README file. Let's move it into the SGML docs,
in preparation for extending it with info about "in_range" functions
in the upcoming window RANGE patch.
To do this, I chose to create a new chapter for btree indexes in Part VII
(Internals), parallel to the chapters that exist for the newer index AMs.
This is a pretty short chapter as-is. At some point somebody might care
to flesh it out with more detail about btree internals, but that is
beyond the scope of my ambition for today.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/23141.1517874668@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 445dbd82a basically missed the point of commit d46633506,
which was that we shouldn't allow shm_toc_lookup() failure to lead
to a core dump or assertion crash, because the odds of such a
failure should never be considered negligible. It's correct that
we can't expect the PARALLEL_KEY_ERROR_QUEUE TOC entry to be there
if we have no workers. But if we have no workers, we're not going
to do anything in this function with the lookup result anyway,
so let's just skip it. That lets the code use the easy-to-prove-safe
noError=false case, rather than anything requiring effort to review.
Back-patch to v10, like the previous commit.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3647.1517601675@sss.pgh.pa.us
To make this work, tuplesort.c and logtape.c must also support
parallelism, so this patch adds that infrastructure and then applies
it to the particular case of parallel btree index builds. Testing
to date shows that this can often be 2-3x faster than a serial
index build.
The model for deciding how many workers to use is fairly primitive
at present, but it's better than not having the feature. We can
refine it as we get more experience.
Peter Geoghegan with some help from Rushabh Lathia. While Heikki
Linnakangas is not an author of this patch, he wrote other patches
without which this feature would not have been possible, and
therefore the release notes should possibly credit him as an author
of this feature. Reviewed by Claudio Freire, Heikki Linnakangas,
Thomas Munro, Tels, Amit Kapila, me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAM3SWZQKM=Pzc=CAHzRixKjp2eO5Q0Jg1SoFQqeXFQ647JiwqQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=AxWqDoVvGU7dq856S4r6sJAj6DBn7VMtigkB33N5eyg@mail.gmail.com
Once this function has been called, we know that all workers have
started and attached to their error queues -- so if any of them
subsequently exit uncleanly, we'll be sure to throw an ERROR promptly.
Otherwise, users of the ParallelContext machinery must be careful not
to wait forever for a worker that has failed to start. Parallel query
manages to work without needing this for reasons explained in new
comments added by this patch, but it's a useful primitive for other
parallel operations, such as the pending patch to make creating a
btree index run in parallel.
Amit Kapila, revised by me. Additional review by Peter Geoghegan.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+e2MzyouF5bg=OtyhDSX+=Ao=3htN=T-r_6s3gCtKFiw@mail.gmail.com
We have a lot of code in which option names, which from the user's
viewpoint are logically keywords, are passed through the grammar as plain
identifiers, and then matched to string literals during command execution.
This approach avoids making words into lexer keywords unnecessarily. Some
places matched these strings using plain strcmp, some using pg_strcasecmp.
But the latter should be unnecessary since identifiers would have been
downcased on their way through the parser. Aside from any efficiency
concerns (probably not a big factor), the lack of consistency in this area
creates a hazard of subtle bugs due to different places coming to different
conclusions about whether two option names are the same or different.
Hence, standardize on using strcmp() to match any option names that are
expected to have been fed through the parser.
This does create a user-visible behavioral change, which is that while
formerly all of these would work:
alter table foo set (fillfactor = 50);
alter table foo set (FillFactor = 50);
alter table foo set ("fillfactor" = 50);
alter table foo set ("FillFactor" = 50);
now the last case will fail because that double-quoted identifier is
different from the others. However, none of our documentation says that
you can use a quoted identifier in such contexts at all, and we should
discourage doing so since it would break if we ever decide to parse such
constructs as true lexer keywords rather than poor man's substitutes.
So this shouldn't create a significant compatibility issue for users.
Daniel Gustafsson, reviewed by Michael Paquier, small changes by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/29405B24-564E-476B-98C0-677A29805B84@yesql.se
Since 9.6, heavyweight locking is not an abstract and unhandled
concern of the parallel machinery, but rather something to which
we have a specific approach.
Commit 28724fd90d fixed things so that
if a background worker fails to start due to fork() failure or because
it is terminated before startup succeeds, BGWH_STOPPED will be
reported. However, that only helps if the code that uses the
background worker machinery notices the change in status, and the code
in parallel.c did not.
To fix that, do two things. First, make sure that when a worker
exits, it triggers the leader to read from error queues. That way, if
a worker which has attached to an error queue exits uncleanly, the
leader is sure to throw some error, either the contents of the
ErrorResponse sent by the worker, or "lost connection to parallel
worker" if it exited without sending one. To cover the case where
the worker never starts up in the first place or exits before
attaching to the error queue, the ParallelContext now keeps track
of which workers have sent at least one message via the error
queue. A worker which sends no messages by the time the parallel
operation finishes will be checked to see whether it exited before
attaching to the error queue; if so, a new error message, "parallel
worker failed to initialize", will be reported. If not, we'll
continue to wait until it either starts up and exits cleanly, starts
up and exits uncleanly, or fails to start, and then take the
appropriate action.
Patch by me, reviewed by Amit Kapila.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYnBgXgdTu6wk5YPdWhmgabYc9nY_pFLq=tB=FSLYkD8Q@mail.gmail.com
AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types,
and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in
aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more
precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation".
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries
for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since
the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual
indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions
also.
As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some
existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of
creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become
attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it,
and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first.
To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands
CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table>
(which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without
recursing) and
ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION
(which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each
partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior
database state exactly.
Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit
Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
As src/backend/access/transam/README says, PageGetLSN may only be called
by processes holding either exclusive lock on buffer, or a shared lock
on buffer plus buffer header lock. Therefore any place that only holds
a shared buffer lock must use BufferGetLSNAtomic instead of PageGetLSN,
which internally obtains buffer header lock prior to reading the LSN.
A few callsites failed to comply with this rule. This was detected by
running all tests under a new (not committed) assertion that verifies
PageGetLSN locking contract. All but one of the callsites that failed
the assertion are fixed by this patch. Remaining callsites were
inspected manually and determined not to need any change.
The exception (unfixed callsite) is in TestForOldSnapshot, which only
has a Page argument, making it impossible to access the corresponding
Buffer from it. Fixing that seems a much larger patch that will have to
be done separately; and that's just as well, since it was only
introduced in 9.6 and other bugs are much older.
Some of these bugs are ancient; backpatch all the way back to 9.3.
Authors: Jacob Champion, Asim Praveen, Ashwin Agrawal
Reviewed-by: Michaël Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABAq_6GXgQDVu3u12mK9O5Xt5abBZWQ0V40LZCE+oUf95XyNFg@mail.gmail.com
TupleDescCopy needs to have the same effects as CreateTupleDescCopy in
that, since it doesn't copy constraints, it should clear the per-attribute
fields associated with them. Oversight in commit cc5f81366.
Since TupleDescCopy has already established the presumption that it
can just flat-copy the entire attribute array in one go, propagate
that approach into CreateTupleDescCopy and CreateTupleDescCopyConstr.
(I'm suspicious that this would lead to valgrind complaints if we
had any trailing padding in the struct, but we do not, and anyway
fixing that seems like a job for a separate commit.)
Add some better comments.
Thomas Munro, reviewed by Vik Fearing, some additional hacking by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=0NvOGZ8B6GbQyQe2C_c2m3LKJ9w=8OMBaYRLgZ_Gw6Nw@mail.gmail.com
The original idea was that we could use an isNull-style bool array
directly as a GinNullCategory array. However, the existing code already
acknowledges that that doesn't really work, because of the possibility
that bool as currently defined can have arbitrary bit patterns for true
values. So it has to loop through the nullFlags array to set each bool
value to an acceptable value. But if we are looping through the whole
array anyway, we might as well build a proper GinNullCategory array
instead and abandon the type casting. That makes the code much safer in
case bool is ever changed to something else.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
currentCommandIdUsed is only used to skip redundant increments of the
command counter, and CommandCounterIncrement() is categorically denied
under parallelism anyway. Therefore, it's OK for
GetCurrentCommandId() to mark the counter value used, as long as it
happens in the leader, not a worker.
Prior to commit e9baa5e9fa, the slightly
incorrect check didn't matter, but now it does. A test case added by
commit 1804284042 uncovered the problem
by accident; it caused failures with force_parallel_mode=on/regress.
Report and review by Andres Freund. Patch by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20171221143106.5lhtygohvmazli3x@alap3.anarazel.de
Generally, error recovery paths that need to do things like
LWLockReleaseAll and pgstat_report_wait_end also need to call
ConditionVariableCancelSleep, but AbortSubTransaction was missed.
Since subtransaction abort might destroy up the DSM segment that
contains the ConditionVariable stored in cv_sleep_target, this
can result in a crash for anything using condition variables.
Reported and diagnosed by Andres Freund.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20171221110048.rxk6464azzl5t2fi@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously an assertion failure occurred when pg_stop_backup() for
non-exclusive backup was aborted while it's waiting for WAL files to
be archived. This assertion failure happened in do_pg_abort_backup()
which was called when a non-exclusive backup was canceled.
do_pg_abort_backup() assumes that there is at least one non-exclusive
backup running when it's called. But pg_stop_backup() can be canceled
even after it marks the end of non-exclusive backup (e.g.,
during waiting for WAL archiving). This broke the assumption that
do_pg_abort_backup() relies on, and which caused an assertion failure.
This commit changes do_pg_abort_backup() so that it does nothing
when non-exclusive backup has been already marked as completed.
That is, the asssumption is also changed, and do_pg_abort_backup()
now can handle even the case where it's called when there is
no running backup.
Backpatch to 9.6 where SQL-callable non-exclusive backup was added.
Author: Masahiko Sawada and Michael Paquier
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas and Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAD21AoD2L1Fu2c==gnVASMyFAAaq3y-AQ2uEVj-zTCGFFjvmDg@mail.gmail.com
The previous commit has shown that the sanity checks around freezing
aren't strong enough. Strengthening them seems especially important
because the existance of the bug has caused corruption that we don't
want to make even worse during future vacuum cycles.
The errors are emitted with ereport rather than elog, despite being
"should never happen" messages, so a proper error code is emitted. To
avoid superflous translations, mark messages as internal.
Author: Andres Freund and Alvaro Herrera
Reviewed-By: Alvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171102112019.33wb7g5wp4zpjelu@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 9.3-
This patch makes a number of interrelated changes to reduce the overhead
involved in creating/deleting memory contexts. The key ideas are:
* Include the AllocSetContext header of an aset.c context in its first
malloc request, rather than allocating it separately in TopMemoryContext.
This means that we now always create an initial or "keeper" block in an
aset, even if it never receives any allocation requests.
* Create freelists in which we can save and recycle recently-destroyed
asets (this idea is due to Robert Haas).
* In the common case where the name of a context is a constant string,
just store a pointer to it in the context header, rather than copying
the string.
The first change eliminates a palloc/pfree cycle per context, and
also avoids bloat in TopMemoryContext, at the price that creating
a context now involves a malloc/free cycle even if the context never
receives any allocations. That would be a loser for some common
usage patterns, but recycling short-lived contexts via the freelist
eliminates that pain.
Avoiding copying constant strings not only saves strlen() and strcpy()
overhead, but is an essential part of the freelist optimization because
it makes the context header size constant. Currently we make no
attempt to use the freelist for contexts with non-constant names.
(Perhaps someday we'll need to think harder about that, but in current
usage, most contexts with custom names are long-lived anyway.)
The freelist management in this initial commit is pretty simplistic,
and we might want to refine it later --- but in common workloads that
will never matter because the freelists will never get full anyway.
To create a context with a non-constant name, one is now required to
call AllocSetContextCreateExtended and specify the MEMCONTEXT_COPY_NAME
option. AllocSetContextCreate becomes a wrapper macro, and it includes
a test that will complain about non-string-literal context name
parameters on gcc and similar compilers.
An unfortunate side effect of making AllocSetContextCreate a macro is
that one is now *required* to use the size parameter abstraction macros
(ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES and friends) with it; the pre-9.6 habit of
writing out individual size parameters no longer works unless you
switch to AllocSetContextCreateExtended.
Internally to the memory-context-related modules, the context creation
APIs are simplified, removing the rather baroque original design whereby
a context-type module called mcxt.c which then called back into the
context-type module. That saved a bit of code duplication, but not much,
and it prevented context-type modules from exercising control over the
allocation of context headers.
In passing, I converted the test-and-elog validation of aset size
parameters into Asserts to save a few more cycles. The original thought
was that callers might compute size parameters on the fly, but in practice
nobody does that, so it's useless to expend cycles on checking those
numbers in production builds.
Also, mark the memory context method-pointer structs "const",
just for cleanliness.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2264.1512870796@sss.pgh.pa.us
do_pg_start_backup() expects its callers to pass in an open DIR pointer
for the pg_tblspc directory, but there's no apparent advantage in that.
It complicates the callers without adding any flexibility, and there's no
robustness advantage, since we surely have to be prepared for errors during
the scan of pg_tblspc anyway. In fact, by holding an extra kernel resource
during operations like the preliminary checkpoint, we might be making
things a fraction more failure-prone not less. Hence, remove that argument
and open the directory just for the duration of the actual scan.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28752.1512413887@sss.pgh.pa.us
This patch fixes a couple of low-probability bugs that could lead to
reporting an irrelevant errno value (and hence possibly a wrong SQLSTATE)
concerning directory-open or file-open failures. It also fixes places
where we took shortcuts in reporting such errors, either by using elog
instead of ereport or by using ereport but forgetting to specify an
errcode. And it eliminates a lot of just plain redundant error-handling
code.
In service of all this, export fd.c's formerly-static function
ReadDirExtended, so that external callers can make use of the coding
pattern
dir = AllocateDir(path);
while ((de = ReadDirExtended(dir, path, LOG)) != NULL)
if they'd like to treat directory-open failures as mere LOG conditions
rather than errors. Also fix FreeDir to be a no-op if we reach it
with dir == NULL, as such a coding pattern would cause.
Then, remove code at many call sites that was throwing an error or log
message for AllocateDir failure, as ReadDir or ReadDirExtended can handle
that job just fine. Aside from being a net code savings, this gets rid of
a lot of not-quite-up-to-snuff reports, as mentioned above. (In some
places these changes result in replacing a custom error message such as
"could not open tablespace directory" with more generic wording "could not
open directory", but it was agreed that the custom wording buys little as
long as we report the directory name.) In some other call sites where we
can't just remove code, change the error reports to be fully
project-style-compliant.
Also reorder code in restoreTwoPhaseData that was acquiring a lock
between AllocateDir and ReadDir; in the unlikely but surely not
impossible case that LWLockAcquire changes errno, AllocateDir failures
would be misreported. There is no great value in opening the directory
before acquiring TwoPhaseStateLock, so just do it in the other order.
Also fix CheckXLogRemoved to guarantee that it preserves errno,
as quite a number of call sites are implicitly assuming. (Again,
it's unlikely but I think not impossible that errno could change
during a SpinLockAcquire. If so, this function was broken for its
own purposes as well as breaking callers.)
And change a few places that were using not-per-project-style messages,
such as "could not read directory" when "could not open directory" is
more correct.
Back-patch the exporting of ReadDirExtended, in case we have occasion
to back-patch some fix that makes use of it; it's not needed right now
but surely making it global is pretty harmless. Also back-patch the
restoreTwoPhaseData and CheckXLogRemoved fixes. The rest of this is
essentially cosmetic and need not get back-patched.
Michael Paquier, with a bit of additional work by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqRpOCxjiirHmebEFhXVTK7V5Jvw4bz82p7Oimtsm3TyZA@mail.gmail.com
Commit d466335064 changed things so
that shm_toc_lookup would fail with an error rather than silently
returning NULL in the hope that such failures would be reported
in a useful way rather than via a system crash. However, it
overlooked the fact that the lookup of PARALLEL_KEY_ERROR_QUEUE
in ReinitializeParallelDSM is expected to fail when no DSM segment
was created in the first place; in that case, we end up with a
backend-private memory segment that still contains an entry for
PARALLEL_KEY_FIXED but no others. Consequently a benign failure
to initialize parallelism can escalate into an elog(ERROR);
repair.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmob8LFw55DzH1QEREpBEA9RJ_W_amhBFCVZ6WMwUhVpOqg@mail.gmail.com
Originally, we palloc'd this buffer just barely big enough to hold the
largest xlog backup block seen so far. We now MAXALIGN the palloc size.
The original coding could result in many repeated palloc cycles, in the
worst case where we see a series ofgradually larger xlog records. We
ameliorate that similarly to 8735978e7a
by imposing a minimum buffer size of BLCKSZ.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1eHa4J-0006hI-Q8@gemulon.postgresql.org
Originally, we palloc'd this buffer just barely big enough to hold the
largest xlog record seen so far. It turns out that that can result in
valgrind complaints, because some compilers will emit code that assumes
it can safely fetch padding bytes at the end of a struct, and those
padding bytes were unallocated so far as aset.c was concerned. We can
fix that by MAXALIGN'ing the palloc request size, ensuring that it is big
enough to include any possible padding that might've been omitted from
the on-disk record.
An additional objection to the original coding is that it could result in
many repeated palloc cycles, in the worst case where we see a series of
gradually larger xlog records. We can ameliorate that cheaply by
imposing a minimum buffer size that's large enough for most xlog records.
BLCKSZ/2 was chosen after a bit of discussion.
In passing, remove an obsolete comment in struct xl_heap_new_cid that the
combocid field is free due to alignment considerations. Perhaps that was
true at some point, but it's not now.
Back-patch to 9.5 where this code came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1eHa4J-0006hI-Q8@gemulon.postgresql.org
The pending list must (for correctness) always be cleaned up by vacuum, and
should (for the avoidance of surprising behavior) always be cleaned up
by an explicit call to gin_clean_pending_list, but cleanup is optional
when inserting. The old logic got this backward: cleanup was forced
if (stats == NULL), but that's going to be *false* when vacuuming and
*true* for inserts.
Masahiko Sawada, reviewed by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoBLUSyiYKnTYtSAbC+F=XDjiaBrOUEGK+zUXdQ8owfPKw@mail.gmail.com
The lower case spellings are C and C++ standard and are used in most
parts of the PostgreSQL sources. The upper case spellings are only used
in some files/modules. So standardize on the standard spellings.
The APIs for ICU, Perl, and Windows define their own TRUE and FALSE, so
those are left as is when using those APIs.
In code comments, we use the lower-case spelling for the C concepts and
keep the upper-case spelling for the SQL concepts.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
Previously server reserved WAL for last two checkpoints,
which used too much disk space for small servers.
Bumps PG_CONTROL_VERSION
Author: Simon Riggs <simon@2ndQuadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
btree, hash, and bloom indexes all set up their metapages in standard
format (that is, with pd_lower and pd_upper correctly delimiting the
unused area); but they mostly didn't inform the xlog routines of this.
When calling log_newpage[_buffer], this is bad because it loses the
opportunity to compress unused data out of the WAL record. When
calling XLogRegisterBuffer, it's not such a performance problem because
all of these call sites also use REGBUF_WILL_INIT, preventing an FPI
image from being written. But it's still a good idea to provide the
flag when relevant, because that aids WAL consistency checking.
This completes the project of getting all the in-core index AMs to
handle their metapage WAL operations similarly.
Amit Kapila, reviewed by Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0d273805-0e9e-ec1a-cb84-d4da400b8f85@lab.ntt.co.jp
The previous commit contained a thinko that made a single-range
summarization request process from there to end of table. Fix by
setting the correct end range point. Per buildfarm.
If a process is extending a table concurrently with some BRIN
summarization process, it is possible for the latter to miss pages added
by the former because the number of pages is computed ahead of time.
Fix by determining a fresh relation size after inserting the placeholder
tuple: any process that further extends the table concurrently will
update the placeholder tuple, while previous pages will be processed by
the heap scan.
Reported-by: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/083d996a-4a8a-0e13-800a-851dd09ad8cc@2ndquadrant.com
Backpatch-to: 9.5
Previously, these index types left the pd_lower field set to the default
SizeOfPageHeaderData, which is really a lie because it ought to point past
whatever space is being used for metadata. The coding accidentally failed
to fail because we never told xlog.c that the metapage is of standard
format --- but that's not very good, because it impedes WAL consistency
checking, and in some cases prevents compression of full-page images.
To fix, ensure that we set pd_lower correctly, not only when creating a
metapage but whenever we write it out (these apparently redundant steps are
needed to cope with pg_upgrade'd indexes that don't yet contain the right
value). This allows telling xlog.c that the page is of standard format.
The WAL consistency check mask functions are made to mask only if pd_lower
appears valid, which I think is likely unnecessary complication, since
any metapage appearing in a v11 WAL stream should contain valid pd_lower.
But it doesn't cost much to be paranoid.
Amit Langote, reviewed by Michael Paquier and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0d273805-0e9e-ec1a-cb84-d4da400b8f85@lab.ntt.co.jp
In some cases the BRIN code releases lock on an index page, and later
re-acquires lock and tries to check that the tuple it was working on is
still there. That check was a couple bricks shy of a load. It didn't
consider that the page might have turned into a "revmap" page. (The
samepage code path doesn't call brin_getinsertbuffer(), so it isn't
protected by the checks for revmap status there.) It also didn't check
whether the tuple offset was now off the end of the linepointer array.
Since commit 24992c6db the latter case is pretty common, but at least
in principle it could have occurred before that. The net result is
that concurrent updates of a BRIN index could fail with errors like
"invalid index offnum" or "inconsistent range map".
Per report from Tomas Vondra. Back-patch to 9.5, since this code is
substantially the same in all versions containing BRIN.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10d2b9f9-f427-03b8-8ad9-6af4ecacbee9@2ndquadrant.com
It turns out we misdiagnosed what the real problem was. Revert the
previous changes, because they may have worse consequences going
forward. A better fix is forthcoming.
The simplistic test case is kept, though disabled.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171102112019.33wb7g5wp4zpjelu@alap3.anarazel.de
Without this fix, dropping a role can sometimes result in parallel
query failures in sessions that have used "SET ROLE" to assume the
dropped role, even if that setting isn't active any more.
Report by Pavan Deolasee. Patch by Amit Kapila, reviewed by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CABOikdOomRcZsLsLK+Z+qENM1zxyaWnAvFh3MJZzZnnKiF+REg@mail.gmail.com
There's three categories of changes leading to better performance:
- Splitting the per-attribute part of SendRowDescriptionMessage into a
v2 and a v3 version allows avoiding branches for every attribute.
- Preallocating the size of the buffer to be big enough for all
attributes and then using pq_write* avoids unnecessary buffer
size checks & resizing.
- Reusing a persistently allocated StringInfo for all
SendRowDescriptionMessage() invocations avoids repeated allocations
& reallocations.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170914063418.sckdzgjfrsbekae4@alap3.anarazel.de
This avoids newly allocating, and then possibly growing, the
stringbuffer for every row. For wide rows this can substantially
reduce memory allocator overhead, at the price of not immediately
reducing memory usage after outputting an especially wide row.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170914063418.sckdzgjfrsbekae4@alap3.anarazel.de
resowner/README contained advice to use a PG_TRY block to restore the
old CurrentResourceOwner value anywhere that that variable is transiently
changed. That advice was only inconsistently followed, however, and
on reflection it seems like unnecessary overhead. We don't bother
with such a convention for transient CurrentMemoryContext changes,
on the grounds that any (sub)transaction abort will start out by
resetting CurrentMemoryContext to what it wants. But the same is
true of CurrentResourceOwner, so there seems no need to treat it
differently.
Hence, remove PG_TRY blocks that exist only to restore CurrentResourceOwner
before re-throwing the error. There are a couple of places that restore
it along with some other actions, and I left those alone; the restore is
probably unnecessary but no noticeable gain will result from removing it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5236.1507583529@sss.pgh.pa.us
Sloppy loop coding in set_status_by_pages() resulted in fetching one array
element more than it should from the subxids[] array. The odds of this
resulting in SIGSEGV are pretty small, but we've certainly seen that happen
with similar mistakes elsewhere. While at it, we can get rid of an extra
TransactionIdToPage() calculation per loop.
Per report from David Binderman. Back-patch to all supported branches,
since this code is quite old.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/HE1PR0802MB2331CBA919CBFFF0C465EB429C710@HE1PR0802MB2331.eurprd08.prod.outlook.com
When some tuple versions in an update chain are frozen due to them being
older than freeze_min_age, the xmax/xmin trail can become broken. This
breaks HOT (and probably other things). A subsequent VACUUM can break
things in more serious ways, such as leaving orphan heap-only tuples
whose root HOT redirect items were removed. This can be seen because
index creation (or REINDEX) complain like
ERROR: XX000: failed to find parent tuple for heap-only tuple at (0,7) in table "t"
Because of relfrozenxid contraints, we cannot avoid the freezing of the
early tuples, so we must cope with the results: whenever we see an Xmin
of FrozenTransactionId, consider it a match for whatever the previous
Xmax value was.
This problem seems to have appeared in 9.3 with multixact changes,
though strictly speaking it seems unrelated.
Since 9.4 we have commit 37484ad2a "Change the way we mark tuples as
frozen", so the fix is simple: just compare the raw Xmin (still stored
in the tuple header, since freezing merely set an infomask bit) to the
Xmax. But in 9.3 we rewrite the Xmin value to FrozenTransactionId, so
the original value is lost and we have nothing to compare the Xmax with.
To cope with that case we need to compare the Xmin with FrozenXid,
assume it's a match, and hope for the best. Sadly, since you can
pg_upgrade a 9.3 instance containing half-frozen pages to newer
releases, we need to keep the old check in newer versions too, which
seems a bit brittle; I hope we can somehow get rid of that.
I didn't optimize the new function for performance. The new coding is
probably a bit slower than before, since there is a function call rather
than a straight comparison, but I'd rather have it work correctly than
be fast but wrong.
This is a followup after 20b6552242 fixed a few related problems.
Apparently, in 9.6 and up there are more ways to get into trouble, but
in 9.3 - 9.5 I cannot reproduce a problem anymore with this patch, so
there must be a separate bug.
Reported-by: Peter Geoghegan
Diagnosed-by: Peter Geoghegan, Michael Paquier, Daniel Wood,
Yi Wen Wong, Álvaro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wznm4rCrhFAiwKPWTpEw2bXDtgROZK7jWWGucXeH3D1fmA@mail.gmail.com
Haribabu Kommi, reviewed by Dilip Kumar and Rafia Sabih. Various
cosmetic changes by me to explain why this appears to be safe but
allowing inserts in parallel mode in general wouldn't be. Also, I
removed the REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW case from Haribabu's patch,
since I'm not convinced that case is OK, and hacked on the
documentation somewhat.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAJrrPGdo5bak6qnPWe8Kpi8g_jfQEs-G4SYmG9y+OFaw2-dPvA@mail.gmail.com
Add bgw_type field to background worker structure. It is intended to be
set to the same value for all workers of the same type, so they can be
grouped in pg_stat_activity, for example.
The backend_type column in pg_stat_activity now shows bgw_type for a
background worker. The ps listing also no longer calls out that a
process is a background worker but just show the bgw_type. That way,
being a background worker is more of an implementation detail now that
is not shown to the user. However, most log messages still refer to
'background worker "%s"'; otherwise constructing sensible and
translatable log messages would become tricky.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Vacuum calls page-level HOT prune to remove dead HOT tuples before doing
liveness checks (HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum) on the remaining tuples. But
concurrent transaction commit/abort may turn DEAD some of the HOT tuples
that survived the prune, before HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum tests them.
This happens to activate the code that decides to freeze the tuple ...
which resuscitates it, duplicating data.
(This is especially bad if there's any unique constraints, because those
are now internally violated due to the duplicate entries, though you
won't know until you try to REINDEX or dump/restore the table.)
One possible fix would be to simply skip doing anything to the tuple,
and hope that the next HOT prune would remove it. But there is a
problem: if the tuple is older than freeze horizon, this would leave an
unfrozen XID behind, and if no HOT prune happens to clean it up before
the containing pg_clog segment is truncated away, it'd later cause an
error when the XID is looked up.
Fix the problem by having the tuple freezing routines cope with the
situation: don't freeze the tuple (and keep it dead). In the cases that
the XID is older than the freeze age, set the HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED flag
so that there is no need to look up the XID in pg_clog later on.
An isolation test is included, authored by Michael Paquier, loosely
based on Daniel Wood's original reproducer. It only tests one
particular scenario, though, not all the possible ways for this problem
to surface; it be good to have a more reliable way to test this more
fully, but it'd require more work.
In message https://postgr.es/m/20170911140103.5akxptyrwgpc25bw@alvherre.pgsql
I outlined another test case (more closely matching Dan Wood's) that
exposed a few more ways for the problem to occur.
Backpatch all the way back to 9.3, where this problem was introduced by
multixact juggling. In branches 9.3 and 9.4, this includes a backpatch
of commit e5ff9fefcd50 (of 9.5 era), since the original is not
correctable without matching the coding pattern in 9.5 up.
Reported-by: Daniel Wood
Diagnosed-by: Daniel Wood
Reviewed-by: Yi Wen Wong, Michaël Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E5711E62-8FDF-4DCA-A888-C200BF6B5742@amazon.com
This reverts commit 15bc038f9, along with the followon commits 1635e80d3
and 984c92074 that tried to clean up the problems exposed by bug #14825.
The result was incomplete because it failed to address parallel-query
requirements. With 10.0 release so close upon us, now does not seem like
the time to be adding more code to fix that. I hope we can un-revert this
code and add the missing parallel query support during the v11 cycle.
Back-patch to v10.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170922185904.1448.16585@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Commit 15bc038f9 allowed ALTER TYPE ADD VALUE to be executed inside
transaction blocks, by disallowing the use of the added value later
in the same transaction, except under limited circumstances. However,
the test for "limited circumstances" was heuristic and could reject
references to enum values that were created during CREATE TYPE AS ENUM,
not just later. This breaks the use-case of restoring pg_dump scripts
in a single transaction, as reported in bug #14825 from Balazs Szilfai.
We can improve this by keeping a "blacklist" table of enum value OIDs
created by ALTER TYPE ADD VALUE during the current transaction. Any
visible-but-uncommitted value whose OID is not in the blacklist must
have been created by CREATE TYPE AS ENUM, and can be used safely
because it could not have a lifespan shorter than its parent enum type.
This change also removes the restriction that a renamed enum value
can't be used before being committed (unless it was on the blacklist).
Andrew Dunstan, with cosmetic improvements by me.
Back-patch to v10.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170922185904.1448.16585@wrigleys.postgresql.org
This was intended as infrastructure for weakening VACUUM's locking
requirements, similar to what was done for btree indexes in commit
2ed5b87f96. However, for hash indexes,
it seems that the improvements which are possible are actually
extremely marginal. Furthermore, performing the LSN cross-check will
end up skipping cleanup far more often than is necessary; we only care
about page modifications due to a VACUUM, but the LSN check will fail
if ANY modification has occurred. So, rather than pressing forward
with that "optimization", just rip the LSN field out.
Patch by me, reviewed by Ashutosh Sharma and Amit Kapila
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1JxqqcuC5Un7YLQVhOYSZBS+t=3xqZuEkt5RyquyuxpwQ@mail.gmail.com
The file handling functions from fd.c were called with a diverse mix of
notations for the file permissions when they were opening new files.
Almost all files created by the server should have the same permissions
set. So change the API so that e.g. OpenTransientFile() automatically
uses the standard permissions set, and OpenTransientFilePerm() is a new
function that takes an explicit permissions set for the few cases where
it is needed. This also saves an unnecessary argument for call sites
that are just opening an existing file.
While we're reviewing these APIs, get rid of the FileName typedef and
use the standard const char * for the file name and mode_t for the file
mode. This makes these functions match other file handling functions
and removes an unnecessary layer of mysteriousness. We can also get rid
of a few casts that way.
Author: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
Commit 09cb5c0e7d added a similar
optimization to btree back in 2006, but nobody bothered to implement
the same thing for hash indexes, probably because they weren't
WAL-logged and had lots of other performance problems as well. As
with the corresponding btree case, this eliminates the problem of
potentially needing to refind our position within the page, and cuts
down on pin/unpin traffic as well.
Ashutosh Sharma, reviewed by Alexander Korotkov, Jesper Pedersen,
Amit Kapila, and me. Some final edits to comments and README by
me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAE9k0Pm3KTx93K8_5j6VMzG4h5F+SyknxUwXrN-zqSZ9X8ZS3w@mail.gmail.com
For performance reasons a larger segment size than the default 16MB
can be useful. A larger segment size has two main benefits: Firstly,
in setups using archiving, it makes it easier to write scripts that
can keep up with higher amounts of WAL, secondly, the WAL has to be
written and synced to disk less frequently.
But at the same time large segment size are disadvantageous for
smaller databases. So far the segment size had to be configured at
compile time, often making it unrealistic to choose one fitting to a
particularly load. Therefore change it to a initdb time setting.
This includes a breaking changes to the xlogreader.h API, which now
requires the current segment size to be configured. For that and
similar reasons a number of binaries had to be taught how to recognize
the current segment size.
Author: Beena Emerson, editorialized by Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund, David Steele, Kuntal Ghosh, Michael
Paquier, Peter Eisentraut, Robert Hass, Tushar Ahuja
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOG9ApEAcQ--1ieKbhFzXSQPw_YLmepaa4hNdnY5+ZULpt81Mw@mail.gmail.com
The preceding patch allowed us to remove useless GiST support functions.
This patch actually does that for all the no-op cases in the core GiST
code. This buys us whatever performance gain is to be had, and more
importantly exercises the preceding patch.
There remain no-op functions in the contrib GiST opclasses, but those
will take more work to remove.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJEAwVELVx9gYscpE=Be6iJxvdW5unZ_LkcAaVNSeOwvdwtD=A@mail.gmail.com
There are common use-cases in which the compress and/or decompress
functions can be omitted, with the result being that we make no
data transformation when storing or retrieving index values.
Previously, you had to provide a no-op function anyway, but this
patch allows such opclass support functions to be omitted.
Furthermore, if the compress function is omitted, then the core code
knows that the stored representation is the same as the original data.
This means we can allow index-only scans without requiring a fetch
function to be provided either. Previously you had to provide a
no-op fetch function if you wanted IOS to work.
This reportedly provides a small performance benefit in such cases,
but IMO the real reason for doing it is just to reduce the amount of
useless boilerplate code that has to be written for GiST opclasses.
Andrey Borodin, reviewed by Dmitriy Sarafannikov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJEAwVELVx9gYscpE=Be6iJxvdW5unZ_LkcAaVNSeOwvdwtD=A@mail.gmail.com
The bug was caused by not re-reading the control file during crash
recovery restarts, which lead to an attempt to pfree() shared memory
contents. The fix is to re-read the control file, which seems good
anyway.
It's unclear as of this moment, whether we want to keep the
refactoring introduced in the commit referenced above, or come up with
an alternative approach. But fixing the bug in the mean time seems
like a good idea regardless.
A followup commit will introduce regression test coverage for crash
restarts.
Reported-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14134.1505572349@sss.pgh.pa.us
Make the btree page-flags test macros (P_ISLEAF and friends) return clean
boolean values, rather than values that might not fit in a bool. Use them
in a few places that were randomly referencing the flag bits directly.
In passing, change access/nbtree/'s only direct use of BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE to
BT_READ. (Some think we should go the other way, but as long as we have
BT_READ/BT_WRITE, let's use them consistently.)
Masahiko Sawada, reviewed by Doug Doole
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoBmWPeN=WBB5Jvyz_Nt3rmW1ebUyAnk3ZbJP3RMXALJog@mail.gmail.com
Tuples can have type RECORDOID and a typmod number that identifies a blessed
TupleDesc in a backend-private cache. To support the sharing of such tuples
through shared memory and temporary files, provide a typmod registry in
shared memory.
To achieve that, introduce per-session DSM segments, created on demand when a
backend first runs a parallel query. The per-session DSM segment has a
table-of-contents just like the per-query DSM segment, and initially the
contents are a shared record typmod registry and a DSA area to provide the
space it needs to grow.
State relating to the current session is accessed via a Session object
reached through global variable CurrentSession that may require significant
redesign further down the road as we figure out what else needs to be shared
or remodelled.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=0ZtQ-SpsgCyzzYpsXS6e=kZWqk3g5Ygn3MDV7A8dabUA@mail.gmail.com
Previously we read the control file in multiple places. But soon the
segment size will be configurable and stored in the control file, and
that needs to be available earlier than it currently is needed.
Instead of adding yet another place where it's read, refactor things
so there's a single processing of the control file during startup (in
EXEC_BACKEND that's every individual backend's startup).
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20170913092828.aozd3gvvmw67gmyc@alap3.anarazel.de
In commit fccebe421, we hacked get_actual_variable_range() to scan the
index with SnapshotDirty, so that if there are many uncommitted tuples
at the end of the index range, it wouldn't laboriously scan through all
of them looking for a live value to return. However, that didn't fix it
for the case of many recently-dead tuples at the end of the index;
SnapshotDirty recognizes those as committed dead and so we're back to
the same problem.
To improve the situation, invent a "SnapshotNonVacuumable" snapshot type
and use that instead. The reason this helps is that, if the snapshot
rejects a given index entry, we know that the indexscan will mark that
index entry as killed. This means the next get_actual_variable_range()
scan will proceed past that entry without visiting the heap, making the
scan a lot faster. We may end up accepting a recently-dead tuple as
being the estimated extremal value, but that doesn't seem much worse than
the compromise we made before to accept not-yet-committed extremal values.
The cost of the scan is still proportional to the number of dead index
entries at the end of the range, so in the interval after a mass delete
but before VACUUM's cleaned up the mess, it's still possible for
get_actual_variable_range() to take a noticeable amount of time, if you've
got enough such dead entries. But the constant factor is much much better
than before, since all we need to do with each index entry is test its
"killed" bit.
We chose to back-patch commit fccebe421 at the time, but I'm hesitant to
do so here, because this form of the problem seems to affect many fewer
people. Also, even when it happens, it's less bad than the case fixed
by commit fccebe421 because we don't get the contention effects from
expensive TransactionIdIsInProgress tests.
Dmitriy Sarafannikov, reviewed by Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/05C72CF7-B5F6-4DB9-8A09-5AC897653113@yandex.ru
It is equivalent in ANSI C to write (*funcptr) () and funcptr(). These
two styles have been applied inconsistently. After discussion, we'll
use the more verbose style for plain function pointer variables, to make
it clear that it's a variable, and the shorter style when the function
pointer is in a struct (s.func() or s->func()), because then it's clear
that it's not a plain function name, and otherwise the excessive
punctuation makes some of those invocations hard to read.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/f52c16db-14ed-757d-4b48-7ef360b1631d@2ndquadrant.com
Issuing a savepoint-related command in a Query message that contains
multiple SQL statements led to a FATAL exit with a complaint about
"unexpected state STARTED". This is a shortcoming of commit 4f896dac1,
which attempted to prevent such misbehaviors in multi-statement strings;
its quick hack of marking the individual statements as "not top-level"
does the wrong thing in this case, and isn't a very accurate description
of the situation anyway.
To fix, let's introduce into xact.c an explicit model of what happens for
multi-statement Query strings. This is an "implicit transaction block
in progress" state, which for many purposes works like the normal
TBLOCK_INPROGRESS state --- in particular, IsTransactionBlock returns true,
causing the desired result that PreventTransactionChain will throw error.
But in case of error abort it works like TBLOCK_STARTED, allowing the
transaction to be cancelled without need for an explicit ROLLBACK command.
Commit 4f896dac1 is reverted in toto, so that we go back to treating the
individual statements as "top level". We could have left it as-is, but
this allows sharpening the error message for PreventTransactionChain
calls inside functions.
Except for getting a normal error instead of a FATAL exit for savepoint
commands, this patch should result in no user-visible behavioral change
(other than that one error message rewording). There are some things
we might want to do in the line of changing the appearance or wording of
error and warning messages around this behavior, which would be much
simpler to do now that it's an explicitly modeled state. But I haven't
done them here.
Although this fixes a long-standing bug, no backpatch. The consequences
of the bug don't seem severe enough to justify the risk that this commit
itself creates some new issue.
Patch by me, but it owes something to previous investigation by
Takayuki Tsunakawa, who also reported the bug in the first place.
Also thanks to Michael Paquier for reviewing.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0A3221C70F24FB45833433255569204D1F6BE40D@G01JPEXMBYT05
Commit 0e141c0fbb introduced a mechanism
to reduce contention on ProcArrayLock by having a single process clear
XIDs in the procArray on behalf of multiple processes, reducing the
need to hand the lock around. A previous attempt to introduce a similar
mechanism for CLogControlLock in ccce90b398
crashed and burned, but the design problem which resulted in those
failures is believed to have been corrected in this version.
Amit Kapila, with some cosmetic changes by me. See the previous commit
message for additional credits.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1KudxzgWhuywY_X=yeSAhJMT4DwCjroV5Ay60xaeB2Eew@mail.gmail.com
This will be useful for hash partitioning, which needs a way to seed
the hash functions to avoid problems such as a hash index on a hash
partitioned table clumping all values into a small portion of the
bucket space; it's also useful for anything that wants a 64-bit hash
value rather than a 32-bit hash value.
Just in case somebody wants a 64-bit hash value that is compatible
with the existing 32-bit hash values, make the low 32-bits of the
64-bit hash value match the 32-bit hash value when the seed is 0.
Robert Haas and Amul Sul
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmoafx2yoJuhCQQOL5CocEi-w_uG4S2xT0EtgiJnPGcHW3g@mail.gmail.com
The logic around shm_mq_detach was a few bricks shy of a load, because
(contrary to the comments for shm_mq_attach) all it did was update the
shared shm_mq state. That left us leaking a bit of process-local
memory, but much worse, the on_dsm_detach callback for shm_mq_detach
was still armed. That means that whenever we ultimately detach from
the DSM segment, we'd run shm_mq_detach again for already-detached,
possibly long-dead queues. This accidentally fails to fail today,
because we only ever re-use a shm_mq's memory for another shm_mq, and
multiple detach attempts on the last such shm_mq are fairly harmless.
But it's gonna bite us someday, so let's clean it up.
To do that, change shm_mq_detach's API so it takes a shm_mq_handle
not the underlying shm_mq. This makes the callers simpler in most
cases anyway. Also fix a few places in parallel.c that were just
pfree'ing the handle structs rather than doing proper cleanup.
Back-patch to v10 because of the risk that the revenant shm_mq_detach
callbacks would cause a live bug sometime. Since this is an API
change, it's too late to do it in 9.6. (We could make a variant
patch that preserves API, but I'm not excited enough to do that.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8670.1504192177@sss.pgh.pa.us
Previously, the parallel executor logic did reinitialization of shared
state within the ExecReScan code for parallel-aware scan nodes. This is
problematic, because it means that the ExecReScan call has to occur
synchronously (ie, during the parent Gather node's ReScan call). That is
swimming very much against the tide so far as the ExecReScan machinery is
concerned; the fact that it works at all today depends on a lot of fragile
assumptions, such as that no plan node between Gather and a parallel-aware
scan node is parameterized. Another objection is that because ExecReScan
might be called in workers as well as the leader, hacky extra tests are
needed in some places to prevent unwanted shared-state resets.
Hence, let's separate this code into two functions, a ReInitializeDSM
call and the ReScan call proper. ReInitializeDSM is called only in
the leader and is guaranteed to run before we start new workers.
ReScan is returned to its traditional function of resetting only local
state, which means that ExecReScan's usual habits of delaying or
eliminating child rescan calls are safe again.
As with the preceding commit 7df2c1f8d, it doesn't seem to be necessary
to make these changes in 9.6, which is a good thing because the FDW and
CustomScan APIs are impacted.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1JkByysFJNh9M349u_nNjqETuEnY_y1VUc_kJiU0bxtaQ@mail.gmail.com
Previously, tuple descriptors were stored in chains keyed by a fixed size
array of OIDs. That meant there were effectively two levels of collision
chain -- one inside and one outside the hash table. Instead, let dynahash.c
look after conflicts for us by supplying a proper hash and equal function
pair.
This is a nice cleanup on its own, but also simplifies followup
changes allowing blessed TupleDescs to be shared between backends
participating in parallel query.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D34GVhOL%2BarUx56yx7OPk7%3DqpGsv3CpO54feqjAwQKm5g%40mail.gmail.com
TupleDesc's attributes were already stored in contiguous memory after the
struct. Go one step further and get rid of the array of pointers to
attributes so that they can be stored in shared memory mapped at different
addresses in each backend. This won't work for TupleDescs with contraints
and defaults, since those point to other objects, but for many purposes
only attributes are needed.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=0ZtQ-SpsgCyzzYpsXS6e=kZWqk3g5Ygn3MDV7A8dabUA@mail.gmail.com
This is a mechanical change in preparation for a later commit that
will change the layout of TupleDesc. Introducing a macro to abstract
the details of where attributes are stored will allow us to change
that in separate step and revise it in future.
Author: Thomas Munro, editorialized by Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=0ZtQ-SpsgCyzzYpsXS6e=kZWqk3g5Ygn3MDV7A8dabUA@mail.gmail.com
As Andres pointed out, pg_atomic_init_u64 must be used to initialize an
atomic variable, before it can be accessed with the actual atomic ops.
Trying to use pg_atomic_write_u64 on an uninitialized variable leads to a
failure with the fallback implementation that uses a spinlock.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20170816191346.d3ke5tpshhco4bnd%40alap3.anarazel.de
Since commit 40dae7ec53, which changed the way b-tree page splitting
works, there has been no difference in the handling of root, and non-root
split WAL records. We don't need to distinguish them anymore
If you're worried about the loss of debugging information, note that
usually a root split record will normally be followed by a WAL record to
create the new root page. The root page will also have the BTP_ROOT flag
set on the page itself, and there is a pointer to it from the metapage.
Author: Aleksander Alekseev
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20170406122116.GA11081@e733.localdomain
Stress testing by Andreas Seltenreich disclosed longstanding problems that
occur if a FATAL exit (e.g. due to receipt of SIGTERM) occurs while we are
trying to execute a ROLLBACK of an already-failed transaction. In such a
case, xact.c is in TBLOCK_ABORT state, so that AbortOutOfAnyTransaction
would skip AbortTransaction and go straight to CleanupTransaction. This
led to an assert failure in an assert-enabled build (due to the ROLLBACK's
portal still having a cleanup hook) or without assertions, to a FATAL exit
complaining about "cannot drop active portal". The latter's not
disastrous, perhaps, but it's messy enough to want to improve it.
We don't really want to run all of AbortTransaction in this code path.
The minimum required to clean up the open portal safely is to do
AtAbort_Memory and AtAbort_Portals. It seems like a good idea to
do AtAbort_Memory unconditionally, to be entirely sure that we are
starting with a safe CurrentMemoryContext. That means that if the
main loop in AbortOutOfAnyTransaction does nothing, we need an extra
step at the bottom to restore CurrentMemoryContext = TopMemoryContext,
which I chose to do by invoking AtCleanup_Memory. This'll result in
calling AtCleanup_Memory twice in many of the paths through this function,
but that seems harmless and reasonably inexpensive.
The original motivation for the assertion in AtCleanup_Portals was that
we wanted to be sure that any user-defined code executed as a consequence
of the cleanup hook runs during AbortTransaction not CleanupTransaction.
That still seems like a valid concern, and now that we've seen one case
of the assertion firing --- which means that exactly that would have
happened in a production build --- let's replace the Assert with a runtime
check. If we see the cleanup hook still set, we'll emit a WARNING and
just drop the hook unexecuted.
This has been like this a long time, so back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/877ey7bmun.fsf@ansel.ydns.eu
The sole useful effect of this function, to check that no catcache
entries have positive refcounts at transaction end, has really been
obsolete since we introduced ResourceOwners in PG 8.1. We reduced the
checks to assertions years ago, so that the function was a complete
no-op in production builds. There have been previous discussions about
removing it entirely, but consensus up to now was that it had some small
value as a cross-check for bugs in the ResourceOwner logic.
However, it now emerges that it's possible to trigger these assertions
if you hit an assert-enabled backend with SIGTERM during a call to
SearchCatCacheList, because that function temporarily increases the
refcounts of entries it's intending to add to a catcache list construct.
In a normal ERROR scenario, the extra refcounts are cleaned up by
SearchCatCacheList's PG_CATCH block; but in a FATAL exit we do a
transaction abort and exit without ever executing PG_CATCH handlers.
There's a case to be made that this is a generic hazard and we should
consider restructuring elog(FATAL) handling so that pending PG_CATCH
handlers do get run. That's pretty scary though: it could easily create
more problems than it solves. Preliminary stress testing by Andreas
Seltenreich suggests that there are not many live problems of this ilk,
so we rejected that idea.
There are more-localized ways to fix the problem; the most principled
one would be to use PG_ENSURE_ERROR_CLEANUP instead of plain PG_TRY.
But adding cycles to SearchCatCacheList isn't very appealing. We could
also weaken the assertions in AtEOXact_CatCache in some more or less
ad-hoc way, but that just makes its raison d'etre even less compelling.
In the end, the most reasonable solution seems to be to just remove
AtEOXact_CatCache altogether, on the grounds that it's not worth trying
to fix it. It hasn't found any bugs for us in many years.
Per report from Jeevan Chalke. Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAM2+6=VEE30YtRQCZX7_sCFsEpoUkFBV1gZazL70fqLn8rcvBA@mail.gmail.com
We must advance the oldest XID that can be safely looked up in clog
*before* truncating CLOG, and the oldest XID that can't be reused
*after* truncating CLOG. This assertion, and the accompanying
comment, are confused; remove them.
Reported by Neha Sharma.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CANiYTQumC3T=UMBMd1Hor=5XWZYuCEQBioL3ug0YtNQCMMT5wQ@mail.gmail.com
Previously, it had no effect. Now, if archive_mode=always, it will
work, and if not, you'll get a warning.
Masahiko Sawada, Michael Paquier, and Robert Haas. The patch as
submitted also changed the behavior so that we would write and remove
history files on standbys, but that seems like material for a separate
patch to me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoC2Xw6M=ZJyejq_9d_iDkReC_=rpvQRw5QsyzKQdfYpkw@mail.gmail.com
If it works, then we won't be storing two copies of all the tuples
that were just moved. If not, VACUUM will still take care of it
eventually. Per a report from AP and analysis from Amit Kapila, it
seems that a bulk load can cause splits fast enough that VACUUM won't
deal with the problem in time to prevent bloat.
Amit Kapila; I rewrote the comment.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20170704105728.mwb72jebfmok2nm2@zip.com.au
If several sessions are concurrently locking a tuple update chain with
nonconflicting lock modes using an old snapshot, and they all succeed,
it may happen that some of them fail because of restarting the loop (due
to a concurrent Xmax change) and getting an error in the subsequent pass
while trying to obtain a tuple lock that they already have in some tuple
version.
This can only happen with very high concurrency (where a row is being
both updated and FK-checked by multiple transactions concurrently), but
it's been observed in the field and can have unpleasant consequences
such as an FK check failing to see a tuple that definitely exists:
ERROR: insert or update on table "child_table" violates foreign key constraint "fk_constraint_name"
DETAIL: Key (keyid)=(123456) is not present in table "parent_table".
(where the key is observably present in the table).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170714210011.r25mrff4nxjhmf3g@alvherre.pgsql
SLRU buffer lwlocks are allocated twice by oversight in commit
fe702a7b3f where that locks were moved to
separate tranche. The bug doesn't have user-visible effects except small
overspending of shared memory.
Backpatch to 9.6 where it was introduced.
Alexander Korotkov with small editorization by me.
When pg_control was first designed, sizeof(ControlFileData) was small
enough that a comment seemed like plenty to document the assumption that
it'd fit into one disk sector. Now it's nearly 300 bytes, raising the
possibility that somebody would carelessly add enough stuff to create
a problem. Let's add a StaticAssertStmt() to ensure that the situation
doesn't pass unnoticed if it ever occurs.
While at it, rename PG_CONTROL_SIZE to PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE to make it
clearer what that symbol means, and convert the existing runtime
comparisons of sizeof(ControlFileData) vs. PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE to be
static asserts --- we didn't have that technology when this code was
first written.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9192.1500490591@sss.pgh.pa.us
One, logging for CREATE INDEX was oblivious to the fact that when
an unlogged table is created, *only* operations on the init fork
should be logged.
Two, init fork buffers need to be flushed after they are written;
otherwise, a filesystem-level copy following recovery may do the
wrong thing. (There may be a better fix for this issue than the
one used here, but this is transposed from the similar logic already
present in XLogReadBufferForRedoExtended, and a broader refactoring
after beta2 seems inadvisable.)
Amit Kapila, reviewed by Ashutosh Sharma, Kyotaro Horiguchi,
and Michael Paquier
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1JpcMsEtOL_J7WODumeEfyrPi7FPYHeVdS7fyyrCrgp4w@mail.gmail.com
When promoting a standby just after a XLOG_SWITCH record was replayed,
and next segment(s) are already are locally available (via walsender,
restore_command + trigger/recovery target), that segment could
accidentally be recycled onto the past of the new timeline. Later
checkpointer would create a .ready file for it, assuming there was an
error during creation, and it would get archived. That causes trouble
if another standby is later brought up from a basebackup from before
the timeline creation, because it would try to read the
segment, because XLogFileReadAnyTLI just tries all possible timelines,
which doesn't have valid contents. Thus replay would fail.
The problem, if already occurred, can be fixed by removing the segment
and/or having restore_command filter it out.
The reason for the creation of such "phantom" segments was, that after
an XLOG_SWITCH record the EndOfLog variable points to the beginning of
the next segment, and RemoveXlogFile() used XLByteToPrevSeg().
Normally RemoveXlogFile() doing so is harmless, because the last
segment will still exist preventing InstallXLogFileSegment() from
causing harm, but just after promotion there's no previous segment on
the new timeline.
Fix that by using XLByteToSeg() instead of XLByteToPrevSeg().
Author: Andres Freund
Reported-By: Greg Burek
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170619073026.zcwpe6mydsaz5ygd@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 9.2-, bug older than all supported versions
Don't move parenthesized lines to the left, even if that means they
flow past the right margin.
By default, BSD indent lines up statement continuation lines that are
within parentheses so that they start just to the right of the preceding
left parenthesis. However, traditionally, if that resulted in the
continuation line extending to the right of the desired right margin,
then indent would push it left just far enough to not overrun the margin,
if it could do so without making the continuation line start to the left of
the current statement indent. That makes for a weird mix of indentations
unless one has been completely rigid about never violating the 80-column
limit.
This behavior has been pretty universally panned by Postgres developers.
Hence, disable it with indent's new -lpl switch, so that parenthesized
lines are always lined up with the preceding left paren.
This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent
changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments
to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments
following #endif to not obey the general rule.
Commit e3860ffa4d wasn't actually using
the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that
tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of
code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be
moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's
code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops
in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working
in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the
net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed
one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves
more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such
cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after
the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after.
Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same
as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else.
That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage
from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent.
This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent
changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
The new indent version includes numerous fixes thanks to Piotr Stefaniak.
The main changes visible in this commit are:
* Nicer formatting of function-pointer declarations.
* No longer unexpectedly removes spaces in expressions using casts,
sizeof, or offsetof.
* No longer wants to add a space in "struct structname *varname", as
well as some similar cases for const- or volatile-qualified pointers.
* Declarations using PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY are formatted more nicely.
* Fixes bug where comments following declarations were sometimes placed
with no space separating them from the code.
* Fixes some odd decisions for comments following case labels.
* Fixes some cases where comments following code were indented to less
than the expected column 33.
On the less good side, it now tends to put more whitespace around typedef
names that are not listed in typedefs.list. This might encourage us to
put more effort into typedef name collection; it's not really a bug in
indent itself.
There are more changes coming after this round, having to do with comment
indentation and alignment of lines appearing within parentheses. I wanted
to limit the size of the diffs to something that could be reviewed without
one's eyes completely glazing over, so it seemed better to split up the
changes as much as practical.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
The optimized code in 728bd991c3 contains a few invalid locking
sequences. To wit, the original code would try to acquire an lwlock
that it already holds. Avoid this by moving lock acquisitions to
higher-level code, and install appropriate assertions in low-level that
the correct mode is held.
Authors: Michael Paquier, Álvaro Herrera
Reported-By: chuanting wang
Bug: #14680
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170531033228.1487.10124@wrigleys.postgresql.org
The larger part of this patch replaces usages of MyProc->procLatch
with MyLatch. The latter works even early during backend startup,
where MyProc->procLatch doesn't yet. While the affected code
shouldn't run in cases where it's not initialized, it might get copied
into places where it might. Using MyLatch is simpler and a bit faster
to boot, so there's little point to stick with the previous coding.
While doing so I noticed some weaknesses around newly introduced uses
of latches that could lead to missed events, and an omitted
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() call in worker_spi.
As all the actual bugs are in v10 code, there doesn't seem to be
sufficient reason to backpatch this.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20170606195321.sjmenrfgl2nu6j63@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20170606210405.sim3yl6vpudhmufo@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: -
When the checkpointer writes the shutdown checkpoint, it checks
afterwards whether any WAL has been written since it started and
throws a PANIC if so. At that point, only walsenders are still
active, so one might think this could not happen, but walsenders can
also generate WAL, for instance in BASE_BACKUP and logical decoding
related commands (e.g. via hint bits). So they can trigger this panic
if such a command is run while the shutdown checkpoint is being
written.
To fix this, divide the walsender shutdown into two phases. First,
checkpointer, itself triggered by postmaster, sends a
PROCSIG_WALSND_INIT_STOPPING signal to all walsenders. If the backend
is idle or runs an SQL query this causes the backend to shutdown, if
logical replication is in progress all existing WAL records are
processed followed by a shutdown. Otherwise this causes the walsender
to switch to the "stopping" state. In this state, the walsender will
reject any further replication commands. The checkpointer begins the
shutdown checkpoint once all walsenders are confirmed as
stopping. When the shutdown checkpoint finishes, the postmaster sends
us SIGUSR2. This instructs walsender to send any outstanding WAL,
including the shutdown checkpoint record, wait for it to be replicated
to the standby, and then exit.
Author: Andres Freund, based on an earlier patch by Michael Paquier
Reported-By: Fujii Masao, Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170602002912.tqlwn4gymzlxpvs2@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 9.4, where logical decoding was introduced
This reverts commit 086221cf6b, which
was made to master only.
The approach implemented in the above commit has some issues. While
those could easily be fixed incrementally, doing so would make
backpatching considerably harder, so instead first revert this patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170602002912.tqlwn4gymzlxpvs2@alap3.anarazel.de
Given the possibility of race conditions and so on, it seems entirely
unsafe to just assume that shm_toc_lookup() always finds the key it's
looking for --- but that was exactly what all but one call site were
doing. To fix, add a "bool noError" argument, similarly to what we
have in many other functions, and throw an error on an unexpected
lookup failure. Remove now-redundant Asserts that a rather random
subset of call sites had.
I doubt this will throw any light on buildfarm member lorikeet's
recent failures, because if an unnoticed lookup failure were involved,
you'd kind of expect a null-pointer-dereference crash rather than the
observed symptom. But you never know ... and this is better coding
practice even if it never catches anything.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9697.1496675981@sss.pgh.pa.us
Remove some gratuituous message differences by making the AM name
previously embedded in each message be a %s instead. While at it, get
rid of terminology that's unclear and unnecessary in one message.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170523001557.bq2hbq7hxyvyw62q@alvherre.pgsql
Per discussion, "location" is a rather vague term that could refer to
multiple concepts. "LSN" is an unambiguous term for WAL locations and
should be preferred. Some function names, view column names, and function
output argument names used "lsn" already, but others used "location",
as well as yet other terms such as "wal_position". Since we've already
renamed a lot of things in this area from "xlog" to "wal" for v10,
we may as well incur a bit more compatibility pain and make these names
all consistent.
David Rowley, minor additional docs hacking by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f8O0njDKe8ePFQ-LK5-EjwThsDws6ohJ-+c6nWK+oUxtg@mail.gmail.com
This reverts commits fa2fa99552 and 42f50cb8fa.
While the functionality that was intended to be provided by these
commits is desired, the patch didn't actually solve as many of the
problematic situations as we hoped, and it created a bunch of its own
problems. Since we're going to require more extensive changes soon for
other reasons and users have been working around these problems for a
long time already, there is no point in spending effort in fixing this
halfway measure.
Per complaint from Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21407.1484606922@sss.pgh.pa.us
(Commit fa2fa99552 had already been reverted in branches 9.5 as
f858524ee4 and 9.6 as e9e44a0953, so this touches master only.
Commit 42f50cb8fa was not present in the older branches.)
When the checkpointer writes the shutdown checkpoint, it checks
afterwards whether any WAL has been written since it started and throws
a PANIC if so. At that point, only walsenders are still active, so one
might think this could not happen, but walsenders can also generate WAL,
for instance in BASE_BACKUP and certain variants of
CREATE_REPLICATION_SLOT. So they can trigger this panic if such a
command is run while the shutdown checkpoint is being written.
To fix this, divide the walsender shutdown into two phases. First, the
postmaster sends a SIGUSR2 signal to all walsenders. The walsenders
then put themselves into the "stopping" state. In this state, they
reject any new commands. (For simplicity, we reject all new commands,
so that in the future we do not have to track meticulously which
commands might generate WAL.) The checkpointer waits for all walsenders
to reach this state before proceeding with the shutdown checkpoint.
After the shutdown checkpoint is done, the postmaster sends
SIGINT (previously unused) to the walsenders. This triggers the
existing shutdown behavior of sending out the shutdown checkpoint record
and then terminating.
Author: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@gmail.com>
GiST's getNextNearest() function attempts to pfree the previously-returned
tuple if any (that is, scan->xs_hitup in HEAD, or scan->xs_itup in older
branches). However, if we are rescanning a plan node after ending a
previous scan early, those tuple pointers could be pointing to garbage,
because they would be pointing into the scan's pageDataCxt or queueCxt
which has been reset. In a debug build this reliably results in a crash,
although I think it might sometimes accidentally fail to fail in
production builds.
To fix, clear the pointer field anyplace we reset a context it might
be pointing into. This may be overkill --- I think probably only the
queueCxt case is involved in this bug, so that resetting in gistrescan()
would be sufficient --- but dangling pointers are generally bad news,
so let's avoid them.
Another plausible answer might be to just not bother with the pfree in
getNextNearest(). The reconstructed tuples would go away anyway in the
context resets, and I'm far from convinced that freeing them a bit earlier
really saves anything meaningful. I'll stick with the original logic in
this patch, but if we find more problems in the same area we should
consider that approach.
Per bug #14641 from Denis Smirnov. Back-patch to 9.5 where this
logic was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170504072034.24366.57688@wrigleys.postgresql.org
After the logical replication launcher was told to wake up at
commit (for example, by a CREATE SUBSCRIPTION command), the flag to wake
up was not reset, so it would be woken up at every following commit as
well. So fix that by resetting the flag.
Also, we don't need to wake up anything if the transaction was rolled
back. Just reset the flag in that case.
Author: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@gmail.com>
ProcessTwoPhaseBuffer (formerly StandbyRecoverPreparedTransactions)
mixed up the parent and child XIDs when calling SubTransSetParent to
record the transactions' relationship in pg_subtrans.
Remarkably, analysis by Simon Riggs suggests that this doesn't lead to
visible problems (at least, not in non-Assert builds). That might
explain why we'd not noticed it before. Nonetheless, it's surely wrong.
This code was born broken, so back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20110.1492905318@sss.pgh.pa.us
Doing so allows various crash possibilities. Fix by avoiding
having PrescanPreparedTransactions() increment
ShmemVariableCache->nextXid when it has no 2PC files
Bug found by Jeff Janes, diagnosis and patch by Pavan Deolasee,
then patch re-designed for clarity and full accuracy by
Michael Paquier.
Reported-by: Jeff Janes
Author: Pavan Deolasee, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1zMLnH_i1-PVQ-biZzvNx7VcuatriquEnh7HNk6K8Ss3Q@mail.gmail.com
Coverity complained because bgw.bgw_extra wasn't being filled in by
ApplyLauncherRegister(). The most future-proof fix is to memset the
whole BackgroundWorker struct to zeroes. While at it, let's apply the
same coding rule to other places that set up BackgroundWorker structs;
four out of five had the same or related issues.
We'd already recognized that we can't pass function pointers across process
boundaries for functions in loadable modules, since a shared library could
get loaded at different addresses in different processes. But actually the
practice doesn't work for functions in the core backend either, if we're
using EXEC_BACKEND. This is the cause of recent failures on buildfarm
member culicidae. Switch to passing a string function name in all cases.
Something like this needs to be back-patched into 9.6, but let's see
if the buildfarm likes it first.
Petr Jelinek, with a bunch of basically-cosmetic adjustments by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/548f9c1d-eafa-e3fa-9da8-f0cc2f654e60@2ndquadrant.com
Standardize on testing a hash index page's type by doing
(opaque->hasho_flag & LH_PAGE_TYPE) == LH_xxx_PAGE
Various places were taking shortcuts like
opaque->hasho_flag & LH_BUCKET_PAGE
which while not actually wrong, is still bad practice because
it encourages use of
opaque->hasho_flag & LH_UNUSED_PAGE
which *is* wrong (LH_UNUSED_PAGE == 0, so the above is constant false).
hash_xlog.c's hash_mask() contained such an incorrect test.
This also ensures that we mask out the additional flag bits that
hasho_flag has accreted since 9.6. pgstattuple's pgstat_hash_page(),
for one, was failing to do that and was thus actively broken.
Also fix assorted comments that hadn't been updated to reflect the
extended usage of hasho_flag, and fix some macros that were testing
just "(hasho_flag & bit)" to use the less dangerous, project-approved
form "((hasho_flag & bit) != 0)".
Coverity found the bug in hash_mask(); I noted the one in
pgstat_hash_page() through code reading.
Instead of allocating memory in brin_deform_tuple and brin_copy_tuple
over and over during a scan, allow reuse of previously allocated memory.
This is said to make for a measurable performance improvement.
Author: Jinyu Zhang, Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed by: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/495deb78.4186.1500dacaa63.Coremail.beijing_pg@163.com
The WAL-writing piece was forgetting to set the pages-per-range value.
Also, fix the declared type of struct member heapBlk, which I mistakenly
set as OffsetNumber rather than BlockNumber.
Problem was introduced by commit c655899ba9 (April 1st). Any system
that tries to replay the new WAL record written before this fix is
likely to die on replay and require pg_resetwal.
Reported by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191.1491524824@sss.pgh.pa.us
tupconvert.c's functions formerly considered that an explicit tuple
conversion was necessary if the input and output tupdescs contained
different type OIDs. The point of that was to make sure that a composite
datum resulting from the conversion would contain the destination rowtype
OID in its composite-datum header. However, commit 3838074f8 entirely
misunderstood what that check was for, thinking that it had something to do
with presence or absence of an OID column within the tuple. Removal of the
check broke the no-op conversion path in ExecEvalConvertRowtype, as
reported by Ashutosh Bapat.
It turns out that of the dozen or so call sites for tupconvert.c functions,
ExecEvalConvertRowtype is the only one that cares about the composite-datum
header fields in the output tuple. In all the rest, we'd much rather avoid
an unnecessary conversion whenever the tuples are physically compatible.
Moreover, the comments in tupconvert.c only promise physical compatibility
not a metadata match. So, let's accept the removal of the guarantee about
the output tuple's rowtype marking, recognizing that this is a API change
that could conceivably break third-party callers of tupconvert.c. (So,
let's remember to mention it in the v10 release notes.)
However, commit 3838074f8 did have a bit of a point here, in that two
tuples mustn't be considered physically compatible if one has HEAP_HASOID
set and the other doesn't. (Some of the callers of tupconvert.c might not
really care about that, but we can't assume it in general.) The previous
check accidentally covered that issue, because no RECORD types ever have
OIDs, while if two tupdescs have the same named composite type OID then,
a fortiori, they have the same tdhasoid setting. If we're removing the
type OID match check then we'd better include tdhasoid match as part of
the physical compatibility check.
Without that hack in tupconvert.c, we need ExecEvalConvertRowtype to take
responsibility for inserting the correct rowtype OID label whenever
tupconvert.c decides it need not do anything. This is easily done with
heap_copy_tuple_as_datum, which will be considerably faster than a tuple
disassembly and reassembly anyway; so from a performance standpoint this
change is a win all around compared to what happened in earlier branches.
It just means a couple more lines of code in ExecEvalConvertRowtype.
Ashutosh Bapat and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRfvHABV6+oVvGcshF8rHn+1LfRUhj7Jz1CDZ4gPUwehBg@mail.gmail.com
The original code was overly optimistic about the cost of scanning a
BRIN index, leading to BRIN indexes being selected when they'd be a
worse choice than some other index. This complete rewrite should be
more accurate.
Author: David Rowley, based on an earlier patch by Emre Hasegeli
Reviewed-by: Emre Hasegeli
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9n-Wapop5Xz1dtGdpdqmzeGqQK4sV2MK-zZugfC14Xtw@mail.gmail.com
This is the SQL standard-conforming variant of PostgreSQL's serial
columns. It fixes a few usability issues that serial columns have:
- CREATE TABLE / LIKE copies default but refers to same sequence
- cannot add/drop serialness with ALTER TABLE
- dropping default does not drop sequence
- need to grant separate privileges to sequence
- other slight weirdnesses because serial is some kind of special macro
Reviewed-by: Vitaly Burovoy <vitaly.burovoy@gmail.com>
For normal commits and aborts we already reset PgXact->xmin,
so we can simply avoid running SnapshotResetXmin() twice.
During performance tests by Alexander Korotkov, diagnosis
by Andres Freund showed PgXact array as a bottleneck. After
manual analysis by me of the code paths that touch those
memory locations, I was able to identify extraneous code
in the main transaction commit path.
Avoiding touching highly contented shmem improves concurrent
performance slightly on all workloads, confirmed by tests
run by Ashutosh Sharma and Alexander Korotkov.
Simon Riggs
Discussion: CANP8+jJdXE9b+b9F8CQT-LuxxO0PBCB-SZFfMVAdp+akqo4zfg@mail.gmail.com
Make every page in a hash index which isn't all-zeroes have a valid
special space, so that tools like pageinspect don't error out.
Also, make pageinspect cope with all-zeroes pages, because
_hash_alloc_buckets can leave behind large numbers of those until
they're consumed by splits.
Ashutosh Sharma and Robert Haas, reviewed by Amit Kapila.
Original trouble report from Jeff Janes.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1y6NjKmqbJ8wLMhr=F74WzcMALYWcVFhEpm7i=mV=XsOg@mail.gmail.com
Previously they were defined using multiples of XLogSegSize.
Remove GUC_UNIT_XSEGS. Introduce GUC_UNIT_MB
Extracted from patch series on XLogSegSize infrastructure.
Beena Emerson
2PC state info held in shmem at PREPARE, then cleaned at COMMIT PREPARED/ABORT PREPARED,
avoiding writing/fsyncing any state information to disk in the normal path, greatly enhancing replay speed.
Prepared transactions that live past one checkpoint redo horizon will be written to disk as now.
Similar conceptually to 978b2f65aa and building upon
the infrastructure created by that commit.
Authors, in equal measure: Stas Kelvich, Nikhil Sontakke and Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMGcDxf8Bn9ZPBBJZba9wiyQq-Qk5uqq=VjoMnRnW5s+fKST3w@mail.gmail.com
Since hash indexes typically have very few overflow pages, adding a
new splitpoint essentially doubles the on-disk size of the index,
which can lead to large and abrupt increases in disk usage (and
perhaps long delays on occasion). To mitigate this problem to some
degree, divide larger splitpoints into four equal phases. This means
that, for example, instead of growing from 4GB to 8GB all at once, a
hash index will now grow from 4GB to 5GB to 6GB to 7GB to 8GB, which
is perhaps still not as smooth as we'd like but certainly an
improvement.
This changes the on-disk format of the metapage, so bump HASH_VERSION
from 2 to 3. This will force a REINDEX of all existing hash indexes,
but that's probably a good idea anyway. First, hash indexes from
pre-10 versions of PostgreSQL could easily be corrupted, and we don't
want to confuse corruption carried over from an older release with any
corruption caused despite the new write-ahead logging in v10. Second,
it will let us remove some backward-compatibility code added by commit
293e24e507.
Mithun Cy, reviewed by Amit Kapila, Jesper Pedersen and me. Regression
test outputs updated by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAD__OuhG6F1gQLCgMQNnMNgoCvOLQZz9zKYJQNYvYmmJoM42gA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYty0jCf-pa+m+vYUJ716+AxM7nv_syvyanyf5O-L_i2A@mail.gmail.com
In a couple of places, _hash_kill_items was mistakenly called with
the buffer lock not held. Repair.
Ashutosh Sharma, per a report from Andreas Seltenreich
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/87o9wo8o0j.fsf@credativ.de
When the BRIN summary tuple for a page range becomes too "wide" for the
values actually stored in the table (because the tuples that were
present originally are no longer present due to updates or deletes), it
can be useful to remove the outdated summary tuple, so that a future
summarization can install a tighter summary.
This commit introduces a SQL-callable interface to do so.
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Eiji Seki
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170228045643.n2ri74ara4fhhfxf@alvherre.pgsql
Previously, only VACUUM would cause a page range to get initially
summarized by BRIN indexes, which for some use cases takes too much time
since the inserts occur. To avoid the delay, have brininsert request a
summarization run for the previous range as soon as the first tuple is
inserted into the first page of the next range. Autovacuum is in charge
of processing these requests, after doing all the regular vacuuming/
analyzing work on tables.
This doesn't impose any new tasks on autovacuum, because autovacuum was
already in charge of doing summarizations. The only actual effect is to
change the timing, i.e. that it occurs earlier. For this reason, we
don't go any great lengths to record these requests very robustly; if
they are lost because of a server crash or restart, they will happen at
a later time anyway.
Most of the new code here is in autovacuum, which can now be told about
"work items" to process. This can be used for other things such as GIN
pending list cleaning, perhaps visibility map bit setting, both of which
are currently invoked during vacuum, but do not really depend on vacuum
taking place.
The requests are at the page range level, a granularity for which we did
not have SQL-level access; we only had index-level summarization
requests via brin_summarize_new_values(). It seems reasonable to add
SQL-level access to range-level summarization too, so add a function
brin_summarize_range() to do that.
Authors: Álvaro Herrera, based on sketch from Simon Riggs.
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170301045823.vneqdqkmsd4as4ds@alvherre.pgsql
On EXEC_BACKEND builds, this can fail if ASLR is in use.
Backpatch to 9.5. On master, completely remove the bgw_main field
completely, since there is no situation in which it is safe for an
EXEC_BACKEND build. On 9.6 and 9.5, leave the field intact to avoid
breaking things for third-party code that doesn't care about working
under EXEC_BACKEND. Prior to 9.5, there are no in-core bgworker
entrypoints.
Petr Jelinek, reviewed by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/09d8ad33-4287-a09b-a77f-77f8761adb5e@2ndquadrant.com
Also, don't allow setting reloptions on them, since that would have no
effect given the lack of storage. The patch does this by introducing
a new reloption kind for which there are currently no reloptions -- we
might have some in the future -- so it adjusts parseRelOptions to
handle that case correctly.
Bumped catversion. System catalogs that contained reloptions for
partitioned tables are no longer valid; plus, there are now fewer
physical files on disk, which is not technically a catalog change but
still a good reason to re-initdb.
Amit Langote, reviewed by Maksim Milyutin and Kyotaro Horiguchi and
revised a bit by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20170331.173326.212311140.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
The old coding was getting more complicated as new things were added,
and it would be barely tolerable with upcoming WARM updates and other
future features such as indirect indexes. The new coding incurs a small
performance cost in synthetic benchmark cases, and is barely measurable
in normal cases. A much larger benefit is expected from WARM, which
could actually bolt its needs on top of the existing coding, but it is
much uglier and bug-prone than doing it on this new code. Additional
optimization can be applied on top of this, if need be.
Reviewed-by: Pavan Deolasee, Amit Kapila, Mithun CY
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20161228232018.4hc66ndrzpz4g4wn@alvherre.pgsqlhttps://postgr.es/m/CABOikdMJfz69dBNRTOZcB6s5A0tf8OMCyQVYQyR-WFFdoEwKMQ@mail.gmail.com
There are no functional changes here; this simply encapsulates knowledge
of the ItemPointerData struct so that a future patch can change things
without more breakage.
All direct users of ip_blkid and ip_posid are changed to use existing
macros ItemPointerGetBlockNumber and ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber
respectively. For callers where that's inappropriate (because they
Assert that the itempointer is is valid-looking), add
ItemPointerGetBlockNumberNoCheck and ItemPointerGetOffsetNumberNoCheck,
which lack the assertion but are otherwise identical.
Author: Pavan Deolasee
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABOikdNnFon4cJiL=h1mZH3bgUeU+sWHuU4Yr8AB=j3A2p1GiA@mail.gmail.com
We were assigning values near 255 through "char *" pointers. On machines
where char is signed, that's not entirely kosher, and it's reasonable
for compilers to warn about it.
A better solution would be to change the pointer type to "unsigned char *",
but that would be vastly more invasive. For the moment, let's just apply
this simple backpatchable solution.
Aleksander Alekseev
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170220141239.GD12278@e733.localdomain
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2839.1490714708@sss.pgh.pa.us
Most seriously, fix use of incorrect block ID, per a report from
Jeff Janes that it causes a crash and a diagnosis from Amit Kapila.
Improve consistency between the hash and btree versions of this
code by adding back a PANIC that btree has, and by registering
data in the xlog record in the same way, per complaints from
Jeff Janes and Amit Kapila.
Tidy up some minor cosmetic points, per complaints from Amit
Kapila.
Patch by Ashutosh Sharma, reviewed by Amit Kapila, and tested by
Jeff Janes.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1w-9Qe=Ff1o6bSaXpNO9wqpo7_9GL8_CVhw4BoVVHasqg@mail.gmail.com
If file was created/deleted just before powerloss it's possible that
file system will miss that. To prevent it, call fsync() where creating/
unlinkg file is critical.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat, Takayuki Tsunakawa, me
In commit b8d7f053c, we needed to fix ExecEvalWholeRowVar to not change
the state of the slot it's copying. The initial quick hack at that
required two rounds of tuple construction, which is not very nice.
To fix, add another primitive to tuptoaster.c that does precisely what
we need. (I initially tried to do this by refactoring one of the
existing functions into two pieces; but it looked like that might hurt
performance for the existing case, and the amount of code that could
be shared is not very large, so I gave up on that.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26088.1490315792@sss.pgh.pa.us
Assert-enabled build crashes but without asserts it works by wrong way:
it may not reset forcing full page write and preventing from starting
exclusive backup with the same name as cancelled.
Patch replaces pair of booleans
nonexclusive_backup_running/exclusive_backup_running to single enum to
correctly describe backup state.
Backpatch to 9.6 where bug was introduced
Reported-by: David Steele
Authors: Michael Paquier, David Steele
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova
https://commitfest.postgresql.org/13/1068/
This provides infrastructure for looking up arbitrary, user-supplied
XIDs without a risk of scary-looking failures from within the clog
module. Normally, the oldest XID that can be safely looked up in CLOG
is the same as the oldest XID that can reused without causing
wraparound, and the latter is already tracked. However, while
truncation is in progress, the values are different, so we must
keep track of them separately.
Craig Ringer, reviewed by Simon Riggs and by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAMsr+YHQiWNEi0daCTboS40T+V5s_+dst3PYv_8v2wNVH+Xx4g@mail.gmail.com
GIN vacuum during cleaning posting tree can lock this whole tree for a long
time with by holding LockBufferForCleanup() on root. Patch changes it with
two ways: first, cleanup lock will be taken only if there is an empty page
(which should be deleted) and, second, it tries to lock only subtree, not the
whole posting tree.
Author: Andrey Borodin with minor editorization by me
Reviewed-by: Jeff Davis, me
https://commitfest.postgresql.org/13/896/
Adds write_lag, flush_lag and replay_lag cols to pg_stat_replication.
Implements a lag tracker module that reports the lag times based upon
measurements of the time taken for recent WAL to be written, flushed and
replayed and for the sender to hear about it. These times
represent the commit lag that was (or would have been) introduced by each
synchronous commit level, if the remote server was configured as a
synchronous standby. For an asynchronous standby, the replay_lag column
approximates the delay before recent transactions became visible to queries.
If the standby server has entirely caught up with the sending server and
there is no more WAL activity, the most recently measured lag times will
continue to be displayed for a short time and then show NULL.
Physical replication lag tracking is automatic. Logical replication tracking
is possible but is the responsibility of the logical decoding plugin.
Tracking is a private module operating within each walsender individually,
with values reported to shared memory. Module not used outside of walsender.
Design and code is good enough now to commit - kudos to the author.
In many ways a difficult topic, with important and subtle behaviour so this
shoudl be expected to generate discussion and multiple open items: Test now!
Author: Thomas Munro, following designs by Fujii Masao and Simon Riggs
Review: Simon Riggs, Ian Barwick and Craig Ringer
Internally, we have supported the option to either wait for all of the
WAL associated with a backup to be archived, or to return immediately.
This option is useful to users of pg_stop_backup() as well, when they
are reading the stop backup record position and checking that the WAL
they need has been archived independently.
This patch adds an additional, optional, argument to pg_stop_backup()
which allows the user to indicate if they wish to wait for the WAL to be
archived or not. The default matches current behavior, which is to
wait.
Author: David Steele, with some minor changes, doc updates by me.
Reviewed by: Takayuki Tsunakawa, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/758e3fd1-45b4-5e28-75cd-e9e7f93a4c02@pgmasters.net
A hot standby replica keeps a list of Access Exclusive locks for a top
level transaction. These locks are released when the top level transaction
ends. Searching of this list is O(N^2), and each transaction had to pay the
price of searching this list for locks, even if it didn't take any AE
locks itself.
This patch optimizes this case by having the master server track which
transactions took AE locks, and passes that along to the standby server in
the commit/abort record. This allows the standby to only try to release
locks for transactions which actually took any, avoiding the majority of
the performance issue.
Refactor MyXactAccessedTempRel into MyXactFlags to allow minimal additional
cruft with this.
Analysis and initial patch by David Rowley
Author: David Rowley and Simon Riggs
Uses page-based mechanism to ensure we’re using the correct timeline.
Tests are included to exercise the functionality using a cold disk-level copy
of the master that's started up as a replica with slots intact, but the
intended use of the functionality is with later features.
Craig Ringer, reviewed by Simon Riggs and Andres Freund
Clear LH_PAGE_HAS_DEAD_TUPLES during replay, similar to what gets done
for btree. Update hashdesc.c for xl_hash_vacuum_one_page.
Oversights in commit 6977b8b7f4 spotted
by Amit Kapila. Patch by Ashutosh Sharma.
Bump WAL version. The original patch to make hash indexes write-ahead
logged probably should have done this, and the single page vacuuming
patch probably should have done it again, but better late than never.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1Kd=mJ9xreovcsh0qMiAj-QqCphHVQ_Lfau1DR9oVjASQ@mail.gmail.com
Previous commits, notably 53be0b1add and
6f3bd98ebf, made it possible to see from
pg_stat_activity when a backend was stuck waiting for another backend,
but it's also fairly common for a backend to be stuck waiting for an
I/O. Add wait events for those operations, too.
Rushabh Lathia, with further hacking by me. Reviewed and tested by
Michael Paquier, Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, and Rahila Syed.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAGPqQf0LsYHXREPAZqYGVkDqHSyjf=KsD=k0GTVPAuzyThh-VQ@mail.gmail.com
The warning about hash indexes not being write-ahead logged and their
use being discouraged has been removed. "snapshot too old" is now
supported for tables with hash indexes. Most importantly, barring
bugs, hash indexes will now be crash-safe and usable on standbys.
This commit doesn't yet add WAL consistency checking for hash
indexes, as we now have for other index types; a separate patch has
been submitted to cure that lack.
Amit Kapila, reviewed and slightly modified by me. The larger patch
series of which this is a part has been reviewed and tested by Álvaro
Herrera, Ashutosh Sharma, Mark Kirkwood, Jeff Janes, and Jesper
Pedersen.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1JOBX=YU33631Qh-XivYXtPSALh514+jR8XeD7v+K3r_Q@mail.gmail.com
The original messaging design, introduced in commit 068cfadf9, seems too
chatty now that some time has elapsed since the bug fix; most installations
will be in good shape and don't really need a reminder about this on every
postmaster start.
Hence, arrange to suppress the "wraparound protections are now enabled"
message during startup (specifically, during the TrimMultiXact() call).
The message will still appear if protection becomes effective at some
later point.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17211.1489189214@sss.pgh.pa.us
This makes almost all core code follow the policy introduced in the
previous commit. Specific decisions:
- Text search support functions with char* and length arguments, such as
prsstart and lexize, may receive unaligned strings. I doubt
maintainers of non-core text search code will notice.
- Use plain VARDATA() on values detoasted or synthesized earlier in the
same function. Use VARDATA_ANY() on varlenas sourced outside the
function, even if they happen to always have four-byte headers. As an
exception, retain the universal practice of using VARDATA() on return
values of SendFunctionCall().
- Retain PG_GETARG_BYTEA_P() in pageinspect. (Page images are too large
for a one-byte header, so this misses no optimization.) Sites that do
not call get_page_from_raw() typically need the four-byte alignment.
- For now, do not change btree_gist. Its use of four-byte headers in
memory is partly entangled with storage of 4-byte headers inside
GBT_VARKEY, on disk.
- For now, do not change gtrgm_consistent() or gtrgm_distance(). They
incorporate the varlena header into a cache, and there are multiple
credible implementation strategies to consider.
In functions that issue a deconstruct_array() call, consistently use
plain VARSIZE()/VARDATA() on the array elements. Prior practice was
divided between those and VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR()/VARDATA_ANY().
This reverts commit ccce90b398. This
optimization is unsafe, at least, of rollbacks and rollbacks to
savepoints, but I'm concerned there may be other problematic cases as
well. Therefore, I've decided to revert this pending further
investigation.
Commit 0e141c0fbb introduced a mechanism
to reduce contention on ProcArrayLock by having a single process clear
XIDs in the procArray on behalf of multiple processes, reducing the
need to hand the lock around. Use a similar mechanism to reduce
contention on CLogControlLock. Testing shows that this very
significantly reduces the amount of time waiting for CLogControlLock
on high-concurrency pgbench tests run on a large multi-socket
machines; whether that translates into a TPS improvement depends on
how much of that contention is simply shifted to some other lock,
particularly WALWriteLock.
Amit Kapila, with some cosmetic changes by me. Extensively reviewed,
tested, and benchmarked over a period of about 15 months by Simon
Riggs, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Jesper Pedersen, and especially by
Tomas Vondra and Dilip Kumar.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1L_snxM_JcrzEstNq9P66++F4kKFce=1r5+D1vzPofdtg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LyR2A+m=RBSZ6rcPEwJ=rVi1ADPSndXHZdjn56yqO6Vg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/91d57161-d3ea-0cc2-6066-80713e4f90d7@2ndquadrant.com
Further fallout from commit c29aff959: there are some files that need
<float.h>, and were getting it from datatype/timestamp.h, but it was not
apparent in my (tgl's) testing because the requirement for <float.h>
exists only on certain Windows toolchains.
Report and patch by David Rowley.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f-BHceaFzZScFapDV48gUVM2CAOBfhkgffdqXzFb+kwew@mail.gmail.com
The index is scanned by a single process, but then all cooperating
processes can iterate jointly over the resulting set of heap blocks.
In the future, we might also want to support using a parallel bitmap
index scan to set up for a parallel bitmap heap scan, but that's a
job for another day.
Dilip Kumar, with some corrections and cosmetic changes by me. The
larger patch set of which this is a part has been reviewed and tested
by (at least) Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar, Tushar Ahuja, Rafia
Sabih, Haribabu Kommi, Thomas Munro, and me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-uc4=0WxRGfCzs-xfkMYcSEWUC-Fon6thkJGjkh9i=13A@mail.gmail.com
When a shared iterator is used, each call to tbm_shared_iterate()
returns a result that has not yet been returned to any process
attached to the shared iterator. In other words, each cooperating
processes gets a disjoint subset of the full result set, but all
results are returned exactly once.
This is infrastructure for parallel bitmap heap scan.
Dilip Kumar. The larger patch set of which this is a part has been
reviewed and tested by (at least) Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar,
Tushar Ahuja, Rafia Sabih, Haribabu Kommi, and Thomas Munro.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-uc4=0WxRGfCzs-xfkMYcSEWUC-Fon6thkJGjkh9i=13A@mail.gmail.com
The primary goal here is to move all of the related page modifications
to a single section of code, in preparation for adding write-ahead
logging. In passing, rename _hash_metapinit to _hash_init, since it
initializes more than just the metapage.
Amit Kapila. The larger patch series of which this is a part has been
reviewed and tested by Álvaro Herrera, Ashutosh Sharma, Mark Kirkwood,
Jeff Janes, and Jesper Pedersen.
This introduces a new generic SASL authentication method, similar to the
GSS and SSPI methods. The server first tells the client which SASL
authentication mechanism to use, and then the mechanism-specific SASL
messages are exchanged in AuthenticationSASLcontinue and PasswordMessage
messages. Only SCRAM-SHA-256 is supported at the moment, but this allows
adding more SASL mechanisms in the future, without changing the overall
protocol.
Support for channel binding, aka SCRAM-SHA-256-PLUS is left for later.
The SASLPrep algorithm, for pre-processing the password, is not yet
implemented. That could cause trouble, if you use a password with
non-ASCII characters, and a client library that does implement SASLprep.
That will hopefully be added later.
Authorization identities, as specified in the SCRAM-SHA-256 specification,
are ignored. SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION provides more or less the same
functionality, anyway.
If a user doesn't exist, perform a "mock" authentication, by constructing
an authentic-looking challenge on the fly. The challenge is derived from
a new system-wide random value, "mock authentication nonce", which is
created at initdb, and stored in the control file. We go through these
motions, in order to not give away the information on whether the user
exists, to unauthenticated users.
Bumps PG_CONTROL_VERSION, because of the new field in control file.
Patch by Michael Paquier and Heikki Linnakangas, reviewed at different
stages by Robert Haas, Stephen Frost, David Steele, Aleksander Alekseev,
and many others.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAB7nPqRbR3GmFYdedCAhzukfKrgBLTLtMvENOmPrVWREsZkF8g%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAB7nPqSMXU35g%3DW9X74HVeQp0uvgJxvYOuA4A-A3M%2B0wfEBv-w%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/55192AFE.6080106@iki.fi
The following parameters are now updateable with ShareUpdateExclusiveLock
effective_io_concurrency
parallel_workers
seq_page_cost
random_page_cost
n_distinct
n_distinct_inherited
Simon Riggs and Fabrízio Mello
Currently, the whole row is shown without column names. Instead,
adopt a style similar to _bt_check_unique() in ExecFindPartition()
and show the failing key: (key1, ...) = (val1, ...).
Amit Langote, per a complaint from Simon Riggs. Reviewed by me;
I also adjusted the grammar in one of the comments.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/9f9dc7ae-14f0-4a25-5485-964d9bfc19bd@lab.ntt.co.jp
As with commit 30df93f698 and commit
b0f18cb77f, the goal here is to move all
of the related page modifications to a single section of code, in
preparation for adding write-ahead logging.
Amit Kapila, with slight changes by me. The larger patch series of
which this is a part has been reviewed and tested by Álvaro Herrera,
Ashutosh Sharma, Mark Kirkwood, Jeff Janes, and Jesper Pedersen.
Previously, only IndexTuple format was supported for the output data of
an index-only scan. This is fine for btree, which is just returning a
verbatim index tuple anyway. It's not so fine for SP-GiST, which can
return reconstructed data that's much larger than a page.
To fix, extend the index AM API so that index-only scan data can be
returned in either HeapTuple or IndexTuple format. There's other ways
we could have done it, but this way avoids an API break for index AMs
that aren't concerned with the issue, and it costs little except a couple
more fields in IndexScanDescs.
I changed both GiST and SP-GiST to use the HeapTuple method. I'm not
very clear on whether GiST can reconstruct data that's too large for an
IndexTuple, but that seems possible, and it's not much of a code change to
fix.
Per a complaint from Vik Fearing. Reviewed by Jason Li.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/49527f79-530d-0bfe-3dad-d183596afa92@2ndquadrant.fr
As with commit b0f18cb77f, the goal
here is to move all of the related page modifications to a single
section of code, in preparation for adding write-ahead logging.
Amit Kapila, with slight changes by me. The larger patch series
of which this is a part has been reviewed and tested by Álvaro
Herrera, Ashutosh Sharma, Mark Kirkwood, Jeff Janes, and Jesper
Pedersen, all of whom should also have been credited in the
previous commit message.
In preparation for adding write-ahead logging to hash indexes,
refactor _hash_freeovflpage and _hash_squeezebucket so that all
related page modifications happen in a single section of code. The
previous coding assumed that it would be fine to move tuples one at a
time, and also that the various operations involved in freeing an
overflow page didn't necessarily all need to be done together, all
of which is true if you don't care about write-ahead logging.
Amit Kapila, with slight changes by me.
c.h #includes a number of core libc header files, such as <stdio.h>.
There's no point in re-including these after having read postgres.h,
postgres_fe.h, or c.h; so remove code that did so.
While at it, also fix some places that were ignoring our standard pattern
of "include postgres[_fe].h, then system header files, then other Postgres
header files". While there's not any great magic in doing it that way
rather than system headers last, it's silly to have just a few files
deviating from the general pattern. (But I didn't attempt to enforce this
globally, only in files I was touching anyway.)
I'd be the first to say that this is mostly compulsive neatnik-ism,
but over time it might save enough compile cycles to be useful.
Twiddle the replication-related code so that its timestamp variables
are declared TimestampTz, rather than the uninformative "int64" that
was previously used for meant-to-be-always-integer timestamps.
This resolves the int64-vs-TimestampTz declaration inconsistencies
introduced by commit 7c030783a, though in the opposite direction to
what was originally suggested.
This required including datatype/timestamp.h in a couple more places
than before. I decided it would be a good idea to slim down that
header by not having it pull in <float.h> etc, as those headers are
no longer at all relevant to its purpose. Unsurprisingly, a small number
of .c files turn out to have been depending on those inclusions, so add
them back in the .c files as needed.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26788.1487455319@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27694.1487456324@sss.pgh.pa.us
We don't need it any more.
pg_controldata continues to report that date/time type storage is
"64-bit integers", but that's now a hard-wired behavior not something
it sees in the data. This avoids breaking pg_upgrade, and perhaps other
utilities that inspect pg_control this way. Ditto for pg_resetwal.
I chose to remove the "bigint_timestamps" output column of
pg_control_init(), though, as that function hasn't been around long
and probably doesn't have ossified users.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26788.1487455319@sss.pgh.pa.us
In combination with 569174f1be, which
taught the btree AM how to perform parallel index scans, this allows
parallel index scan plans on btree indexes. This infrastructure
should be general enough to support parallel index scans for other
index AMs as well, if someone updates them to support parallel
scans.
Amit Kapila, reviewed and tested by Anastasia Lubennikova, Tushar
Ahuja, and Haribabu Kommi, and me.
This isn't exposed to the optimizer or the executor yet; we'll add
support for those things in a separate patch. But this puts the
basic mechanism in place: several processes can attach to a parallel
btree index scan, and each one will get a subset of the tuples that
would have been produced by a non-parallel scan. Each index page
becomes the responsibility of a single worker, which then returns
all of the TIDs on that page.
Rahila Syed, Amit Kapila, Robert Haas, reviewed and tested by
Anastasia Lubennikova, Tushar Ahuja, and Haribabu Kommi.
The xlog-specific headers need to be included in both frontend code -
specifically, pg_waldump - and the backend, but the remainder of the
private headers for each index are only needed by the backend. By
splitting the xlog stuff out into separate headers, pg_waldump pulls
in fewer backend headers, which is a good thing.
Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier and Andres Freund, per a
complaint from Dilip Kumar.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZ=F=GkxV0YEv-A8tb+AEGy_Qa7GSiJ8deBKFATnzfEug@mail.gmail.com
Commit f82ec32ac3 renamed the pg_xlog
directory to pg_wal. To make things consistent, and because "xlog" is
terrible terminology for either "transaction log" or "write-ahead log"
rename all SQL-callable functions that contain "xlog" in the name to
instead contain "wal". (Note that this may pose an upgrade hazard for
some users.)
Similarly, rename the xlog_position argument of the functions that
create slots to be called wal_position.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA+Tgmob=YmA=H3DbW1YuOXnFVgBheRmyDkWcD9M8f=5bGWYEoQ@mail.gmail.com
It did that to verify that the page was an overflow page rather than
anything else, but that means that checking the status of all the
overflow bits requires reading the entire index. So don't do that.
The new code validates that the page is not a primary bucket page
or bitmap page by looking at the metapage, so that using this on
large numbers of pages can be reasonably efficient.
Ashutosh Sharma, per a complaint from me, and with further
modifications by me.
It's always been possible for index AMs to cache data across successive
amgettuple calls within a single SQL command: the IndexScanDesc.opaque
field is meant for precisely that. However, no comparable facility
exists for amortizing setup work across successive aminsert calls.
This patch adds such a feature and teaches GIN, GIST, and BRIN to use it
to amortize catalog lookups they'd previously been doing on every call.
(The other standard index AMs keep everything they need in the relcache,
so there's little to improve there.)
For GIN, the overall improvement in a statement that inserts many rows
can be as much as 10%, though it seems a bit less for the other two.
In addition, this makes a really significant difference in runtime
for CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS tests, since in those builds the repeated
catalog lookups are vastly more expensive.
The reason this has been hard up to now is that the aminsert function is
not passed any useful place to cache per-statement data. What I chose to
do is to add suitable fields to struct IndexInfo and pass that to aminsert.
That's not widening the index AM API very much because IndexInfo is already
within the ken of ambuild; in fact, by passing the same info to aminsert
as to ambuild, this is really removing an inconsistency in the AM API.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27568.1486508680@sss.pgh.pa.us
When the new GUC wal_consistency_checking is set to a non-empty value,
it triggers recording of additional full-page images, which are
compared on the standby against the results of applying the WAL record
(without regard to those full-page images). Allowable differences
such as hints are masked out, and the resulting pages are compared;
any difference results in a FATAL error on the standby.
Kuntal Ghosh, based on earlier patches by Michael Paquier and Heikki
Linnakangas. Extensively reviewed and revised by Michael Paquier and
by me, with additional reviews and comments from Amit Kapila, Álvaro
Herrera, Simon Riggs, and Peter Eisentraut.
This avoids a very significant amount of buffer manager traffic and
contention when scanning hash indexes, because it's no longer
necessary to lock and pin the metapage for every scan. We do need
some way of figuring out when the cache is too stale to use any more,
so that when we lock the primary bucket page to which the cached
metapage points us, we can tell whether a split has occurred since we
cached the metapage data. To do that, we use the hash_prevblkno field
in the primary bucket page, which would otherwise always be set to
InvalidBuffer.
This patch contains code so that it will continue working (although
less efficiently) with hash indexes built before this change, but
perhaps we should consider bumping the hash version and ripping out
the compatibility code. That decision can be made later, though.
Mithun Cy, reviewed by Jesper Pedersen, Amit Kapila, and by me.
Before committing, I made a number of cosmetic changes to the last
posted version of the patch, adjusted _hash_getcachedmetap to be more
careful about order of operation, and made some necessary updates to
the pageinspect documentation and regression tests.
Patch by Jesper Pedersen and Ashutosh Sharma, with some error handling
improvements by me. Tests from Peter Eisentraut. Reviewed by Álvaro
Herrera, Michael Paquier, Jesper Pedersen, Jeff Janes, Peter
Eisentraut, Amit Kapila, Mithun Cy, and me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/e2ac6c58-b93f-9dd9-f4e6-d6d30add7fdf@redhat.com
Doing so doesn't seem to be within the purpose of the per user
connection limits, and has particularly unfortunate effects in
conjunction with parallel queries.
Backpatch to 9.6 where parallel queries were introduced.
David Rowley, reviewed by Robert Haas and Albe Laurenz.
The addition of a TestForOldSnapshot() call here has made the
referent of this comment slightly less clear, so move the comment
to compensate.
Amit Kapila (as part of the parallel index scan patch)
According to the comments in tupconvert.c, it's necessary to perform
tuple conversion when either table has OIDs, and this was previously
checked by ensuring that the tdtypeid value matched between the tables
in question. However, that's overly stringent: we have access to
tdhasoid and can test directly whether OIDs are present, which lets us
avoid conversion in cases where the type OIDs are different but the
tuple descriptors are entirely the same (and neither has OIDs). This
is useful to the partitioning code, which can thereby avoid converting
tuples when inserting into a partition whose columns appear in the
same order as the parent columns, the normal case. It's possible
for the tuple routing code to avoid some additional overhead in this
case as well, so do that, too.
It's not clear whether it would be OK to skip this when both tables
have OIDs: do callers count on this to build a new tuple (losing the
previous OID) in such instances? Until we figure it out, leave the
behavior in that case alone.
Amit Langote, reviewed by me.
This is useful infrastructure for an upcoming proposed patch to
allow the WAL segment size to be changed at initdb time; tools like
pg_basebackup need the ability to interrogate the server setting.
But it also doesn't seem like a bad thing to have independently of
that; it may find other uses in the future.
Robert Haas and Beena Emerson. (The original patch here was by
Beena, but I rewrote it to such a degree that most of the code
being committed here is mine.)
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobNo4qz06wHEmy9DszAre3dYx-WNhHSCbU9SAwf+9Ft6g@mail.gmail.com
If you create a DestReciver of type DestRemote and try to use it from
a replication connection that is not bound to a specific daabase, or
any other hypothetical type of backend that is not bound to a specific
database, it will fail because it doesn't have a pg_proc catalog to
look up properties of the types being printed. In general, that's
an unavoidable problem, but we can hardwire the properties of a few
builtin types in order to support utility commands. This new
DestReceiver of type DestRemoteSimple does just that.
Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobNo4qz06wHEmy9DszAre3dYx-WNhHSCbU9SAwf+9Ft6g@mail.gmail.com
This patch doesn't actually make any index AM parallel-aware, but it
provides the necessary functions at the AM layer to do so.
Rahila Syed, Amit Kapila, Robert Haas
If a user requests the commit timestamp for a transaction old enough
that its data is concurrently being truncated away by vacuum at just the
right time, they would receive an ugly internal file-not-found error
message from slru.c rather than the expected NULL return value.
In a primary server, the window for the race is very small: the lookup
has to occur exactly between the two calls by vacuum, and there's not a
lot that happens between them (mostly just a multixact truncate). In a
standby server, however, the window is larger because the truncation is
executed as soon as the WAL record for it is replayed, but the advance
of the oldest-Xid is not executed until the next checkpoint record.
To fix in the primary, simply reverse the order of operations in
vac_truncate_clog. To fix in the standby, augment the WAL truncation
record so that the standby is aware of the new oldest-XID value and can
apply the update immediately. WAL version bumped because of this.
No backpatch, because of the low importance of the bug and its rarity.
Author: Craig Ringer
Reviewed-By: Petr Jelínek, Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMsr+YFhVtRQT1VAwC+WGbbxZZRzNou=N9Ed-FrCqkwQ8H8oJQ@mail.gmail.com
Gen_fmgrtab.pl creates a new file fmgrprotos.h, which contains
prototypes for all functions registered in pg_proc.h. This avoids
having to manually maintain these prototypes across a random variety of
header files. It also automatically enforces a correct function
signature, and since there are warnings about missing prototypes, it
will detect functions that are defined but not registered in
pg_proc.h (or otherwise used).
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Previously multiple sessions could execute pg_start_backup() and
pg_stop_backup() to start and stop an exclusive backup at the same time.
This could trigger the assertion failure of
"FailedAssertion("!(XLogCtl->Insert.exclusiveBackup)".
This happend because, even while pg_start_backup() was starting
an exclusive backup, other session could run pg_stop_backup()
concurrently and mark the backup as not-in-progress unconditionally.
This patch introduces ExclusiveBackupState indicating the state of
an exclusive backup. This state is used to ensure that there is only
one session running pg_start_backup() or pg_stop_backup() at
the same time, to avoid the assertion failure.
Back-patch to all supported versions.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi and me
Reported-By: Andreas Seltenreich
Discussion: <87mvktojme.fsf@credativ.de>
Instead of relying on the page contents to know whether we have
advanced from the primary bucket page to an overflow page, track
that explicitly.
Amit Kapila, per a complaint by me.
If inherited tables don't have exactly the same schema, the USING clause
in an ALTER TABLE / SET DATA TYPE misbehaves when applied to the
children tables since commit 9550e8348b. Starting with that commit,
the attribute numbers in the USING expression are fixed during parse
analysis. This can lead to bogus errors being reported during
execution, such as:
ERROR: attribute 2 has wrong type
DETAIL: Table has type smallint, but query expects integer.
Since it wouldn't do to revert to the original coding, we now apply a
transformation to map the attribute numbers to the correct ones for each
child.
Reported by Justin Pryzby
Analysis by Tom Lane; patch by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170102225618.GA10071@telsasoft.com
... and therefore we ought not to tell XLogRegisterBuffer the opposite,
when writing XLog for a brin update that moves the index tuple to a
different page. Otherwise, xlog insertion would try to "compress the
hole" when producing a full-page image for it; but since we don't update
pd_lower/upper, the hole covers the whole page. On WAL replay, the
revmap page becomes empty and so the entire portion of the index is
useless and needs to be recomputed.
This is low-probability: a BRIN update only moves an index tuple to a
different page when the summary tuple is larger than the existing one,
which doesn't happen with fixed-width datatypes. Also, the revmap
page must be first after a checkpoint.
Report and patch: Kuntal Ghosh
Bug is alleged to have detected by a WAL-consistency-checking tool.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGz5QCJ=00UQjScSEFbV=0qO5ShTZB9WWz_Fm7+Wd83zPs9Geg@mail.gmail.com
I posted a test case demonstrating the problem, but I'm refraining from
adding it to the test suite; if the WAL consistency tool makes it in,
that will be a better way to catch this from regressing. (We should
definitely have someting that causes not-same-page updates, though.)
hashname() asserted that the key string it is given is shorter than
NAMEDATALEN. That should surely always be true if the input is in fact a
regular value of type "name". However, for reasons of coding convenience,
we allow plain old C strings to be treated as "name" values in many places.
Some SQL functions accept arbitrary "text" inputs, convert them to C
strings, and pass them otherwise-untransformed to syscache lookups for name
columns, allowing an overlength input value to trigger hashname's Assert.
This would be a DOS problem, except that it only happens in assert-enabled
builds which aren't recommended for production. In a production build,
you'll just get a name lookup error, since regardless of the hash value
computed by hashname, the later equality comparison checks can't match.
Likewise, if the catalog lookup is done by seqscan or indexscan searches,
there will just be a lookup error, since the name comparison functions
don't contain any similar length checks, and will see an overlength input
as unequal to any stored entry.
After discussion we concluded that we should simply remove this Assert.
It's inessential to hashname's own functionality, and having such an
assertion in only some paths for name lookup is more of a foot-gun than
a useful check. There may or may not be a case for the affected callers
to do something other than let the name lookup fail, but we'll consider
that separately; in any case we probably don't want to change such
behavior in the back branches.
Per report from Tushar Ahuja. Back-patch to all supported branches.
Report: https://postgr.es/m/7d0809ee-6f25-c9d6-8e74-5b2967830d49@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17691.1482523168@sss.pgh.pa.us
This is basically for the same reasons I got rid of _hash_wrtbuf()
in commit 25216c9893: it's not
convenient to have a function which encapsulates MarkBufferDirty(),
especially as we move towards having hash indexes be WAL-logged.
Patch by me, reviewed (but not entirely endorsed) by Amit Kapila.
Some background activity (like checkpoints, archive timeout, standby
snapshots) is not supposed to happen on an idle system. Unfortunately
so far it was not easy to determine when a system is idle, which
defeated some of the attempts to avoid redundant activity on an idle
system.
To make that easier, allow to make individual WAL insertions as not
being "important". By checking whether any important activity happened
since the last time an activity was performed, it now is easy to check
whether some action needs to be repeated.
Use the new facility for checkpoints, archive timeout and standby
snapshots.
The lack of a facility causes some issues in older releases, but in my
opinion the consequences (superflous checkpoints / archived segments)
aren't grave enough to warrant backpatching.
Author: Michael Paquier, editorialized by Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund, David Steele, Amit Kapila, Kyotaro HORIGUCHI
Bug: #13685
Discussion:
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20151016203031.3019.72930@wrigleys.postgresql.orghttps://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAB7nPqQcPqxEM3S735Bd2RzApNqSNJVietAC=6kfkYv_45dKwA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: -
You can't just cast a HashMetaPage to a Page, because the meta page
data is stored after the page header, not at offset 0. Fortunately,
this didn't break anything because it happens to find hashm_bsize
at the offset at which it expects to find pd_pagesize_version, and
the values are close enough to the same that this works out.
Still, it's a bug, so back-patch to all supported versions.
Mithun Cy, revised a bit by me.
A bucket squeeze operation needs to lock each page of the bucket
before releasing the prior page, but the previous coding fumbled the
locking when freeing an overflow page during a bucket squeeze
operation. Commit 6d46f4783e
introduced this bug.
Amit Kapila, with help from Kuntal Ghosh and Dilip Kumar, after
an initial trouble report by Jeff Janes. Reviewed by me. I also
fixed a problem with a comment.
array_base and array_stride were added so that we could identify the
offset of an LWLock within a tranche, but this facility is only very
marginally used apart from the main tranche. So, give every lock in
the main tranche its own tranche ID and get rid of array_base,
array_stride, and all that's attached. For debugging facilities
(Trace_lwlocks and LWLOCK_STATS) print the pointer address of the
LWLock using %p instead of the offset. This is arguably more useful,
and certainly a lot cheaper. Drop the offset-within-tranche from
the information reported to dtrace and from one can't-happen message
inside lwlock.c.
The main user-visible impact of this change is that pg_stat_activity
will now report all waits for LWLocks as "LWLock" rather than
reporting some as "LWLockTranche" and others as "LWLockNamed".
The main motivation for this change is that the need to specify an
array_base and an array_stride is awkward for parallel query. There
is only a very limited supply of tranche IDs so we can't just keep
allocating new ones, and if we try to use the same tranche IDs every
time then we run into trouble when multiple parallel contexts are
use simultaneously. So if we didn't get rid of this mechanism we'd
have to make it even more complicated. By simplifying it in this
way, we instead reduce the size of the generated code for lwlock.c
by about 5%.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYsFn6NUW1x0AZtupJGUAs1UDY4dJtCN47_Q6D0sP80PA@mail.gmail.com
In _hash_freeovflpage(), if we're freeing the overflow page that
immediate follows the page to which tuples are being moved (the
confusingly-named "write buffer"), don't forget to mark that
page dirty after updating its hasho_nextblkno.
In _hash_squeezebucket(), it's not necessary to mark the primary
bucket page dirty if there are no overflow pages, because there's
nothing to squeeze in that case.
Amit Kapila, with help from Kuntal Ghosh and Dilip Kumar, after
an initial trouble report by Jeff Janes.
The whole concept of _hash_wrtbuf() is that we need to know at the
time we're releasing the buffer lock (and pin) whether we dirtied the
buffer, but this is easy to get wrong. This patch actually fixes one
non-obvious bug of that form: hashbucketcleanup forgot to signal
_hash_squeezebucket, which gets the primary bucket page already
locked, as to whether it had already dirtied the page. Calling
MarkBufferDirty() at the places where we dirty the buffer is more
intuitive and lets us simplify the code in various places as well.
On top of all that, the ultimate goal here is to make hash indexes
WAL-logged, and as the comments to _hash_wrtbuf() note, it should
go away when that happens. Making it go away a little earlier than
that seems like a good preparatory step.
Report by Jeff Janes. Diagnosis by Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh,
and Dilip Kumar. Patch by me, after studying an alternative patch
submitted by Amit Kapila.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1Kf6tOY0oVz_SEdngiNFkeXrA3xUSDPPORQvsWVPdKqnA@mail.gmail.com
Commit 6d46f4783e failed to account for
the possibility that hashbulkdelete() might encounter a bucket that
has been split since it began scanning the bucket array. Repair.
Extracted from a larger pathc by Amit Kapila; I rewrote the comment.
Previously, it was thought that this only needed to be done for the
benefit of possible standbys, so wal_level = minimal skipped it.
But that's not safe, because during crash recovery we might replay
XLOG_DBASE_CREATE or XLOG_TBLSPC_CREATE record which recursively
removes the directory that contains the new init fork. So log it
always.
The user-visible effect of this bug is that if you create a database
or tablespace, then create an unlogged table, then crash without
checkpointing, then restart, accessing the table will fail, because
the it won't have been properly reset. This commit fixes that.
Michael Paquier, per a report from Konstantin Knizhnik. Wording of
the comments per a suggestion from me.
Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the
existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences.
The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may
not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no
sense for a relation with no data of its own. The children are called
partitions and contain all of the actual data. Each partition has an
implicit partitioning constraint. Multiple inheritance is not
allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed. Partitions
can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent
does. Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the
correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed.
Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign
tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries.
Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned. List
partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can
involve multiple columns. A partitioning "column" can be an
expression.
Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it
is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of
partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation
for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner
optimizations. The tuple routing based which this patch does based on
the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it
seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible.
Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat,
Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova,
Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others. Minor revisions by me.
It's possible for the metapage contents to change after we release
the lock, so we must read them before releasing the lock.
Amit Kapila. Submitted in response to a trouble report from
Andreas Seltenreich, though it is not certain this fixes the
problem.
Previously gin_desc() displayed incorrect output "unknown action 0"
for XLOG_GIN_INSERT and XLOG_GIN_VACUUM_DATA_LEAF_PAGE records with
valid actions. The cause of this problem was that gin_desc() wrongly
used XLogRecGetData() to extract data from those records.
Since they were registered by XLogRegisterBufData(), gin_desc() should
have used XLogRecGetBlockData(), instead, like gin_redo().
Also there were other differences about how to treat XLOG_GIN_INSERT
record between gin_desc() and gin_redo().
This commit fixes gin_desc() routine so that it treats those records
in the same way as gin_redo().
Batch-patch to 9.5 where WAL record format was revamped and
XLogRegisterBufData() was added.
Reported-By: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: <20160509194645.7lewnpw647zegx2m@alap3.anarazel.de>
Increase the default value of the existing max_worker_processes GUC
from 8 to 16, and add a new max_parallel_workers GUC with a maximum
of 8. This way, even if the maximum amount of parallel query is
happening, there is still room for background workers that do other
things, as originally envisioned when max_worker_processes was added.
Julien Rouhaud, reviewed by Amit Kapila and by revised by me.
Our documentation states that our maximum field size is 1 GB, and that
our maximum row size of 1.6 TB. However, while this might be attainable
in theory with enough contortions, it is not workable in practice; for
starters, pg_dump fails to dump tables containing rows larger than 1 GB,
even if individual columns are well below the limit; and even if one
does manage to manufacture a dump file containing a row that large, the
server refuses to load it anyway.
This commit enables dumping and reloading of such tuples, provided two
conditions are met:
1. no single column is larger than 1 GB (in output size -- for bytea
this includes the formatting overhead)
2. the whole row is not larger than 2 GB
There are three related changes to enable this:
a. StringInfo's API now has two additional functions that allow creating
a string that grows beyond the typical 1GB limit (and "long" string).
ABI compatibility is maintained. We still limit these strings to 2 GB,
though, for reasons explained below.
b. COPY now uses long StringInfos, so that pg_dump doesn't choke
trying to emit rows longer than 1GB.
c. heap_form_tuple now uses the MCXT_ALLOW_HUGE flag in its allocation
for the input tuple, which means that large tuples are accepted on
input. Note that at this point we do not apply any further limit to the
input tuple size.
The main reason to limit to 2 GB is that the FE/BE protocol uses 32 bit
length words to describe each row; and because the documentation is
ambiguous on its signedness and libpq does consider it signed, we cannot
use the highest-order bit. Additionally, the StringInfo API uses "int"
(which is 4 bytes wide in most platforms) in many places, so we'd need
to change that API too in order to improve, which has lots of fallout.
Backpatch to 9.5, which is the oldest that has
MemoryContextAllocExtended, a necessary piece of infrastructure. We
could apply to 9.4 with very minimal additional effort, but any further
than that would require backpatching "huge" allocations too.
This is the largest set of changes we could find that can be
back-patched without breaking compatibility with existing systems.
Fixing a bigger set of problems (for example, dumping tuples bigger than
2GB, or dumping fields bigger than 1GB) would require changing the FE/BE
protocol and/or changing the StringInfo API in an ABI-incompatible way,
neither of which would be back-patchable.
Authors: Daniel Vérité, Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed by: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20160229183023.GA286012@alvherre.pgsql
Previously, the right to split a bucket was represented by a
heavyweight lock on the page number of the primary bucket page.
Unfortunately, this meant that every scan needed to take a heavyweight
lock on that bucket also, which was bad for concurrency. Instead, use
a cleanup lock on the primary bucket page to indicate the right to
begin a split, so that scans only need to retain a pin on that page,
which is they would have to acquire anyway, and which is also much
cheaper.
In addition to reducing the locking cost, this also avoids locking out
scans and inserts for the entire lifetime of the split: while the new
bucket is being populated with copies of the appropriate tuples from
the old bucket, scans and inserts can happen in parallel. There are
minor concurrency improvements for vacuum operations as well, though
the situation there is still far from ideal.
This patch also removes the unworldly assumption that a split will
never be interrupted. With the new code, a split is done in a series
of small steps and the system can pick up where it left off if it is
interrupted prior to completion. While this patch does not itself add
write-ahead logging for hash indexes, it is clearly a necessary first
step, since one of the things that could interrupt a split is the
removal of electrical power from the machine performing it.
Amit Kapila. I wrote the original design on which this patch is
based, and did a good bit of work on the comments and README through
multiple rounds of review, but all of the code is Amit's. Also
reviewed by Jesper Pedersen, Jeff Janes, and others.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LfzcZYxLoXS874Ad0+S-ZM60U9bwcyiUZx9mHZ-KCWhw@mail.gmail.com
Instead of confusingly stating platform-dependent defaults for these
parameters in the comments in postgresql.conf.sample (with the main
entry being a lie on Linux), teach initdb to install the correct
platform-dependent value in postgresql.conf, similarly to the way
we handle other platform-dependent defaults. This won't do anything
for existing 9.6 installations, but since it's effectively only a
documentation improvement, that seems OK.
Since this requires initdb to have access to the default values,
move the #define's for those to pg_config_manual.h; the original
placement in bufmgr.h is unworkable because that file can't be
included by frontend programs.
Adjust the default value for wal_writer_flush_after so that it is 1MB
regardless of XLOG_BLCKSZ, conforming to what is stated in both the
SGML docs and postgresql.conf. (We could alternatively make it scale
with XLOG_BLCKSZ, but I'm not sure I see the point.)
Copy-edit related SGML documentation.
Fabien Coelho and Tom Lane, per a gripe from Tomas Vondra.
Discussion: <30ebc6e3-8358-09cf-44a8-578252938424@2ndquadrant.com>
Previously, requesting commit timestamp for transactions
FrozenTransactionId and BootstrapTransactionId resulted in an error.
But since those values can validly appear in committed tuples' Xmin,
this behavior is unhelpful and error prone: each caller would have to
special-case those values before requesting timestamp data for an Xid.
We already have a perfectly good interface for returning "the Xid you
requested is too old for us to have commit TS data for it", so let's use
that instead.
Backpatch to 9.5, where commit timestamps appeared.
Author: Craig Ringer
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAMsr+YFM5Q=+ry3mKvWEqRTxrB0iU3qUSRnS28nz6FJYtBwhJg@mail.gmail.com
A new thing also called a "barrier" is proposed, but whether we decide
to take that patch or not, this file seems to have outlived its
usefulness.
Thomas Munro
Condition variables provide a flexible way to sleep until a
cooperating process causes an arbitrary condition to become true. In
simple cases, this can be accomplished with a WaitLatch/ResetLatch
loop; the cooperating process can call SetLatch after performing work
that might cause the condition to be satisfied, and the waiting
process can recheck the condition each time. However, if the process
performing the work doesn't have an easy way to identify which
processes might be waiting, this doesn't work, because it can't
identify which latches to set. Condition variables solve that problem
by internally maintaining a list of waiters; a process that may have
caused some waiter's condition to be satisfied must "signal" or
"broadcast" on the condition variable.
Robert Haas and Thomas Munro
The debug messages that merely print StartTransactionCommand,
CommitTransactionCommand, ProcessUtilty, or ProcessQuery with no
additional details seem to be useless. Get rid of them.
The transaction status messages produced by ShowTransactionState are
occasionally useful, but they are extremely verbose, producing
multiple lines of log output every time they fire, which can happens
multiple times per transaction. So, reduce the level to DEBUG5; avoid
emitting an extra line just to explain which debug point is at issue;
and tighten up the rest of the message so it doesn't use quite so much
horizontal space.
With these changes, it's possible to run a somewhat busy system with a
log level even as high as DEBUG4, whereas previously anything above
DEBUG2 would flood the log with output that probably wasn't really all
that useful.
Replay of XLOG_BTREE_VACUUM during Hot Standby was previously thought to
require complex interlocking that matched the requirements on the
master. This required an O(N) operation that became a significant
problem with large indexes, causing replication delays of seconds or in
some cases minutes while the XLOG_BTREE_VACUUM was replayed.
This commit skips the “pin scan” that was previously required, by
observing in detail when and how it is safe to do so, with full
documentation. The pin scan is skipped only in replay; the VACUUM code
path on master is not touched here.
No tests included. Manual tests using an additional patch to view WAL records
and their timing have shown the change in WAL records and their handling has
successfully reduced replication delay.
This is a back-patch of commits 687f2cd7a0, 3e4b7d8798, b602842613
by Simon Riggs, to branches 9.4 and 9.5. No further backpatch is
possible because this depends on catalog scans being MVCC. I (Álvaro)
additionally updated a slight problem in the README, which explains why
this touches the 9.6 and master branches.
Invent a new function heap_modify_tuple_by_cols() that is functionally
equivalent to SPI_modifytuple except that it always allocates its result
by simple palloc. I chose however to make the API details a bit more
like heap_modify_tuple: pass a tupdesc rather than a Relation, and use
bool convention for the isnull array.
Use this function in place of SPI_modifytuple at all call sites where the
intended behavior is to allocate in current context. (There actually are
only two call sites left that depend on the old behavior, which makes me
wonder if we should just drop this function rather than keep it.)
This new function is easier to use than heap_modify_tuple() for purposes
of replacing a single column (or, really, any fixed number of columns).
There are a number of places where it would simplify the code to change
over, but I resisted that temptation for the moment ... everywhere except
in plpgsql's exec_assign_value(); changing that might offer some small
performance benefit, so I did it.
This is on the way to removing SPI_push/SPI_pop, but it seems like
good code cleanup in its own right.
Discussion: <9633.1478552022@sss.pgh.pa.us>
When squeezing a bucket during vacuum, it's not necessary to retain
any tuples already marked as dead, so ignore them when deciding which
tuples must be moved in order to empty a bucket page. Similarly, when
splitting a bucket, relocating dead tuples to the new bucket is a
waste of effort; instead, just ignore them.
Amit Kapila, reviewed by me. Testing help provided by Ashutosh
Sharma.
Generally, WAL resource managers are only supposed to examine the
top 4 bits of a WAL record's xl_info; the rest are reserved for
the WAL mechanism itself. A few places were not consistent about
doing this with respect to XLOG_CHECKPOINT and XLOG_SWITCH records.
There's no bug currently, since no additional bits ever get set in
these specific record types, but that might not be true forever.
Let's follow the generic coding rule here too.
Michael Paquier
If a restartpoint flushed no dirty buffers, it could fail to update
the minimum recovery point, leading to a minimum recovery point prior
to the starting REDO location. perform_base_backup() would interpret
that as meaning that no WAL files at all needed to be included in the
backup, failing an internal sanity check. To fix, have restartpoints
always update the minimum recovery point to just after the checkpoint
record itself, so that the file (or files) containing the checkpoint
record will always be included in the backup.
Code by Amit Kapila, per a design suggestion by me, with some
additional work on the code comment by me. Test case by Michael
Paquier. Report by Kyotaro Horiguchi.
An oversight in setting the boundaries of known commit timestamps during
startup caused old commit timestamps to become inaccessible after a
server restart.
Author and reporter: Julien Rouhaud
Review, test code: Craig Ringer
"xlog" is not a particularly clear abbreviation for "write-ahead log",
and it sometimes confuses users into believe that the contents of the
"pg_xlog" directory are not critical data, leading to unpleasant
consequences. So, rename the directory to "pg_wal".
This patch modifies pg_upgrade and pg_basebackup to understand both
the old and new directory layouts; the former is necessary given the
purpose of the tool, while the latter merely avoids an unnecessary
backward-compatibility break.
We may wish to consider renaming other programs, switches, and
functions which still use the old "xlog" naming to also refer to
"wal". However, that's still under discussion, so let's do just this
much for now.
Discussion: CAB7nPqTeC-8+zux8_-4ZD46V7YPwooeFxgndfsq5Rg8ibLVm1A@mail.gmail.com
Michael Paquier
When a relation is truncated, it is important that the FSM is truncated as
well. Otherwise, after recovery, the FSM can return a page that has been
truncated away, leading to errors like:
ERROR: could not read block 28991 in file "base/16390/572026": read only 0
of 8192 bytes
We were using MarkBufferDirtyHint() to dirty the buffer holding the last
remaining page of the FSM, but during recovery, that might in fact not
dirty the page, and the FSM update might be lost.
To fix, use the stronger MarkBufferDirty() function. MarkBufferDirty()
requires us to do WAL-logging ourselves, to protect from a torn page, if
checksumming is enabled.
Also fix an oversight in visibilitymap_truncate: it also needs to WAL-log
when checksumming is enabled.
Analysis by Pavan Deolasee.
Discussion: <CABOikdNr5vKucqyZH9s1Mh0XebLs_jRhKv6eJfNnD2wxTn=_9A@mail.gmail.com>
These functions were originally added in commit d8cedf67a to support
use of int2vector columns as catcache lookup keys. However, there are
no catcaches that use such columns. (Indeed I now think it must always
have been dead code: a catcache with such a key column would need an
underlying unique index on the column, but we've never had an int2vector
btree opclass.)
Getting rid of the int2vector-specific operator and function does not
lose any functionality, because operations on int2vectors will now fall
back to the generic anyarray support. This avoids a wart that a btree
index on an int2vector column (made using anyarray_ops) would fail to
match equality searches, because int2vectoreq wasn't a member of the
opclass. We don't really care much about that, since int2vector is not
meant as a type for users to use, but it's silly to have extra code and
less functionality.
If we ever do want a catcache to be indexed by an int2vector column,
we'd need to put back full btree and hash opclasses for int2vector,
comparable to the support for oidvector. (The anyarray code can't be
used at such a low level, because it needs to do catcache lookups.)
But we'll deal with that if/when the need arises.
Also worth noting is that removal of the hash int2vector_ops opclass will
break any user-created hash indexes on int2vector columns. While hash
anyarray_ops would serve the same purpose, it would probably not compute
the same hash values and thus wouldn't be on-disk-compatible. Given that
int2vector isn't a user-facing type and we're planning other incompatible
changes in hash indexes for v10 anyway, this doesn't seem like something
to worry about, but it's probably worth mentioning here.
Amit Langote
Discussion: <d9bb74f8-b194-7307-9ebd-90645d377e45@lab.ntt.co.jp>
While this isn't a lot of code, it's been essentially untestable for
a very long time, because libpq doesn't support anything older than
protocol 2.0, and has not since release 6.3. There's no reason to
believe any other client-side code still uses that protocol, either.
Discussion: <2661.1475849167@sss.pgh.pa.us>
WaitLatch, WaitLatchOrSocket, and WaitEventSetWait now taken an
additional wait_event_info parameter; legal values are defined in
pgstat.h. This makes it possible to uniquely identify every point in
the core code where we are waiting for a latch; extensions can pass
WAIT_EXTENSION.
Because latches were the major wait primitive not previously covered
by this patch, it is now possible to see information in
pg_stat_activity on a large number of important wait events not
previously addressed, such as ClientRead, ClientWrite, and SyncRep.
Unfortunately, many of the wait events added by this patch will fail
to appear in pg_stat_activity because they're only used in background
processes which don't currently appear in pg_stat_activity. We should
fix this either by creating a separate view for such information, or
else by deciding to include them in pg_stat_activity after all.
Michael Paquier and Robert Haas, reviewed by Alexander Korotkov and
Thomas Munro.
We had thirty different GIN array opclasses sharing the same operators and
support functions. That still didn't cover all the built-in types, nor
did it cover arrays of extension-added types. What we want is a single
polymorphic opclass for "anyarray". There were two missing features needed
to make this possible:
1. We have to be able to declare the index storage type as ANYELEMENT
when the opclass is declared to index ANYARRAY. This just takes a few
more lines in index_create(). Although this currently seems of use only
for GIN, there's no reason to make index_create() restrict it to that.
2. We have to be able to identify the proper GIN compare function for
the index storage type. This patch proceeds by making the compare function
optional in GIN opclass definitions, and specifying that the default btree
comparison function for the index storage type will be looked up when the
opclass omits it. Again, that seems pretty generically useful.
Since the comparison function lookup is done in initGinState(), making
use of the second feature adds an additional cache lookup to GIN index
access setup. It seems unlikely that that would be very noticeable given
the other costs involved, but maybe at some point we should consider
making GinState data persist longer than it now does --- we could keep it
in the index relcache entry, perhaps.
Rather fortuitously, we don't seem to need to do anything to get this
change to play nice with dump/reload or pg_upgrade scenarios: the new
opclass definition is automatically selected to replace existing index
definitions, and the on-disk data remains compatible. Also, if a user has
created a custom opclass definition for a non-builtin type, this doesn't
break that, since CREATE INDEX will prefer an exact match to opcintype
over a match to ANYARRAY. However, if there's anyone out there with
handwritten DDL that explicitly specifies _bool_ops or one of the other
replaced opclass names, they'll need to adjust that.
Tom Lane, reviewed by Enrique Meneses
Discussion: <14436.1470940379@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Apparent copy-and-pasteo in standby_desc_invalidations() had two
entries for msg->id == SHAREDINVALRELMAP_ID.
Aleksander Alekseev
Discussion: <20160923090814.GB1238@e733>
Move the updating of the control file to "in production" status until
the point where WAL writes are allowed. Before, there could be a
significant gap between the control file update and write transactions
actually being allowed. This makes it more reliable to use the control
status to verify the end of a promotion.
From: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
The GiST search queue is implemented as a pairing heap rather than as
Red-Black Tree, since 9.5 (commit e7032610). I neglected these comments
in that commit.
lockdefs.h was only split from lock.h relatively recently, and
represents a minimal subset of the old lock.h. heapam.h only needs
that smaller subset, so adjust it to include only that. This requires
some corresponding adjustments elsewhere.
Peter Geoghegan
The full generality of deleting an arbitrary number of tuples is no longer
needed, so let's save some code and cycles by replacing the original coding
with an implementation based on PageIndexTupleDelete.
We can always get back the old code from git if we need it again for new
callers (though I don't care for its willingness to mess with line pointers
it wasn't told to mess with).
Discussion: <552.1473445163@sss.pgh.pa.us>
PageIndexTupleOverwrite performs approximately the same function as
PageIndexTupleDelete (or PageIndexDeleteNoCompact) followed by PageAddItem
targeting the same item pointer offset. But in the case where the new
tuple is the same size as the old, it avoids shuffling other data around on
the page, because the new tuple is placed where the old one was rather than
being appended to the end of the page. This has been shown to provide a
substantial speedup for some GiST use-cases.
Also, this change allows some API simplifications: we can get rid of
the rather klugy and error-prone PAI_ALLOW_FAR_OFFSET flag for
PageAddItemExtended, since that was used only to cover a corner case
for BRIN that's better expressed by using PageIndexTupleOverwrite.
Note that this patch causes a rather subtle WAL incompatibility: the
physical page content change represented by certain WAL records is now
different than it was before, because while the tuples have the same
itempointer line numbers, the tuples themselves are in different places.
I have not bumped the WAL version number because I think it doesn't matter
unless you are trying to do bitwise comparisons of original and replayed
pages, and in any case we're early in a devel cycle and there will probably
be more WAL changes before v10 gets out the door.
There is probably room to make use of PageIndexTupleOverwrite in SP-GiST
and GIN too, but that is left for a future patch.
Andrey Borodin, reviewed by Anastasia Lubennikova, whacked around a bit
by me
Discussion: <CAJEAwVGQjGGOj6mMSgMwGvtFd5Kwe6VFAxY=uEPZWMDjzbn4VQ@mail.gmail.com>
When heap_lock_tuple decides to follow the update chain, it tried to
also lock any version of the tuple that was created by an update that
was subsequently rolled back. This is pointless, since for all intents
and purposes that tuple exists no more; and moreover it causes
misbehavior, as reported independently by Marko Tiikkaja and Marti
Raudsepp: some SELECT FOR UPDATE/SHARE queries may fail to return
the tuples, and assertion-enabled builds crash.
Fix by having heap_lock_updated_tuple test the xmin and return success
immediately if the tuple was created by an aborted transaction.
The condition where tuples become invisible occurs when an updated tuple
chain is followed by heap_lock_updated_tuple, which reports the problem
as HeapTupleSelfUpdated to its caller heap_lock_tuple, which in turn
propagates that code outwards possibly leading the calling code
(ExecLockRows) to believe that the tuple exists no longer.
Backpatch to 9.3. Only on 9.5 and newer this leads to a visible
failure, because of commit 27846f02c176; before that, heap_lock_tuple
skips the whole dance when the tuple is already locked by the same
transaction, because of the ancient HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate behavior.
Still, the buggy condition may also exist in more convoluted scenarios
involving concurrent transactions, so it seems safer to fix the bug in
the old branches too.
Discussion:
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CABRT9RC81YUf1=jsmWopcKJEro=VoeG2ou6sPwyOUTx_qteRsg@mail.gmail.comhttps://www.postgresql.org/message-id/48d3eade-98d3-8b9a-477e-1a8dc32a724d@joh.to
Reading 2PC state files during recovery was borked, causing corruptions during
recovery. Effect limited to servers with 2PC, subtransactions and
recovery/replication.
Stas Kelvich, reviewed by Michael Paquier and Pavan Deolasee
StandbyRecoverPreparedTransactions() leaked the buffer
used for two phase state file. This was leaked once
at startup and at every shutdown checkpoint seen.
Backpatch to 9.6
Stas Kelvich
Add a location field to the DefElem struct, used to parse many utility
commands. Update various error messages to supply error position
information.
To propogate the error position information in a more systematic way,
create a ParseState in standard_ProcessUtility() and pass that to
interested functions implementing the utility commands. This seems
better than passing the query string and then reassembling a parse state
ad hoc, which violates the encapsulation of the ParseState type.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
computeLeafRecompressWALData() tried to produce a uint16 WAL log field by
memcpy'ing the first two bytes of an int-sized variable. That accidentally
works on little-endian hardware, but not at all on big-endian. Replay then
thinks it's looking at an ADDITEMS action with zero entries, and reads the
first two bytes of the first TID therein as the next segno/action,
typically leading to "unexpected GIN leaf action" errors during replay.
Even if replay failed to crash, the resulting GIN index page would surely
be incorrect. To fix, just declare the variable as uint16 instead.
Per bug #14295 from Spencer Thomason (much thanks to Spencer for turning
his problem into a self-contained test case). This likely also explains
a previous report of the same symptom from Bernd Helmle.
Back-patch to 9.4 where the problem was introduced (by commit 14d02f0bb).
Discussion: <20160826072658.15676.7628@wrigleys.postgresql.org>
Possible-Report: <2DA7350F7296B2A142272901@eje.land.credativ.lan>
While we don't need multiple iterators at the moment, the interface is
nicer and less dangerous this way.
Aleksander Alekseev, with some changes by me.
This can't really work because standby_mode expects there to be more
WAL arriving, which there will not ever be because there's no WAL
receiver process to fetch it. Moreover, if standby_mode is on then
hot standby might also be turned on, causing even more strangeness
because that expects read-only sessions to be executing in parallel.
Bernd Helmle reported a case where btree_xlog_delete_get_latestRemovedXid
got confused, but rather than band-aiding individual problems it seems
best to prevent getting anywhere near this state in the first place.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
In passing, also fix some omissions of errcodes in other ereport's in
readRecoveryCommandFile().
Michael Paquier (errcode hacking by me)
Discussion: <00F0B2CEF6D0CEF8A90119D4@eje.credativ.lan>
Since the hash AM is going to be revamped to have WAL, this is a good
opportunity to clean up the include file a little bit to avoid including
a lot of extra stuff in the future.
Author: Amit Kapila
Previously pg_xlogdump failed to dump the contents of the WAL file
if the file starts with the continuation WAL record which spans
more than one pages. Since pg_xlogdump assumed that the continuation
record always fits on a page, it could not find the valid WAL record to
start reading from in that case.
This patch changes pg_xlogdump so that it can handle a continuation
WAL record which crosses a page boundary and find the valid record
to start reading from.
Back-patch to 9.3 where pg_xlogdump was introduced.
Author: Pavan Deolasee
Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier and Craig Ringer
Discussion: CABOikdPsPByMiG6J01DKq6om2+BNkxHTPkOyqHM2a4oYwGKsqQ@mail.gmail.com
I found that half a dozen (nearly 5%) of our AllocSetContextCreate calls
had typos in the context-sizing parameters. While none of these led to
especially significant problems, they did create minor inefficiencies,
and it's now clear that expecting people to copy-and-paste those calls
accurately is not a great idea. Let's reduce the risk of future errors
by introducing single macros that encapsulate the common use-cases.
Three such macros are enough to cover all but two special-purpose contexts;
those two calls can be left as-is, I think.
While this patch doesn't in itself improve matters for third-party
extensions, it doesn't break anything for them either, and they can
gradually adopt the simplified notation over time.
In passing, change TopMemoryContext to use the default allocation
parameters. Formerly it could only be extended 8K at a time. That was
probably reasonable when this code was written; but nowadays we create
many more contexts than we did then, so that it's not unusual to have a
couple hundred K in TopMemoryContext, even without considering various
dubious code that sticks other things there. There seems no good reason
not to let it use growing blocks like most other contexts.
Back-patch to 9.6, mostly because that's still close enough to HEAD that
it's easy to do so, and keeping the branches in sync can be expected to
avoid some future back-patching pain. The bugs fixed by these changes
don't seem to be significant enough to justify fixing them further back.
Discussion: <21072.1472321324@sss.pgh.pa.us>
HandleParallelMessages leaked memory into the caller's context. Since it's
called from ProcessInterrupts, there is basically zero certainty as to what
CurrentMemoryContext is, which means we could be leaking into long-lived
contexts. Over the processing of many worker messages that would grow to
be a problem. Things could be even worse than just a leak, if we happened
to service the interrupt while ErrorContext is current: elog.c thinks it
can reset that on its own whim, possibly yanking storage out from under
HandleParallelMessages.
Give HandleParallelMessages its own dedicated context instead, which we can
reset during each call to ensure there's no accumulation of wasted memory.
Discussion: <16610.1472222135@sss.pgh.pa.us>
The previous coding here was capable of adding a "parallel worker" context
line to errors that were not, in fact, returned from a parallel worker.
Instead of using an errcontext callback to add that annotation, just paste
it onto the message by hand; this looks uglier but is more reliable.
Discussion: <19757.1472151987@sss.pgh.pa.us>
When there is an identifiable REPLICA IDENTITY index on the target table,
heap_update leaks the id_attrs bitmapset. That's not many bytes, but it
adds up over enough rows, since the code typically runs in a query-lifespan
context. Bug introduced in commit e55704d8b, which did a rather poor job
of cloning the existing use-pattern for RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap().
Per bug #14293 from Zhou Digoal. Back-patch to 9.4 where the bug was
introduced.
Report: <20160824114320.15676.45171@wrigleys.postgresql.org>
With Asserts off, these variables are set but never used, resulting
in warnings from pickier compilers. Fix that with our standard solution.
Per report from Jeff Janes.
Previously, the spgSplitTuple action could only create a new upper tuple
containing a single labeled node. This made it useless for opclasses
that prefer to work with fixed sets of nodes (labeled or otherwise),
which meant that restrictive prefixes could not be used with such
node definitions. Change the output field set for the choose() method
to allow it to specify any valid node set for the new upper tuple,
and to specify which of these nodes to place the modified lower tuple in.
In addition to its primary use for fixed node sets, this feature could
allow existing opclasses that use variable node sets to skip a separate
spgAddNode action when splitting a tuple, by setting up the node needed
for the incoming value as part of the spgSplitTuple action. However, care
would have to be taken to add the extra node only when it would not make
the tuple bigger than before. (spgAddNode can enlarge the tuple,
spgSplitTuple can't.)
This is a prerequisite for an upcoming SP-GiST inet opclass, but is
being committed separately to increase the visibility of the API change.
In passing, improve the documentation about the traverse-values feature
that was added by commit ccd6eb49a.
Emre Hasegeli, with cosmetic adjustments and documentation rework by me
Discussion: <CAE2gYzxtth9qatW_OAqdOjykS0bxq7AYHLuyAQLPgT7H9ZU0Cw@mail.gmail.com>
INSERT .. ON CONFLICT runs a pre-check of the possible conflicting
constraints before performing the actual speculative insertion. In case
the inserted tuple included TOASTed columns the ON CONFLICT condition
would be handled correctly in case the conflict was caught by the
pre-check, but if two transactions entered the speculative insertion
phase at the same time, one would have to re-try, and the code for
aborting a speculative insertion did not handle deleting the
speculatively inserted TOAST datums correctly.
TOAST deletion would fail with "ERROR: attempted to delete invisible
tuple" as we attempted to remove the TOAST tuples using
simple_heap_delete which reasoned that the given tuples should not be
visible to the command that wrote them.
This commit updates the heap_abort_speculative() function which aborts
the conflicting tuple to use itself, via toast_delete, for deleting
associated TOAST datums. Like before, the inserted toast rows are not
marked as being speculative.
This commit also adds a isolationtester spec test, exercising the
relevant code path. Unfortunately 9.5 cannot handle two waiting
sessions, and thus cannot execute this test.
Reported-By: Viren Negi, Oskari Saarenmaa
Author: Oskari Saarenmaa, edited a bit by me
Bug: #14150
Discussion: <20160519123338.12513.20271@wrigleys.postgresql.org>
Backpatch: 9.5, where ON CONFLICT was introduced
Per discussion, we should provide such functions to replace the lost
ability to discover AM properties by inspecting pg_am (cf commit
65c5fcd35). The added functionality is also meant to displace any code
that was looking directly at pg_index.indoption, since we'd rather not
believe that the bit meanings in that field are part of any client API
contract.
As future-proofing, define the SQL API to not assume that properties that
are currently AM-wide or index-wide will remain so unless they logically
must be; instead, expose them only when inquiring about a specific index
or even specific index column. Also provide the ability for an index
AM to override the behavior.
In passing, document pg_am.amtype, overlooked in commit 473b93287.
Andrew Gierth, with kibitzing by me and others
Discussion: <87mvl5on7n.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk>
In _bt_unlink_halfdead_page(), we might fail to find an immediate left
sibling of the target page, perhaps because of corruption of the page
sibling links. The code intends to cope with this by just abandoning
the deletion attempt; but what actually happens is that it fails outright
due to releasing the same buffer lock twice. (And error recovery masks
a second problem, which is possible leakage of a pin on another page.)
Seems to have been introduced by careless refactoring in commit efada2b8e.
Since there are multiple cases to consider, let's make releasing the buffer
lock in the failure case the responsibility of _bt_unlink_halfdead_page()
not its caller.
Also, avoid fetching the leaf page's left-link again after we've dropped
lock on the page. This is probably harmless, but it's not exactly good
coding practice.
Per report from Kyotaro Horiguchi. Back-patch to 9.4 where the faulty code
was introduced.
Discussion: <20160803.173116.111915228.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp>
tqual.h is included in some front-end compiles, and a static inline
breaks on buildfarm member castoroides. Since the macro is never
referenced, it should dodge that problem, although this doesn't
seem like the cleanest way of hiding things from front-end compiles.
Report and review by Tom Lane; patch by me.
As mentioned in its commit message, eca0f1db left open a race condition,
where a page could be marked all-visible, after the code checked
PageIsAllVisible() to pin the VM, but before the page is locked. Plug
that hole.
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas, Andres Freund
Author: Amit Kapila
Discussion: CAEepm=3fWAbWryVW9swHyLTY4sXVf0xbLvXqOwUoDiNCx9mBjQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: -
Previously, we tested for MVCC snapshots to see whether they were too
old, but not TOAST snapshots, which can lead to complaints about missing
TOAST chunks if those chunks are subject to early pruning. Ideally,
the threshold lsn and timestamp for a TOAST snapshot would be that of
the corresponding MVCC snapshot, but since we have no way of deciding
which MVCC snapshot was used to fetch the TOAST pointer, use the oldest
active or registered snapshot instead.
Reported by Andres Freund, who also sketched out what the fix should
look like. Patch by me, reviewed by Amit Kapila.
As noted by Alvaro, there are CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() calls in the shm_mq.c
functions called by HandleParallelMessages(). I believe they're all
unreachable since we always pass nowait = true, but it doesn't seem like
a great idea to assume that no such call will ever be reachable from
HandleParallelMessages(). If that did happen, there would be a risk of a
recursive call to HandleParallelMessages(), which it does not appear to be
designed for --- for example, there's nothing that would prevent
out-of-order processing of received messages. And certainly such cases
cannot easily be tested. So let's prevent it by holding off interrupts for
the duration of the function. Back-patch to 9.5 which contains identical
code.
Discussion: <14869.1470083848@sss.pgh.pa.us>
ParallelMessagePending *must* be marked volatile, because it's set
by a signal handler. On the other hand, it's pointless for
HandleParallelMessageInterrupt to save/restore errno; that must be,
and is, done at the outer level of the SIGUSR1 signal handler.
Calling CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() inside HandleParallelMessages, which itself
is called from CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(), seems both useless and hazardous.
The comment claiming that this is needed to handle the error queue going
away is certainly misguided, in any case.
Improve a couple of error message texts, and use
ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE to report loss of parallel worker
connection, since that's what's used in e.g. tqueue.c. (Maybe it would be
worth inventing a dedicated ERRCODE for this type of failure? But I do not
think ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR is appropriate.)
Minor stylistic cleanups.
Since a892234 & fd31cd265 the visibilitymap's freeze bit is used to
avoid vacuuming the whole relation in anti-wraparound vacuums. Doing so
correctly relies on not adding xids to the heap without also unsetting
the visibilitymap flag. Tuple locking related code has not done so.
To allow selectively resetting all-frozen - to avoid pessimizing
heap_lock_tuple - allow to selectively reset the all-frozen with
visibilitymap_clear(). To avoid having to use
visibilitymap_get_status (e.g. via VM_ALL_FROZEN) inside a critical
section, have visibilitymap_clear() return whether any bits have been
reset.
There's a remaining issue (denoted by XXX): After the PageIsAllVisible()
check in heap_lock_tuple() and heap_lock_updated_tuple_rec() the page
status could theoretically change. Practically that currently seems
impossible, because updaters will hold a page level pin already. Due to
the next beta coming up, it seems better to get the required WAL magic
bump done before resolving this issue.
The added flags field fields to xl_heap_lock and xl_heap_lock_updated
require bumping the WAL magic. Since there's already been a catversion
bump since the last beta, that's not an issue.
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas, Amit Kapila and Andres Freund
Author: Masahiko Sawada, heavily revised by Andres Freund
Discussion: CAEepm=3fWAbWryVW9swHyLTY4sXVf0xbLvXqOwUoDiNCx9mBjQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: -
We've broken this code path at least twice in the past, so it's prudent
to have a test case that covers it. To allow exercising the code path
without creating a very large (and slow to run) test case, redefine the
sort threshold to be bounded by maintenance_work_mem as well as the number
of available buffers. While at it, fix an ancient oversight that when
building a temp index, the number of available buffers is not NBuffers but
NLocBuffer. Also, if assertions are enabled, apply a direct test that the
sort actually does return the tuples in the expected order.
Peter Geoghegan
Patch: <CAM3SWZTBAo4hjbBd780+MrOKiKp_TMo1N3A0Rw9_im8gbD7fQA@mail.gmail.com>
When heap_update needs to look for a page for the new tuple version,
because the current one doesn't have sufficient free space, or when
columns have to be processed by the tuple toaster, it has to release the
lock on the old page during that. Otherwise there'd be lock ordering and
lock nesting issues.
To avoid concurrent sessions from trying to update / delete / lock the
tuple while the page's content lock is released, the tuple's xmax is set
to the current session's xid.
That unfortunately was done without any WAL logging, thereby violating
the rule that no XIDs may appear on disk, without an according WAL
record. If the database were to crash / fail over when the page level
lock is released, and some activity lead to the page being written out
to disk, the xid could end up being reused; potentially leading to the
row becoming invisible.
There might be additional risks by not having t_ctid point at the tuple
itself, without having set the appropriate lock infomask fields.
To fix, compute the appropriate xmax/infomask combination for locking
the tuple, and perform WAL logging using the existing XLOG_HEAP_LOCK
record. That allows the fix to be backpatched.
This issue has existed for a long time. There appears to have been
partial attempts at preventing dangers, but these never have fully been
implemented, and were removed a long time ago, in
11919160 (cf. HEAP_XMAX_UNLOGGED).
In master / 9.6, there's an additional issue, namely that the
visibilitymap's freeze bit isn't reset at that point yet. Since that's a
new issue, introduced only in a892234f83, that'll be fixed in a
separate commit.
Author: Masahiko Sawada and Andres Freund
Reported-By: Different aspects by Thomas Munro, Noah Misch, and others
Discussion: CAEepm=3fWAbWryVW9swHyLTY4sXVf0xbLvXqOwUoDiNCx9mBjQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 9.1/all supported versions
0ac5ad5 started to compress infomask bits in WAL records. Unfortunately
the replay routines for XLOG_HEAP_LOCK/XLOG_HEAP2_LOCK_UPDATED forgot to
reset the HEAP_XMAX_INVALID (and some other) hint bits.
Luckily that's not problematic in the majority of cases, because after a
crash/on a standby row locks aren't meaningful. Unfortunately that does
not hold true in the presence of prepared transactions. This means that
after a crash, or after promotion, row level locks held by a prepared,
but not yet committed, prepared transaction might not be enforced.
Discussion: 20160715192319.ubfuzim4zv3rqnxv@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 9.3, the oldest branch on which 0ac5ad5 is present.
When key-share locking a tuple that has been not-key-updated, and the
update is a committed transaction, in some cases we raised
serializability errors:
ERROR: could not serialize access due to concurrent update
Because the key-share doesn't conflict with the update, the error is
unnecessary and inconsistent with the case that the update hasn't
committed yet. This causes problems for some usage patterns, even if it
can be claimed that it's sufficient to retry the aborted transaction:
given a steady stream of updating transactions and a long locking
transaction, the long transaction can be starved indefinitely despite
multiple retries.
To fix, we recognize that HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate can return
HeapTupleUpdated when an updating transaction has committed, and that we
need to deal with that case exactly as if it were a non-committed
update: verify whether the two operations conflict, and if not, carry on
normally. If they do conflict, however, there is a difference: in the
HeapTupleBeingUpdated case we can just sleep until the concurrent
transaction is gone, while in the HeapTupleUpdated case this is not
possible and we must raise an error instead.
Per trouble report from Olivier Dony.
In addition to a couple of test cases that verify the changed behavior,
I added a test case to verify the behavior that remains unchanged,
namely that errors are raised when a update that modifies the key is
used. That must still generate serializability errors. One
pre-existing test case changes behavior; per discussion, the new
behavior is actually the desired one.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/560AA479.4080807@odoo.comhttps://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20151014164844.3019.25750@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Backpatch to 9.3, where the problem appeared.
GiST index build could go into an infinite loop when presented with boxes
(or points, circles or polygons) containing NaN component values. This
happened essentially because the code assumed that x == x is true for any
"double" value x; but it's not true for NaNs. The looping behavior was not
the only problem though: we also attempted to sort the items using simple
double comparisons. Since NaNs violate the trichotomy law, qsort could
(in principle at least) get arbitrarily confused and mess up the sorting of
ordinary values as well as NaNs. And we based splitting choices on box size
calculations that could produce NaNs, again resulting in undesirable
behavior.
To fix, replace all comparisons of doubles in this logic with
float8_cmp_internal, which is NaN-aware and is careful to sort NaNs
consistently, higher than any non-NaN. Also rearrange the box size
calculation to not produce NaNs; instead it should produce an infinity
for a box with NaN on one side and not-NaN on the other.
I don't by any means claim that this solves all problems with NaNs in
geometric values, but it should at least make GiST index insertion work
reliably with such data. It's likely that the index search side of things
still needs some work, and probably regular geometric operations too.
But with this patch we're laying down a convention for how such cases
ought to behave.
Per bug #14238 from Guang-Dih Lei. Back-patch to 9.2; the code used before
commit 7f3bd86843 is quite different and doesn't lock up on my simple
test case, nor on the submitter's dataset.
Report: <20160708151747.1426.60150@wrigleys.postgresql.org>
Discussion: <28685.1468246504@sss.pgh.pa.us>
On a standby, ThisTimelineID is always 0, so we would generate a
filename in timeline 0 even for other timelines. Instead, use starttli
which we have retreived from the controlfile.
Report by: Francesco Canovai in bug #14230
Author: Marco Nenciarini
Reviewed by: Michael Paquier and Amit Kapila
Previously, workers sent data to the leader using the client encoding.
That mostly worked, but the leader the converted the data back to the
server encoding. Since not all encoding conversions are reversible,
that could provoke failures. Fix by using the database encoding for
all communication between worker and leader.
Also, while temporary changes to GUC settings, as from the SET clause
of a function, are in general OK for parallel query, changing
client_encoding this way inside of a parallel worker is not OK.
Previously, that would have confused the leader; with these changes,
it would not confuse the leader, but it wouldn't do anything either.
So refuse such changes in parallel workers.
Also, the previous code naively assumed that when it received a
NotifyResonse from the worker, it could pass that directly back to the
user. But now that worker-to-leader communication always uses the
database encoding, that's clearly no longer correct - though,
actually, the old way was always broken for V2 clients. So
disassemble and reconstitute the message instead.
Issues reported by Peter Eisentraut. Patch by me, reviewed by
Peter Eisentraut.
After pg_upgrade, it is possible that some tuples' Xmax have multixacts
corresponding to the old installation; such multixacts cannot have
running members anymore. In many code sites we already know not to read
them and clobber them silently, but at least when VACUUM tries to freeze
a multixact or determine whether one needs freezing, there's an attempt
to resolve it to its member transactions by calling GetMultiXactIdMembers,
and if the multixact value is "in the future" with regards to the
current valid multixact range, an error like this is raised:
ERROR: MultiXactId 123 has not been created yet -- apparent wraparound
and vacuuming fails. Per discussion with Andrew Gierth, it is completely
bogus to try to resolve multixacts coming from before a pg_upgrade,
regardless of where they stand with regards to the current valid
multixact range.
It's possible to get from under this problem by doing SELECT FOR UPDATE
of the problem tuples, but if tables are large, this is slow and
tedious, so a more thorough solution is desirable.
To fix, we realize that multixacts in xmax created in 9.2 and previous
have a specific bit pattern that is never used in 9.3 and later (we
already knew this, per comments and infomask tests sprinkled in various
places, but we weren't leveraging this knowledge appropriately).
Whenever the infomask of the tuple matches that bit pattern, we just
ignore the multixact completely as if Xmax wasn't set; or, in the case
of tuple freezing, we act as if an unwanted value is set and clobber it
without decoding. This guarantees that no errors will be raised, and
that the values will be progressively removed until all tables are
clean. Most callers of GetMultiXactIdMembers are patched to recognize
directly that the value is a removable "empty" multixact and avoid
calling GetMultiXactIdMembers altogether.
To avoid changing the signature of GetMultiXactIdMembers() in back
branches, we keep the "allow_old" boolean flag but rename it to
"from_pgupgrade"; if the flag is true, we always return an empty set
instead of looking up the multixact. (I suppose we could remove the
argument in the master branch, but I chose not to do so in this commit).
This was broken all along, but the error-facing message appeared first
because of commit 8e9a16ab8f and was partially fixed in a25c2b7c4d.
This fix, backpatched all the way back to 9.3, goes approximately in the
same direction as a25c2b7c4d but should cover all cases.
Bug analysis by Andrew Gierth and Álvaro Herrera.
A number of public reports match this bug:
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20140330040029.GY4582@tamriel.snowman.nethttps://www.postgresql.org/message-id/538F3D70.6080902@publicrelay.comhttps://www.postgresql.org/message-id/556439CF.7070109@pscs.co.ukhttps://www.postgresql.org/message-id/SG2PR06MB0760098A111C88E31BD4D96FB3540@SG2PR06MB0760.apcprd06.prod.outlook.comhttps://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160615203829.5798.4594@wrigleys.postgresql.org
When the index is predicted to need more than NBuffers buckets,
CREATE INDEX attempts to sort the index entries by hash key before
insertion, so as to reduce thrashing. This code path got broken by
commit 9f03ca9151, which overlooked that _hash_form_tuple() is not
just an alias for index_form_tuple(). The index got built anyway, but
with garbage data, so that searches for pre-existing tuples always
failed. Fix by refactoring to separate construction of the indexable
data from calling index_form_tuple().
Per bug #14210 from Daniel Newman. Back-patch to 9.5 where the
bug was introduced.
Report: <20160623162507.17237.39471@wrigleys.postgresql.org>
This requires some core changes as well so that we can properly
WAL-log the truncation. Specifically, it changes the format of the
XLOG_SMGR_TRUNCATE WAL record, so bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC.
Patch by me, reviewed but not fully endorsed by Andres Freund.
The fact that no workers were successfully launched in the previous
iteration does not excuse us from setting up properly to try again.
This appears to explain crashes I saw in parallel regression testing
due to error_mqh being NULL when it shouldn't be.
Minor other cosmetic fixes too.
Commit a892234f83 added a new bit per
page to the visibility map fork indicating whether the page is
all-frozen, but incorrectly assumed that if lazy_scan_heap chose to
freeze a tuple then that tuple would not need to later be frozen
again. This turns out to be false, because xmin and xmax (and
conceivably xvac, if dealing with tuples from very old releases) could
be frozen at separate times.
Thanks to Andres Freund for help in uncovering and tracking down this
issue.
Transmit the leader's temp-namespace state to workers. This is important
because without it, the workers do not really have the same search path
as the leader. For example, there is no good reason (and no extant code
either) to prevent a worker from executing a temp function that the
leader created previously; but as things stood it would fail to find the
temp function, and then either fail or execute the wrong function entirely.
We still prohibit a worker from creating a temp namespace on its own.
In effect, a worker can only see the session's temp namespace if the leader
had created it before starting the worker, which seems like the right
semantics.
Also, transmit the leader's BackendId to workers, and arrange for workers
to use that when determining the physical file path of a temp relation
belonging to their session. While the original intent was to prevent such
accesses entirely, there were a number of holes in that, notably in places
like dbsize.c which assume they can safely access temp rels of other
sessions anyway. We might as well get this right, as a small down payment
on someday allowing workers to access the leader's temp tables. (With
this change, directly using "MyBackendId" as a relation or buffer backend
ID is deprecated; you should use BackendIdForTempRelations() instead.
I left a couple of such uses alone though, as they're not going to be
reachable in parallel workers until we do something about localbuf.c.)
Move the thou-shalt-not-access-thy-leader's-temp-tables prohibition down
into localbuf.c, which is where it actually matters, instead of having it
in relation_open(). This amounts to recognizing that access to temp
tables' catalog entries is perfectly safe in a worker, it's only the data
in local buffers that is problematic.
Having done all that, we can get rid of the test in has_parallel_hazard()
that says that use of a temp table's rowtype is unsafe in parallel workers.
That test was unduly expensive, and if we really did need such a
prohibition, that was not even close to being a bulletproof guard for it.
(For example, any user-defined function executed in a parallel worker
might have attempted such access.)
This terminology provoked widespread complaints. So, instead, rename
the GUC max_parallel_degree to max_parallel_workers_per_gather
(leaving room for a possible future GUC max_parallel_workers that acts
as a system-wide limit), and rename the parallel_degree reloption to
parallel_workers. Rename structure members to match.
These changes create a dump/restore hazard for users of PostgreSQL
9.6beta1 who have set the reloption (or applied the GUC using ALTER
USER or ALTER DATABASE).
If a Gather node has read as many tuples as it needs (for example, due
to Limit) it may detach the queue connecting it to the worker before
reading all of the worker's tuples. Rather than let the worker
continue to generate and send all of the results, have it stop after
sending the next tuple.
More could be done here to stop the worker even quicker, but this is
about as well as we can hope to do for 9.6.
This is in response to a problem report from Andreas Seltenreich.
Commit 44339b892a should be actually be
sufficient to fix that example even without this change, but it seems
better to do this, too, since we might otherwise waste quite a large
amount of effort in one or more workers.
Discussion: CAA4eK1KOKGqmz9bGu+Z42qhRwMbm4R5rfnqsLCNqFs9j14jzEA@mail.gmail.com
Amit Kapila
Mostly these are just comments but there are a few in documentation
and a handful in code and tests. Hopefully this doesn't cause too much
unnecessary pain for backpatching. I relented from some of the most
common like "thru" for that reason. The rest don't seem numerous
enough to cause problems.
Thanks to Kevin Lyda's tool https://pypi.python.org/pypi/misspellings
Per post-commit review comments from Andres Freund, improve variable
names, comments, and in one place, slightly improve the code structure.
Masahiko Sawada
Commit 2ed5b87f96 introduced a bug in
mark/restore, in an attempt to optimize repeated restores to the
same page. This caused an assertion failure during a merge join
which fed directly from an index scan, although the impact would
not be limited to that case. Revert the bad chunk of code from
that commit.
While investigating this bug it was discovered that a particular
"paranoia" set of the mark position field would not prevent bad
behavior; it would just make it harder to diagnose. Change that
into an assertion, which will draw attention to any future problem
in that area more directly.
Backpatch to 9.5, where the bug was introduced.
Bug #14169 reported by Shinta Koyanagi.
Preliminary analysis by Tom Lane identified which commit caused
the bug.
BRIN was relying on the ability to remove a tuple from an index page,
then putting another tuple in the same line pointer. But PageAddItem
refuses to add a tuple beyond the first free item past the last used
item, and in particular, it rejects an attempt to add an item to an
empty page anywhere other than the first line pointer. PageAddItem
issues a WARNING and indicates to the caller that it failed, which in
turn causes the BRIN calling code to issue a PANIC, so the whole
sequence looks like this:
WARNING: specified item offset is too large
PANIC: failed to add BRIN tuple
To fix, create a new function PageAddItemExtended which is like
PageAddItem except that the two boolean arguments become a flags bitmap;
the "overwrite" and "is_heap" boolean flags in PageAddItem become
PAI_OVERWITE and PAI_IS_HEAP flags in the new function, and a new flag
PAI_ALLOW_FAR_OFFSET enables the behavior required by BRIN.
PageAddItem() retains its original signature, for compatibility with
third-party modules (other callers in core code are not modified,
either).
Also, in the belt-and-suspenders spirit, I added a new sanity check in
brinGetTupleForHeapBlock to raise an error if an TID found in the revmap
is not marked as live by the page header. This causes it to react with
"ERROR: corrupted BRIN index" to the bug at hand, rather than a hard
crash.
Backpatch to 9.5.
Bug reported by Andreas Seltenreich as detected by his handy sqlsmith
fuzzer.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/87mvni77jh.fsf@elite.ansel.ydns.eu
Commit 65c5fcd353 broke this by removing a
header include directive that is conditionally required. Add that back
to nbtree.c, with annotation to keep pgrminclude from re-breaking it.
Peter Geoghegan
Report: <CAM3SWZTNjHFYW_UG8bu0BnogqQ2HfsTgkzXLueuUhfTcYbu5HA@mail.gmail.com>
Page image should be MAXALIGN'ed because existing code could directly align
pointers in page instead of align offset from beginning of page.
Found during play with indexes as extenstion, Alexander Korotkov and me
Some comments mentioned XLogReplayBuffer, but there's no such function:
that was an interim name for a function that got renamed to
XLogReadBufferForRedo, before commit 2c03216d83 was pushed.
This new limit affects both the max_parallel_degree GUC and the
parallel_degree reloption. There may some day be a use case for using
more than 1024 CPUs for a single query, but that's surely not the case
right now. Not only do not very many people have that many CPUs, but
the code hasn't been tested at that kind of scale and is very unlikely
to perform well, or even work at all, without a lot more work. The
issue addressed by commit 06bd458cb8 is
probably just one problem of many.
The idea of a more reasonable limit here was suggested by Tom Lane;
the value of 1024 was suggested by Amit Kapila.
That way, if the result overflows size_t, you'll get an error instead
of undefined behavior, which seems like a plus. This also has the
effect of casting the number of workers from int to Size, which is
better because it's harder to overflow int than size_t.
Dilip Kumar reported this issue and provided a patch upon which this
patch is based, but his version did use mul_size.
Hash indexes are not WAL-logged, and so do not maintain the LSN of
index pages. Since the "snapshot too old" feature counts on
detecting error conditions using the LSN of a table and all indexes
on it, this makes it impossible to safely do early vacuuming on any
table with a hash index, so add this to the tests for whether the
xid used to vacuum a table can be adjusted based on
old_snapshot_threshold.
While at it, add a paragraph to the docs for old_snapshot_threshold
which specifically mentions this and other aspects of the feature
which may otherwise surprise users.
Problem reported and patch reviewed by Amit Kapila
This reverts commits f07d18b6e9, 82c83b3372, 3a3b309041, and
24c5f1a103.
This feature has shown enough immaturity that it was deemed better to
rip it out before rushing some more fixes at the last minute. There are
discussions on larger changes in this area for the next release.
Previously, ginInsertCleanup could exit early if it detects that someone else
is cleaning up the pending list, without waiting for that someone else to
finish the job. But in this case vacuum could miss tuples to be deleted.
Cleanup process now locks metapage with a help of heavyweight
LockPage(ExclusiveLock), and it guarantees that there is no another cleanup
process at the same time. Lock is taken differently depending on caller of
cleanup process: any vacuums and gin_clean_pending_list() will be blocked
until lock becomes available, ordinary insert uses conditional lock to
prevent indefinite waiting on lock.
Insert into pending list doesn't use this lock, so insertion isn't blocked.
Also, patch adds stopping of cleanup process when at-start-cleanup-tail is
reached in order to prevent infinite cleanup in case of massive insertion. But
it will stop only for automatic maintenance tasks like autovacuum.
Patch introduces choice of limit of memory to use: autovacuum_work_mem,
maintenance_work_mem or work_mem depending on call path.
Patch for previous releases should be reworked due to changes between 9.6 and
previous ones in this area.
Discover and diagnostics by Jeff Janes and Tomas Vondra
Patch by me with some ideas of Jeff Janes
So far, when a transaction with pending invalidations, but without an
assigned xid, committed, we simply ignored those invalidation
messages. That's problematic, because those are actually sent for a
reason.
Known symptoms of this include that existing sessions on a hot-standby
replica sometimes fail to notice new concurrently built indexes and
visibility map updates.
The solution is to WAL log such invalidations in transactions without an
xid. We considered to alternatively force-assign an xid, but that'd be
problematic for vacuum, which might be run in systems with few xids.
Important: This adds a new WAL record, but as the patch has to be
back-patched, we can't bump the WAL page magic. This means that standbys
have to be updated before primaries; otherwise
"PANIC: standby_redo: unknown op code 32" errors can be encountered.
XXX:
Reported-By: Васильев Дмитрий, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion:
CAB-SwXY6oH=9twBkXJtgR4UC1NqT-vpYAtxCseME62ADwyK5OA@mail.gmail.comCAD21AoDpZ6Xjg=gFrGPnSn4oTRRcwK1EBrWCq9OqOHuAcMMC=w@mail.gmail.com
Commit 36a35c550a turned the interface between ginPlaceToPage and
its subroutines in gindatapage.c and ginentrypage.c into a royal mess:
page-update critical sections were started in one place and finished in
another place not even in the same file, and the very same subroutine
might return having started a critical section or not. Subsequent patches
band-aided over some of the problems with this design by making things
even messier.
One user-visible resulting problem is memory leaks caused by the need for
the subroutines to allocate storage that would survive until ginPlaceToPage
calls XLogInsert (as reported by Julien Rouhaud). This would not typically
be noticeable during retail index updates. It could be visible in a GIN
index build, in the form of memory consumption swelling to several times
the commanded maintenance_work_mem.
Another rather nasty problem is that in the internal-page-splitting code
path, we would clear the child page's GIN_INCOMPLETE_SPLIT flag well before
entering the critical section that it's supposed to be cleared in; a
failure in between would leave the index in a corrupt state. There were
also assorted coding-rule violations with little immediate consequence but
possible long-term hazards, such as beginning an XLogInsert sequence before
entering a critical section, or calling elog(DEBUG) inside a critical
section.
To fix, redefine the API between ginPlaceToPage() and its subroutines
by splitting the subroutines into two parts. The "beginPlaceToPage"
subroutine does what can be done outside a critical section, including
full computation of the result pages into temporary storage when we're
going to split the target page. The "execPlaceToPage" subroutine is called
within a critical section established by ginPlaceToPage(), and it handles
the actual page update in the non-split code path. The critical section,
as well as the XLOG insertion call sequence, are both now always started
and finished in ginPlaceToPage(). Also, make ginPlaceToPage() create and
work in a short-lived memory context to eliminate the leakage problem.
(Since a short-lived memory context had been getting created in the most
common code path in the subroutines, this shouldn't cause any noticeable
performance penalty; we're just moving the overhead up one call level.)
In passing, fix a bunch of comments that had gone unmaintained throughout
all this klugery.
Report: <571276DD.5050303@dalibo.com>
The reverted changes were intended to force a choice of whether any
newly-added BufferGetPage() calls needed to be accompanied by a
test of the snapshot age, to support the "snapshot too old"
feature. Such an accompanying test is needed in about 7% of the
cases, where the page is being used as part of a scan rather than
positioning for other purposes (such as DML or vacuuming). The
additional effort required for back-patching, and the doubt whether
the intended benefit would really be there, have indicated it is
best just to rely on developers to do the right thing based on
comments and existing usage, as we do with many other conventions.
This change should have little or no effect on generated executable
code.
Motivated by the back-patching pain of Tom Lane and Robert Haas
The code had a query-lifespan memory leak when encountering GIN entries
that have posting lists (rather than posting trees, ie, there are a
relatively small number of heap tuples containing this index key value).
With a suitable data distribution this could add up to a lot of leakage.
Problem seems to have been introduced by commit 36a35c550, so back-patch
to 9.4.
Julien Rouhaud
Rename this function to GenericXLogRegisterBuffer() to make it clearer
what it does, and leave room for other sorts of "register" actions in
future. Also, replace its "bool isNew" argument with an integer flags
argument, so as to allow adding more flags in future without an API
break.
Alexander Korotkov, adjusted slightly by me
The previous coding could allow the contents of the "hole" between pd_lower
and pd_upper to diverge during replay from what it had been when the update
was originally applied. This would pose a problem if checksums were in
use, and in any case would complicate forensic comparisons between master
and slave servers. So force the "hole" to contain zeroes, both at initial
application of a generically-logged action, and at replay.
Alexander Korotkov, adjusted slightly by me
Since we're requiring pages handled by generic_xlog.c to be standard
format, specify REGBUF_STANDARD when doing a full-page image, so that
xloginsert.c can compress out the "hole" between pd_lower and pd_upper.
Given the current API in which this path will be taken only for a newly
initialized page, the hole is likely to be particularly large in such
cases, so that this oversight could easily be performance-significant.
I don't notice any particular change in the runtime of contrib/bloom's
regression test, though.
Make the inner comparison loops of computeDelta() as tight as possible by
pulling considerations of valid and invalid ranges out of the inner loops,
and extending a match or non-match detection as far as possible before
deciding what to do next. To keep this tractable, give up the possibility
of merging fragments across the pd_lower to pd_upper gap. The fraction of
pages where that could happen (ie, there are 4 or fewer bytes in the gap,
*and* data changes immediately adjacent to it on both sides) is too small
to be worth spending cycles on.
Also, avoid two BLCKSZ-length memcpy()s by computing the delta before
moving data into the target buffer, instead of after. This doesn't save
nearly as many cycles as being tenser about computeDelta(), but it still
seems worth doing.
On my machine, this patch cuts a full 40% off the runtime of
contrib/bloom's regression test.
This routine is unsafe as implemented, because it invalidates the page
image pointers returned by previous GenericXLogRegister() calls.
Rather than complicate the API or the implementation to avoid that,
let's just get rid of it; the use-case for having it seems much
too thin to justify a lot of work here.
While at it, do some wordsmithing on the SGML docs for generic WAL.
Improve commentary, use more specific names for the delta fields,
const-ify pointer arguments where possible, avoid assuming that
initializing only the first element of a local array will guarantee
that the remaining elements end up as we need them. (I think that
code in generic_redo actually worked, but only because InvalidBuffer
is zero; this is a particularly ugly way of depending on that ...)
This feature is controlled by a new old_snapshot_threshold GUC. A
value of -1 disables the feature, and that is the default. The
value of 0 is just intended for testing. Above that it is the
number of minutes a snapshot can reach before pruning and vacuum
are allowed to remove dead tuples which the snapshot would
otherwise protect. The xmin associated with a transaction ID does
still protect dead tuples. A connection which is using an "old"
snapshot does not get an error unless it accesses a page modified
recently enough that it might not be able to produce accurate
results.
This is similar to the Oracle feature, and we use the same SQLSTATE
and error message for compatibility.
This patch is a no-op patch which is intended to reduce the chances
of failures of omission once the functional part of the "snapshot
too old" patch goes in. It adds parameters for snapshot, relation,
and an enum to specify whether the snapshot age check needs to be
done for the page at this point. This initial patch passes NULL
for the first two new parameters and BGP_NO_SNAPSHOT_TEST for the
third. The follow-on patch will change the places where the test
needs to be made.
Now indexes (but only B-tree for now) can contain "extra" column(s) which
doesn't participate in index structure, they are just stored in leaf
tuples. It allows to use index only scan by using single index instead
of two or more indexes.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with minor editorializing by me
Reviewers: David Rowley, Peter Geoghegan, Jeff Janes
Benchmarking has shown that the current number of clog buffers limits
scalability. We've previously increased the number in 33aaa139, but
that's not sufficient with a large number of clients.
We've benchmarked the cost of increasing the limit by benchmarking worst
case scenarios; testing showed that 128 buffers don't cause a
regression, even in contrived scenarios, whereas 256 does
There are a number of more complex patches flying around to address
various clog scalability problems, but this is simple enough that we can
get it into 9.6; and is beneficial even after those patches have been
applied.
It is a bit unsatisfactory to increase this in small steps every few
releases, but a better solution seems to require a rewrite of slru.c;
not something done quickly.
Author: Amit Kapila and Andres Freund
Discussion: CAA4eK1+-=18HOrdqtLXqOMwZDbC_15WTyHiFruz7BvVArZPaAw@mail.gmail.com
The code that estimates what parallel degree should be uesd for the
scan of a relation is currently rather stupid, so add a parallel_degree
reloption that can be used to override the planner's rather limited
judgement.
Julien Rouhaud, reviewed by David Rowley, James Sewell, Amit Kapila,
and me. Some further hacking by me.
Contention on the relation extension lock can become quite fierce when
multiple processes are inserting data into the same relation at the same
time at a high rate. Experimentation shows the extending the relation
multiple blocks at a time improves scalability.
Dilip Kumar, reviewed by Petr Jelinek, Amit Kapila, and me.
While prior to this patch the user-visible effect on the database
of any set of successfully committed serializable transactions was
always consistent with some one-at-a-time order of execution of
those transactions, the presence of declarative constraints could
allow errors to occur which were not possible in any such ordering,
and developers had no good workarounds to prevent user-facing
errors where they were not necessary or desired. This patch adds
a check for serialization failure ahead of duplicate key checking
so that if a developer explicitly (redundantly) checks for the
pre-existing value they will get the desired serialization failure
where the problem is caused by a concurrent serializable
transaction; otherwise they will get a duplicate key error.
While it would be better if the reads performed by the constraints
could count as part of the work of the transaction for
serialization failure checking, and we will hopefully get there
some day, this patch allows a clean and reliable way for developers
to work around the issue. In many cases existing code will already
be doing the right thing for this to "just work".
Author: Thomas Munro, with minor editing of docs by me
Reviewed-by: Marko Tiikkaja, Kevin Grittner
Now that pg_dump will properly dump out any ACL changes made to
functions which exist in pg_catalog, switch to using the GRANT system
to manage access to those functions.
This means removing 'if (!superuser()) ereport()' checks from the
functions themselves and then REVOKEing EXECUTE right from 'public' for
these functions in system_views.sql.
Reviews by Alexander Korotkov, Jose Luis Tallon
API and mechanism to allow generic messages to be inserted into WAL that are
intended to be read by logical decoding plugins. This commit adds an optional
new callback to the logical decoding API.
Messages are either text or bytea. Messages can be transactional, or not, and
are identified by a prefix to allow multiple concurrent decoding plugins.
(Not to be confused with Generic WAL records, which are intended to allow crash
recovery of extensible objects.)
Author: Petr Jelinek and Andres Freund
Reviewers: Artur Zakirov, Tomas Vondra, Simon Riggs
Discussion: 5685F999.6010202@2ndquadrant.com
Previously non-exclusive backups had to be done using the replication protocol
and pg_basebackup. With this commit it's now possible to make them using
pg_start_backup/pg_stop_backup as well, as long as the backup program can
maintain a persistent connection to the database.
Doing this, backup_label and tablespace_map are returned as results from
pg_stop_backup() instead of being written to the data directory. This makes
the server safe from a crash during an ongoing backup, which can be a problem
with exclusive backups.
The old syntax of the functions remain and work exactly as before, but since the
new syntax is safer this should eventually be deprecated and removed.
Only reference documentation is included. The main section on backup still needs
to be rewritten to cover this, but since that is already scheduled for a separate
large rewrite, it's not included in this patch.
Reviewed by David Steele and Amit Kapila
Replay of XLOG_BTREE_VACUUM during Hot Standby was previously thought to require
complex interlocking that matched the requirements on the master. This required
an O(N) operation that became a significant problem with large indexes, causing
replication delays of seconds or in some cases minutes while the
XLOG_BTREE_VACUUM was replayed.
This commit skips the pin scan that was previously required, by observing in
detail when and how it is safe to do so, with full documentation. The pin
scan is skipped only in replay; the VACUUM code path on master is not
touched here and WAL is identical.
The current commit applies in all cases, effectively replacing commit
687f2cd7a0.
This interface is designed to give an access to WAL for extensions which
could implement new access method, for example. Previously it was
impossible because restoring from custom WAL would need to access system
catalog to find a redo custom function. This patch suggests generic way
to describe changes on page with standart layout.
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because of new record type.
Author: Alexander Korotkov with a help of Petr Jelinek, Markus Nullmeier and
minor editorization by my
Reviewers: Petr Jelinek, Alvaro Herrera, Teodor Sigaev, Jim Nasby,
Michael Paquier
When decoding from a logical slot, it's necessary for xlog reading to be
able to read xlog from historical (i.e. not current) timelines;
otherwise, decoding fails after failover, because the archives are in
the historical timeline. This is required to make "failover logical
slots" possible; it currently has no other use, although theoretically
it could be used by an extension that creates a slot on a standby and
continues to replay from the slot when the standby is promoted.
This commit includes a module in src/test/modules with functions to
manipulate the slots (which is not otherwise possible in SQL code) in
order to enable testing, and a new test in src/test/recovery to ensure
that the behavior is as expected.
Author: Craig Ringer
Reviewed-By: Oleksii Kliukin, Andres Freund, Petr Jelínek
Some minor tweaks and comment additions, for cleanliness sake and to
avoid having the upcoming timeline-following patch be polluted with
unrelated cleanup.
Extracted from a larger patch by Craig Ringer, reviewed by Andres
Freund, with some additions by myself.
During scan sometimes it would be very helpful to know some information about
parent node or all ancestor nodes. Right now reconstructedValue could be used
but it's not a right usage of it (range opclass uses that).
traversalValue is arbitrary piece of memory in separate MemoryContext while
reconstructedVale should have the same type as indexed column.
Subsequent patches for range opclass and quad4d tree will use it.
Author: Alexander Lebedev, Teodor Sigaev
In this mode, the master waits for the transaction to be applied on
the remote side, not just written to disk. That means that you can
count on a transaction started on the standby to see all commits
previously acknowledged by the master.
To make this work, the standby sends a reply after replaying each
commit record generated with synchronous_commit >= 'remote_apply'.
This introduces a small inefficiency: the extra replies will be sent
even by standbys that aren't the current synchronous standby. But
previously-existing synchronous_commit levels make no attempt at all
to optimize which replies are sent based on what the primary cares
about, so this is no worse, and at least avoids any extra replies for
people not using the feature at all.
Thomas Munro, reviewed by Michael Paquier and by me. Some additional
tweaks by me.
This enables external code to create access methods. This is useful so
that extensions can add their own access methods which can be formally
tracked for dependencies, so that DROP operates correctly. Also, having
explicit support makes pg_dump work correctly.
Currently only index AMs are supported, but we expect different types to
be added in the future.
Authors: Alexander Korotkov, Petr Jelínek
Reviewed-By: Teodor Sigaev, Petr Jelínek, Jim Nasby
Commitfest-URL: https://commitfest.postgresql.org/9/353/
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAPpHfdsXwZmojm6Dx+TJnpYk27kT4o7Ri6X_4OSWcByu1Rm+VA@mail.gmail.com
The distinction between "archive" and "hot_standby" existed only because
at the time "hot_standby" was added, there was some uncertainty about
stability. This is now a long time ago. We would like to move forward
with simplifying the replication configuration, but this distinction is
in the way, because a primary server cannot tell (without asking a
standby or predicting the future) which one of these would be the
appropriate level.
Pick a new name for the combined setting to make it clearer that it
covers all (non-logical) backup and replication uses. The old values
are still accepted but are converted internally.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
Commit d88976cfa1 removed this code from ginFreeScanKeys():
- if (entry->list)
- pfree(entry->list);
evidently in the belief that that ItemPointer array is allocated in the
keyCtx and so would be reclaimed by the following MemoryContextReset.
Unfortunately, it isn't and it won't. It'd likely be a good idea for
that to become so, but as a simple and back-patchable fix in the
meantime, restore this code to ginFreeScanKeys().
Also, add a similar pfree to where startScanEntry() is about to zero out
entry->list. I am not sure if there are any code paths where this
change prevents a leak today, but it seems like cheap future-proofing.
In passing, make the initial allocation of so->entries[] use palloc
not palloc0. The code doesn't depend on unused entries being zero;
if it did, the array-enlargement code in ginFillScanEntry() would be
wrong. So using palloc0 initially can only serve to confuse readers
about what the invariant is.
Per report from Felipe de Jesús Molina Bravo, via Jaime Casanova in
<CAJGNTeMR1ndMU2Thpr8GPDUfiHTV7idELJRFusA5UXUGY1y-eA@mail.gmail.com>
When a process is waiting for a heavyweight lock, we will now indicate
the type of heavyweight lock for which it is waiting. Also, you can
now see when a process is waiting for a lightweight lock - in which
case we will indicate the individual lock name or the tranche, as
appropriate - or for a buffer pin.
Amit Kapila, Ildus Kurbangaliev, reviewed by me. Lots of helpful
discussion and suggestions by many others, including Alexander
Korotkov, Vladimir Borodin, and many others.
Previously 2PC header was fixed at 200 bytes, which in most cases wasted
WAL space for a workload using 2PC heavily.
Pavan Deolasee, reviewed by Petr Jelinek
Renaming a file using rename(2) is not guaranteed to be durable in face
of crashes. Use the previously added durable_rename()/durable_link_or_rename()
in various places where we previously just renamed files.
Most of the changed call sites are arguably not critical, but it seems
better to err on the side of too much durability. The most prominent
known case where the previously missing fsyncs could cause data loss is
crashes at the end of a checkpoint. After the actual checkpoint has been
performed, old WAL files are recycled. When they're filled, their
contents are fdatasynced, but we did not fsync the containing
directory. An OS/hardware crash in an unfortunate moment could then end
up leaving that file with its old name, but new content; WAL replay
would thus not replay it.
Reported-By: Tomas Vondra
Author: Michael Paquier, Tomas Vondra, Andres Freund
Discussion: 56583BDD.9060302@2ndquadrant.com
Backpatch: All supported branches
An index search using a row comparison such as ROW(a, b) > ROW('x', 'y')
would stop upon reaching a NULL entry in the "b" column, ignoring the
fact that there might be non-NULL "b" values associated with later values
of "a". This happens because _bt_mark_scankey_required() marks the
subsidiary scankey for "b" as required, which is just wrong: it's for
a column after the one with the first inequality key (namely "a"), and
thus can't be considered a required match.
This bit of brain fade dates back to the very beginnings of our support
for indexed ROW() comparisons, in 2006. Kind of astonishing that no one
came across it before Glen Takahashi, in bug #14010.
Back-patch to all supported versions.
Note: the given test case doesn't actually fail in unpatched 9.1, evidently
because the fix for bug #6278 (i.e., stopping at nulls in either scan
direction) is required to make it fail. I'm sure I could devise a case
that fails in 9.1 as well, perhaps with something involving making a cursor
back up; but it doesn't seem worth the trouble.
Using this facility, any utility command can report the target relation
upon which it is operating, if there is one, and up to 10 64-bit
counters; the intent of this is that users should be able to figure out
what a utility command is doing without having to resort to ugly hacks
like attaching strace to a backend.
As a demonstration, this adds very crude reporting to lazy vacuum; we
just report the target relation and nothing else. A forthcoming patch
will make VACUUM report a bunch of additional data that will make this
much more interesting. But this gets the basic framework in place.
Vinayak Pokale, Rahila Syed, Amit Langote, Robert Haas, reviewed by
Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jim Nasby, Thom Brown, Masahiko Sawada, Fujii Masao,
and Masanori Oyama.
Commit a892234f83 added a second bit per
page to the visibility map, which still seems like a good idea, but it
also added a second page-level bit alongside PD_ALL_VISIBLE to track
whether the visibility map bit was set. That no longer seems like a
clever plan, because we don't really need that bit for anything. We
always clear both bits when the page is modified anyway.
Patch by me, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi and Masahiko Sawada.
Previously recovery_min_apply_delay was applied even before recovery
had reached consistency. This could cause us to wait a long time
unexpectedly for read-only connections to be allowed. It's problematic
because the standby was useless during that wait time.
This patch changes recovery_min_apply_delay so that it's applied once
the database has reached the consistent state. That is, even if the delay
is set, the standby tries to replay WAL records as fast as possible until
it has reached consistency.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-By: Julien Rouhaud
Reported-By: Greg Clough
Backpatch: 9.4, where recovery_min_apply_delay was added
Bug: #13770
Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20151111155006.2644.84564@wrigleys.postgresql.org
A simple SELECT is handled by PortalRunSelect, not ProcessQuery. Also,
the previous indentation was unclear: change it so that a deeper level
of indentation indicates that the outer function calls the inner one.
Stas Kelvich
Originally, we didn't have nworkers_launched, so code that used parallel
contexts had to be preprared for the possibility that not all of the
workers requested actually got launched. But now we can count on knowing
the number of workers that were successfully launched, which can shave
off a few cycles and simplify some code slightly.
Amit Kapila, reviewed by Haribabu Kommi, per a suggestion from Peter
Geoghegan.
606c0123d6 attempted to reduce cost of index scans using > and <
strategies, though got that completely wrong in a few complex cases.
Revert whole patch until we find a safe optimization.
The new bit indicates whether every tuple on the page is already frozen.
It is cleared only when the all-visible bit is cleared, and it can be
set only when we vacuum a page and find that every tuple on that page is
both visible to every transaction and in no need of any future
vacuuming.
A future commit will use this new bit to optimize away full-table scans
that would otherwise be triggered by XID wraparound considerations. A
page which is merely all-visible must still be scanned in that case, but
a page which is all-frozen need not be. This commit does not attempt
that optimization, although that optimization is the goal here. It
seems better to get the basic infrastructure in place first.
Per discussion, it's very desirable for pg_upgrade to automatically
migrate existing VM forks from the old format to the new format. That,
too, will be handled in a follow-on patch.
Masahiko Sawada, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao, Amit
Kapila, Simon Riggs, Andres Freund, and others, and substantially
revised by me.
StartupSUBTRANS() incorrectly handled cases near the max pageid in the subtrans
data structure, which in some cases could lead to errors in startup for Hot
Standby.
This patch wraps the pageids correctly, avoiding any such errors.
Identified by exhaustive crash testing by Jeff Janes.
Jeff Janes
Commit 4de82f7d7 increased the WAL flush rate, mainly to increase the
likelihood that hint bits can be set quickly. More quickly set hint bits
can reduce contention around the clog et al. But unfortunately the
increased flush rate can have a significant negative performance impact,
I have measured up to a factor of ~4. The reason for this slowdown is
that if there are independent writes to the underlying devices, for
example because shared buffers is a lot smaller than the hot data set,
or because a checkpoint is ongoing, the fdatasync() calls force cache
flushes to be emitted to the storage.
This is achieved by flushing WAL only if the last flush was longer than
wal_writer_delay ago, or if more than wal_writer_flush_after (new GUC)
unflushed blocks are pending. Based on some tests the default for
wal_writer_delay is 1MB, which seems to work well both on SSD and
rotational media.
To avoid negative performance impact due to 4de82f7d7 an earlier
commit (db76b1e) made SetHintBits() more likely to succeed; preventing
performance regressions in the pgbench tests I performed.
Discussion: 20160118163908.GW10941@awork2.anarazel.de
NextXID has been rendered in the form of a pg_lsn even though it
really is not. This can cause confusion, so change the format from
%u/%u to %u:%u, per discussion on hackers.
Complaint by me, patch by me and Bruce, reviewed by Michael Paquier
and Alvaro. Applied to HEAD only.
Author: Joe Conway, Bruce Momjian
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera
Backpatch-through: master
Historically this message has been emitted at the end of ShutdownXLOG().
That's not an insane place for it in a standalone backend, but in the
postmaster environment we've grown a fair amount of stuff that happens
later, including archiver/walsender shutdown, stats collector shutdown,
etc. Recent buildfarm experimentation showed that on slower machines
there could be many seconds' delay between finishing ShutdownXLOG() and
actual postmaster exit. That's fairly confusing, both for testing
purposes and for DBAs. Hence, move the code that prints this message
into UnlinkLockFiles(), so that it comes out just after we remove the
postmaster's pidfile. That is a more appropriate definition of "is shut
down" from the point of view of "pg_ctl stop", for example. In general,
removing the pidfile should be the last externally-visible action of
either a postmaster or a standalone backend; compare commit
d73d14c271 for instance. So this seems
like a reasonably future-proof approach.
Early returns from the buildfarm show that there's a bit of a gap in the
logging I added in 3971f64843: the portion of CreateCheckPoint()
after CheckPointGuts() can take a fair amount of time. Add a few more
log messages in that section of code. This too shall be reverted later.
This is a quick hack, due to be reverted when its purpose has been served,
to try to gather information about why some of the buildfarm critters
regularly fail with "postmaster does not shut down" complaints. Maybe they
are just really overloaded, but maybe something else is going on. Hence,
instrument pg_ctl to print the current time when it starts waiting for
postmaster shutdown and when it gives up, and add a lot of logging of the
current time in the server's checkpoint and shutdown code paths.
No attempt has been made to make this pretty. I'm not even totally sure
if it will build on Windows, but we'll soon find out.
When force_parallel_mode = true, we enable the parallel mode restrictions
for all queries for which this is believed to be safe. For the subset of
those queries believed to be safe to run entirely within a worker, we spin
up a worker and run the query there instead of running it in the
original process. When force_parallel_mode = regress, make additional
changes to allow the regression tests to run cleanly even though parallel
workers have been injected under the hood.
Taken together, this facilitates both better user testing and better
regression testing of the parallelism code.
Robert Haas, with help from Amit Kapila and Rushabh Lathia.
For locking purposes, we now regard heavyweight locks as mutually
non-conflicting between cooperating parallel processes. There are some
possible pitfalls to this approach that are not to be taken lightly,
but it works OK for now and can be changed later if we find a better
approach. Without this, it's very easy for parallel queries to
silently self-deadlock if the user backend holds strong relation locks.
Robert Haas, with help from Amit Kapila. Thanks to Noah Misch and
Andres Freund for extensive discussion of possible issues with this
approach.
KNN GiST with recheck flag should return to executor the same type as ordering
operator, GiST detects this type by looking to return type of function which
implements ordering operator. But occasionally detecting code works after
replacing ordering operator function to distance support function.
Distance support function always returns float8, so, detecting code get float8
instead of actual return type of ordering operator.
Built-in opclasses don't have ordering operator which doesn't return
non-float8 value, so, tests are impossible here, at least now.
Backpatch to 9.5 where lozzy KNN was introduced.
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Report by: Artur Zakirov
This function cleans up the pending list of the GIN index by
moving entries in it to the main GIN data structure in bulk.
It returns the number of pages cleaned up from the pending list.
This function is useful, for example, when the pending list
needs to be cleaned up *quickly* to improve the performance of
the search using GIN index. VACUUM can do the same thing, too,
but it may take days to run on a large table.
Jeff Janes,
reviewed by Julien Rouhaud, Jaime Casanova, Alvaro Herrera and me.
Discussion: CAMkU=1x8zFkpfnozXyt40zmR3Ub_kHu58LtRmwHUKRgQss7=iQ@mail.gmail.com
The original coding was quite fast so long as objects were always
released in reverse order of addition; otherwise, it degenerated into
O(N^2) behavior due to searching for the array element to delete.
Improve matters by switching to hashed storage when the number of
objects of a given type exceeds 64. (The cutover point is open to
discussion, of course, but some simple performance testing suggests
that hashing has enough overhead to be a loser below there.)
Also, refactor resowner.c so that we don't need N copies of the array
management code. Since all the resource IDs the code currently needs
to deal with are either pointers or integers, it seems sufficient to
create a one-size-fits-all infrastructure in which everything is
converted to a Datum for storage.
Aleksander Alekseev, reviewed by Stas Kelvich, further fixes by me
Given the limited range of i, these shifts should not cause any
problem, but that apparently doesn't stop some compilers from
whining about them.
David Rowley
The amvalidate functions added in commit 65c5fcd353 were on the
crude side. Improve them in a few ways:
* Perform signature checking for operators and support functions.
* Apply more thorough checks for missing operators and functions,
where possible.
* Instead of reporting problems as ERRORs, report most problems as INFO
messages and make the amvalidate function return FALSE. This allows
more than one problem to be discovered per run.
* Report object names rather than OIDs, and work a bit harder on making
the messages understandable.
Also, remove a few more opr_sanity regression test queries that are
now superseded by the amvalidate checks.
2PC state info is written only to WAL at PREPARE, then read back from WAL at
COMMIT PREPARED/ABORT PREPARED. Prepared transactions that live past one bufmgr
checkpoint cycle will be written to disk in the same form as previously. Crash
recovery path is not altered. Measured performance gains of 50-100% for short
2PC transactions by completely avoiding writing files and fsyncing. Other
optimizations still available, further patches in related areas expected.
Stas Kelvich and heavily edited by Simon Riggs
Based upon earlier ideas and patches by Michael Paquier and Heikki Linnakangas,
a concrete example of how Postgres-XC has fed back ideas into PostgreSQL.
Reviewed by Michael Paquier, Jeff Janes and Andres Freund
Performance testing by Jesper Pedersen
Previously we didn’t have a generic WAL page read callback function,
surprisingly. Logical decoding has logical_read_local_xlog_page(), which was
actually generic, so move that to xlogfunc.c and rename to
read_local_xlog_page().
Maintain logical_read_local_xlog_page() so existing callers still work.
As requested by Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera and Andres Freund
The conventions specified by the GiST SGML documentation were widely
ignored. For example, the strategy-number argument for "consistent" and
"distance" functions is specified to be a smallint, but most of the
built-in support functions declared it as an integer, and for that matter
the core code passed it using Int32GetDatum not Int16GetDatum. None of
that makes any real difference at runtime, but it's quite confusing for
newcomers to the code, and it makes it very hard to write an amvalidate()
function that checks support function signatures. So let's try to instill
some consistency here.
Another similar issue is that the "query" argument is not of a single
well-defined type, but could have different types depending on the strategy
(corresponding to search operators with different righthand-side argument
types). Some of the functions threw up their hands and declared the query
argument as being of "internal" type, which surely isn't right ("any" would
have been more appropriate); but the majority position seemed to be to
declare it as being of the indexed data type, corresponding to a search
operator with both input types the same. So I've specified a convention
that that's what to do always.
Also, the result of the "union" support function actually must be of the
index's storage type, but the documentation suggested declaring it to
return "internal", and some of the functions followed that. Standardize
on telling the truth, instead.
Similarly, standardize on declaring the "same" function's inputs as
being of the storage type, not "internal".
Also, somebody had forgotten to add the "recheck" argument to both
the documentation of the "distance" support function and all of their
SQL declarations, even though the C code was happily using that argument.
Clean that up too.
Fix up some other omissions in the docs too, such as documenting that
union's second input argument is vestigial.
So far as the errors in core function declarations go, we can just fix
pg_proc.h and bump catversion. Adjusting the erroneous declarations in
contrib modules is more debatable: in principle any change in those
scripts should involve an extension version bump, which is a pain.
However, since these changes are purely cosmetic and make no functional
difference, I think we can get away without doing that.